BOEING CO
S-8, 1996-11-19
AIRCRAFT
Previous: BIG V SUPERMARKETS INC, 10-Q, 1996-11-19
Next: BROWN GROUP INC, 8-K, 1996-11-19



<PAGE>   1
   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Novemober 18, 1996.
                                                  Registration No. 333-_________


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM S-8
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                               THE BOEING COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         DELAWARE                                      91-0425694
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


                          7755 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH
                            SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98108
          (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

              BOEING NORTH AMERICAN SALARIED VOLUNTARY SAVINGS PLAN
            BOEING NORTH AMERICAN SAVINGS PLAN FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                BOEING NORTH AMERICAN VOLUNTARY SAVINGS PLAN FOR
                      CERTAIN REPRESENTED HOURLY EMPLOYEES
                            (Full title of the plans)

                                 HEATHER HOWARD
                    CORPORATE SECRETARY AND CORPORATE COUNSEL
                               THE BOEING COMPANY
                          7755 EAST MARGINAL WAY SOUTH
                            SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98108
                                 (206) 655-7531
 (Name, address and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

                                    COPY TO:
                                  J. SUE MORGAN
                                  PERKINS COIE
                          1201 THIRD AVENUE, 40TH FLOOR
                         SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101-3099

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE  
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Proposed Maximum
               Title of Securities                 Number to Be   Offering Price Per     Proposed Maximum       Amount of
                to Be Registered                   Registered(1)       Share(2)         Aggregate Offering     Registration
                                                                                               Price               Fee
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>              <C>                 <C>                     <C>
Common Stock, par value $5.00 per share
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Boeing North American Salaried Voluntary              932,495               $91.50            $85,323,293         $25,856
     Savings Plan
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Boeing North American Savings Plan for                 31,815               $91.50            $ 2,911,072         $   882
     Certain Employees
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Boeing North American Voluntary Savings Plan
     for Certain Represented Hourly Employees             65,810               $91.50            $ 6,021,615         $ 1,825
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         TOTAL                                         1,030,120               $91.50            $94,255,980         $28,563
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


     In addition, pursuant to Rule 416(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
     amended, this registration statement also covers an indeterminate amount of
     interests to be offered or sold pursuant to the employee benefit plans
     described herein.

(1)  Includes an indeterminate number of additional shares that may be issued to
     adjust the number of shares issued pursuant to such employee benefit plans
     as the result of any future stock split, stock dividend or similar
     adjustment of the registrant's outstanding Common Stock.

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
     pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The
     price per share is estimated to be $91.50, based on the average of the high
     sales price ($92.00) and the low sales price ($91.00) for the registrant's
     Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on November 13,
     1996.
<PAGE>   2
                                     PART II

               INFORMATION REQUIRED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

ITEM 3.  INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

         The following documents are hereby incorporated by reference in this
registration statement:

                  (a) The registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1995, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") on March 13, 1996, which contains audited consolidated
financial statements for the most recent fiscal year for which such statements
have been filed.

                  (b) All other reports filed by the registrant pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), since the end of the fiscal year covered by the Annual Report
on Form 10-K referred to in (a) above.

                  (c) The description of the registrant's Common Stock contained
in the registration statement on Form 10 (Registration No. 1-422), filed with
the Commission on April 20, 1935, under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act,
including any amendments or reports filed for the purpose of updating such
description.

         All documents filed by the registrant pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c),
14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date hereof and prior to the filing of
a post-effective amendment which indicates that the securities offered hereby
have been sold or which deregisters the securities covered hereby then remaining
unsold shall also be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this
registration statement and to be a part hereof commencing on the respective
dates on which such documents are filed.

ITEM 5.  INTERESTS OF NAMED EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

         The opinion of counsel as to the legality of the securities that may be
issued under the registrant's Boeing North American Salaried Voluntary Savings
Plan, Boeing North American Savings Plan for Certain Employees and Boeing North
American Voluntary Savings Plan for Certain Represented Hourly Employees (the
"Plans") is given by Heather Howard, Corporate Secretary and Corporate Counsel
for the registrant.

ITEM 6.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a
corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and
individuals against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits or
proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other
than an action by or in the right of the corporation in a derivative action), if
they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any
criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.
A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, and the
statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where
the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The
statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be
granted by a corporation's charter, by-laws, disinterested director vote,
stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

         Article VII, Section 4 of the registrant's By-Laws provides for
indemnification of the registrant's directors and officers to the full extent
permitted under Delaware law.

         Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a
corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of
the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for
payments of unlawful dividends or 

                                      II-1
<PAGE>   3
unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

         Article Twelfth of the registrant's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation provides that, to the full extent that Delaware law permits the
limitation or elimination of the liability of directors, a director of the
registrant will not be liable to the registrant or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

         Officers and directors of the registrant are covered by insurance that,
with certain exceptions and within certain limitations, indemnifies them against
losses and liabilities arising from any alleged "wrongful act," including any
alleged error or misstatement, misleading statement, wrong act or omission,
neglect or breach of duty.

         Article Sixth of the registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation
provides that the personal liability of each director of the registrant to the
registrant or to its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director is limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law.

         The registrant also maintains an insurance policy insuring its
directors and officers against liability for certain acts or omissions while
acting in their official capacities.

         Directors and officers of the registrant are covered by insurance that
(with certain exceptions and within certain limitations) indemnifies them
against losses and liabilities arising from any alleged "wrongful act,"
including any violation of statute, alleged error or misstatement or misleading
statement, or wrongful act or omission or neglect or breach of duty.

ITEM 8.  EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT
NUMBER                    DESCRIPTION

5.1      Opinion of counsel regarding legality of the common stock being
         registered

15.1     Letter regarding unaudited interim financial information

23.1     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (see page II-7)

23.2     Consent of counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1     Power of Attorney (see signature page)

99.1     Boeing North American Salaried Voluntary Savings Plan

99.2     Boeing North American Savings Plan for Certain Employees

99.3     Boeing North American Voluntary Savings Plan for Certain Represented
         Hourly Employees


                                      II-2
<PAGE>   4
ITEM 9.  UNDERTAKINGS

A.       The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

         (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to

                  (a) include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act");

                  (b) reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) that, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration
statement; and

                  (c) include any material information with respect to the plan
of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any
material change to such information in this registration statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(a) and (1)(b) above do not apply if the
information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those
paragraphs is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the
Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement.

         (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

         (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered that remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.

B. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefits plan's annual
report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by
reference in this registration statement shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.

C. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

D. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that it will submit the Plans
and any amendments thereto to the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") in a
timely manner and will make all changes required by the IRS to qualify the
Plans.


                                      II-3
<PAGE>   5
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets
all of the requirements for filing on Form S-8 and has duly caused this
registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Seattle, State of Washington, on November 15,
1996.

                                     THE BOEING COMPANY



                                     By                /s/ Philip M. Condit
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                       Philip M. Condit
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         EACH PERSON WHOSE SIGNATURE APPEARS BELOW CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS
PHILIP M. CONDIT, THEODORE J. COLLINS AND B.E. GIVAN, OR ANY OF THEM, HIS OR HER
ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT, WITH THE POWER OF SUBSTITUTION, FOR HIM OR HER IN ANY AND ALL
CAPACITIES, TO SIGN ANY AMENDMENTS TO THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT, AND TO FILE
THE SAME, WITH EXHIBITS THERETO AND OTHER DOCUMENTS IN CONNECTION THEREWITH,
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, HEREBY RATIFYING AND CONFIRMING ALL
THAT SAID ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT, OR THEIR SUBSTITUTE OR SUBSTITUTES, MAY DO OR CAUSE
TO BE DONE BY VIRTUE HEREOF.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on November 15, 1996.

  SIGNATURE                                TITLE

                              President, Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Philip M. Condit          (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
- ---------------------------
Philip M. Condit

                              Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
/s/ B.E. Givan                (Principal Financial Officer)
- ---------------------------
B.E. Givan

                              Vice President and Controller
/s/ Gary W. Beil              (Principal Accounting Officer)
- ---------------------------
Gary W. Beil


/s/ Frank Shrontz             Chairman of the Board
- ---------------------------
Frank Shrontz


/s/ John E. Bryson            Director
- ---------------------------
John E. Bryson


                                      II-4
<PAGE>   6
/s/ John B. Fery              Director
- ---------------------------
John B. Fery


/s/ Paul E. Gray              Director
- ---------------------------
Paul E. Gray


/s/ Harold J. Haynes          Director
- ---------------------------
Harold J. Haynes


/s/ Stanley Hiller, Jr.       Director
- ---------------------------
Stanley Hiller, Jr.


/s/ Donald E. Petersen        Director
- ---------------------------
Donald E. Petersen


/s/ Charles M. Pigott         Director
- ---------------------------
Charles M. Pigott


/s/ Rozanne L. Ridgway        Director
- ---------------------------
Rozanne L. Ridgway


/s/ George H. Weyerhaeuser    Director
- ---------------------------
George H. Weyerhaeuser


                                      II-5
<PAGE>   7
                                    THE PLANS

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the persons who administer the Boeing North American Salaried Voluntary Savings
Plan, the Boeing North American Savings Plan for Certain Employees and the
Boeing North American Voluntary Savings Plan for Certain Represented Hourly
Employees have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Seattle,
State of Washington, on November 15, 1996.

                                 BOEING NORTH AMERICAN SALARIED 
                                 VOLUNTARY SAVINGS PLAN

                                 By:  THE BOEING COMPANY



                                 By     /s/ Philip M. Condit
                                   --------------------------------------------
                                        Philip M. Condit
                                    President and Chief Executive Officer

                                 BOEING NORTH AMERICAN SAVINGS PLAN 
                                 FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES

                                 By:  THE BOEING COMPANY



                                 By     /s/ Philip M. Condit
                                   --------------------------------------------
                                        Philip M. Condit
                                    President and Chief Executive Officer

                                 BOEING NORTH AMERICAN VOLUNTARY SAVINGS PLAN 
                                 FOR CERTAIN REPRESENTED HOURLY EMPLOYEES

                                 By:  THE BOEING COMPANY



                                 By     /s/ Philip M. Condit
                                   --------------------------------------------
                                        Philip M. Condit
                                    President and Chief Executive Officer


                                      II-6
<PAGE>   8
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

         We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration
Statement of The Boeing Company on Form S-8 of our reports dated January 25,
1996, appearing in and incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form
10-K of The Boeing Company and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31,
1995.




/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
- -------------------------
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Seattle, Washington

November 15, 1996


                                      II-7
<PAGE>   9
                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

       EXHIBIT
        NUMBER                          DESCRIPTION

          5.1     Opinion of counsel regarding legality of the common stock
                  being registered

         15.1     Letter regarding unaudited interim financial information

         23.1     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (see page II-7)


         23.2     Consent of counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1)


         24.1     Power of Attorney (see signature page)


         99.1     Boeing North American Salaried Voluntary Savings Plan


         99.2     Boeing North American Savings Plan for Certain Employees


         99.3     Boeing North American Voluntary Savings Plan for Certain
                  Represented Hourly Employees

<PAGE>   1
EXHIBIT 5.1

November 15, 1996

The Boeing Company
7755 East Marginal Way South
Seattle, Washington  98108

Gentlemen and Ladies:

As Corporate Counsel of The Boeing Company (the "Company"), I have acted as
counsel in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-8 which is being
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, with respect to 1,030,120 shares of common stock, $5.00 par
value, of the Company (the "Shares"). The Shares may be issued pursuant to the
Boeing North American Salaried Voluntary Savings Plan, the Boeing North American
Savings Plan for Certain Employees, and the Boeing North American Voluntary
Savings Plan for Certain Represented Hourly Employees (the "Plans").

I have examined the Registration Statement and a copy of the Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any amendments thereto to date,
a copy of the By-Laws of the Company as amended to date, and such resolutions of
the Board of Directors of the Company and other documentation as I have deemed
necessary for the purpose of this opinion.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, I am of the opinion that the
Shares that may be issued by the Company pursuant to the Plans, upon the due
execution by the Company and registration by its registrar of the Shares and the
issuance thereof by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Plans, and
the receipt of consideration therefor in accordance with the terms of the Plans,
will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. 

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement and to the reference to me under the heading "Interests of Named
Experts and Counsel" in the Registration Statement.

Cordially,

/s/  Heather Howard

Heather Howard
Corporate Secretary and
  Corporate Counsel



<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 15.1

November 15, 1996

The Boeing Company
Seattle, Washington

We have made a review, in accordance with standards established by the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants, of the unaudited interim financial
information of The Boeing Company and subsidiaries for the periods ended March
31, 1996 and 1995, June 30, 1996 and 1995 and September 30, 1996 and 1995, as
indicated in our reports dated April 29, 1996, August 1, 1996 and November 5,
1996; respectively; because we did not perform an audit, we expressed no
opinion on that information.

We are aware that our reports referred to above, which were included in your
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 1996, June 30,
1996 and September 30, 1996, are being incorporated by reference in this
Registration Statement.

We are also aware that the aforementioned reports, pursuant to Rule 436(c)
under the Securities Act of 1933, are not considered a part of the Registration
Statement prepared or certified by an accountant or a report prepared or
certified by an accountant within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of that Act.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
- -------------------------
     

<PAGE>   1
                                                        Exhibit 99.1

                              BOEING NORTH AMERICAN

                         SALARIED VOLUNTARY SAVINGS PLAN



November 15, 1996


<PAGE>   2
                                Table of Contents

                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----


Introduction.............................................................   1
                                                                           
Article 1 -- Definitions.................................................   2
       1.1 Accounts......................................................   2
       1.2 Affiliate or Subsidiary.......................................   2
       1.3 Authorized Period of Absence..................................   2
       1.4 Beneficiary...................................................   2
       1.5 Boeing Company Stock Fund.....................................   3
       1.6 Code..........................................................   3
       1.7 Common Stock..................................................   3
       1.8 Common Unit...................................................   3
       1.9 Company.......................................................   3
       1.10 Company Contributions Account................................   3
       1.11 Company Matching Contributions...............................   3
       1.12 Compensation.................................................   3
       1.13 Compensation Deduction Account...............................   4
       1.14 Compensation Deduction Contributions.........................   4
       1.15 Compensation Deferral Account................................   4
       1.16 Compensation Deferral Contributions..........................   4
       1.17 Controlled Group.............................................   4
       1.18 Effective Date...............................................   4
       1.19 Eligible Employee............................................   4
       1.20 Employee.....................................................   5
       1.21 Employment Date..............................................   5
       1.22 ERISA........................................................   5
       1.23 Highly Compensated Eligible Employee.........................   5
       1.24 Highly Compensated Employee..................................   5
       1.25 Hour of Service..............................................   7
       1.26 Investment Fund..............................................   8
       1.27 Investment Manager...........................................   8
       1.28 Layoff.......................................................   8
       1.29 Member.......................................................   8
       1.30 Military Service.............................................   8
       1.31 Parent.......................................................   8
       1.32 Period of Service............................................   8
       1.33 Period of Severance..........................................   9
       1.34 Plan.........................................................   9
       1.35 Plan Administrator...........................................   9
       1.36 Plan Year....................................................   9
       1.37 Reemployment Date............................................  10
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                             -i-
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>                                                                    
<CAPTION>                                                                  
<S>                                                                                                               <C>
       1.38 Rollover Contribution................................................................................  10
       1.39 Severance from Service Date..........................................................................  10
       1.40 Stable Value Fund....................................................................................  10
       1.41 Supplemental Deduction Account.......................................................................  10
       1.42 Supplemental Deduction Contributions.................................................................  10
       1.43 Supplemental Deferral Account........................................................................  11
       1.44 Supplemental Deferral Contributions..................................................................  11
       1.45 Total Disability.....................................................................................  11
       1.46 Total Earnings.......................................................................................  11
       1.47 Trust Agreement......................................................................................  11
       1.48 Trust Fund...........................................................................................  11
       1.49 Trustee..............................................................................................  12
       1.50 Unit.................................................................................................  12
       1.51 Valuation Date.......................................................................................  12
                                                                                                                   
Article 2 -- Membership..........................................................................................  13
       2.1 Entry Date............................................................................................  13
       2.2 Application for Membership............................................................................  13
                                                                                                                   
Article 3 --Contributions........................................................................................  14
       3.1 Compensation Deferral Contributions and Supplemental Deferral Contributions...........................  14
       3.2 Compensation Deduction Contributions and Supplemental Deduction                                         
               Contributions.....................................................................................  15
       3.3 Deferral and Deduction Elections......................................................................  15
       3.4 Company Contributions.................................................................................  17
       3.5 Return of Company Contributions.......................................................................  17
       3.6 Contributions for Military Service....................................................................  17
       3.7 Testing Compensation and Supplemental Deferral Contributions for                                        
               Discrimination....................................................................................  18
       3.8 Testing Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions and                                       
               Company Matching Contributions for Discrimination.................................................  20
       3.9 Testing Aggregate Contributions for Discrimination....................................................  23
       3.10 Aggregation Rules for Discrimination Testing.........................................................  25
                                                                                                                   
Article 4 -- Investment of Contributions.........................................................................  27
       4.1 Investment Election...................................................................................  27
       4.2 Changes in Investment Elections.......................................................................  27
       4.3 Transfer of Investments...............................................................................  27
       4.4 Independent Control...................................................................................  28
                                                                                                                   
Article 5 -- Trust Agreement.....................................................................................  29
       5.1 Establishment of Trust Fund...........................................................................  29
       5.2 Investment Funds......................................................................................  29
       5.3 Voting Rights.........................................................................................  30
       5.4  Tender Offer.........................................................................................  30
       5.5 Trust Agreement.......................................................................................  31
       5.6 Rights in the Trust Fund..............................................................................  31
</TABLE>
                                                               
                                                                            
                                                                            -ii-

<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
Article 6 -- Maintenance of Members' Accounts....................................................................  32
       6.1 Accounts Maintained...................................................................................  32
       6.2 Crediting Units to Accounts...........................................................................  32
       6.3 Units Valuations......................................................................................  32
       6.4 Balance of Member's Accounts..........................................................................  33
       6.5 Member Account Statements.............................................................................  33
                                                                                                                   
Article 7 -- Retirement..........................................................................................  34
       7.1 Eligibility...........................................................................................  34
       7.2 Lump Sum Distribution.................................................................................  34
       7.3 Installment Form of Payment...........................................................................  34
       7.4 Limitations on Payment Date...........................................................................  35
       7.5 Manner of Distribution................................................................................  36
                                                                                                                   
Article 8 -- Termination or Death................................................................................  38
       8.1 Vesting...............................................................................................  38
       8.2 Distribution Upon Termination.........................................................................  38
       8.3 Distribution Upon Death...............................................................................  39
       8.4 Amount of Distribution................................................................................  39
       8.5 Forfeitures...........................................................................................  40
       8.6 Repayment After Reemployment..........................................................................  41
                                                                                                                   
Article 9 -- Withdrawals and Loans...............................................................................  42
       9.1 Withdrawals from Accounts by Members under Age 59 1/2.................................................  42
       9.2 Withdrawal from Accounts by Members Over Age 59 1/2...................................................  43
       9.3 Forfeitures and Limitation on Withdrawals.............................................................  43
       9.4 Allocation of Withdrawals Among Investment Funds......................................................  45
       9.5 Hardship Withdrawals from Compensation and Supplemental Deferral                                        
               Accounts..........................................................................................  45
       9.6 Loans.................................................................................................  47
                                                                                                                   
Article 10 -- Termination of Plan................................................................................  49
       10.1 Termination of Plan..................................................................................  49
       10.2 Procedures Upon Termination of Plan..................................................................  49
                                                                                                                   
Article 11 -- Top Heavy Provisions...............................................................................  50
       11.1 Top-Heavy Plan.......................................................................................  50
       11.2 Definition of Terms..................................................................................  50
       11.3 Modification of Vesting Schedule.....................................................................  52
       11.4 Minimum Contribution.................................................................................  53
       11.5 Modification of Maximum Contribution.................................................................  53
       11.6 Collective Bargaining Agreements.....................................................................  53
                                                                                                                   
Article 12 -- Administration of Plan.............................................................................  54
       12.1 Administration.......................................................................................  54
       12.2 Records..............................................................................................  55
</TABLE>
                                                                           

                                                                           -iii-

                                                                            
<PAGE>   5
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                                <C>
       12.3 Payment of Expenses..................................................................................  55
       12.4 Delegation of Authority..............................................................................  55
       12.5 Information Available................................................................................  55
       12.6 Appeal Procedure.....................................................................................  55
       12.7 Fiduciary Capacity...................................................................................  56
       12.8 Committee Liability..................................................................................  56
                                                                                                                   
Article 13 -- General Provisions.................................................................................  57
       13.1 Amendment of Plan....................................................................................  57
       13.2 Qualification........................................................................................  57
       13.3 Employment Status....................................................................................  57
       13.4 Mergers or Consolidations............................................................................  57
       13.5 Provision Against Anticipation.......................................................................  58
       13.6 Facility of Payment..................................................................................  58
       13.7 Construction.........................................................................................  58
       13.8 Legal Actions........................................................................................  58
       13.9 Limitations on Contributions.........................................................................  58
       13.10 Qualified Domestic Relations Order..................................................................  60
       13.11 Pronouns............................................................................................  60
       13.12 Eligible Rollover Distribution......................................................................  61
       13.13 Rollover Contributions..............................................................................  62
                                                                                                                   
Appendix A -- Retirement Sub-Plans Crediting Service.............................................................  64
                                                                                                                   
Appendix B -- Procedures, Terms, and Conditions of Loans.........................................................  65
</TABLE>
                                                                           
         
                                                                        -iv-
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           
<PAGE>   6
                                  Introduction




The Boeing North American Salaried Voluntary Savings Plan is effective on the  
closing date of the merger involving Rockwell International Corporation and    
Boeing NA, Inc. On this date, most Rockwell Aerospace and Defense business
employees became employees of Boeing North American, Inc.

Except as specifically provided in the Plan, the rights and benefits of any
Member who terminates or retires prior to the effective date of any amendment to
the Plan will be determined pursuant to the provisions of the Plan in effect on
the earlier of his date of retirement or termination.

The purpose of the Plan is to provide Eligible Employees with a means of making
regular savings to provide additional security for their retirement. As an
incentive, the Plan provides for Company matching contributions.

It is intended that the Plan qualify as a profit sharing plan under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 and comply with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974 and any amendments to said Code or Act.

                                                                            
                                                                             -1-


<PAGE>   7
                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

1.1      Accounts means the Company Contributions Account, Compensation Deferral
         Account, Compensation Deduction Account, Supplemental Deferral Account,
         and Supplemental Deduction Account maintained for each Member, as
         applicable.

1.2      Affiliate or Subsidiary means a member of a controlled group of
         corporations (as defined in Code Section 1563(a), determined without
         regard to Code Sections 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C)), a group of trades or
         businesses (whether incorporated or not) which are under common control
         within the meaning of Code Section 414(c), or an affiliated service
         group (as defined in Code Sections 414(m) or 414(o)) of which The
         Boeing Company is a part. With respect to the Limitation on
         Contributions described in 13.9, in determining whether a corporation
         is a member of a controlled group of corporations the phrase "more than
         50 percent" shall be substituted for the phrase "at least 80 percent"
         each place it appears in Code Section 1563(a)(1).

1.3      Authorized Period of Absence means an absence authorized by the Company
         for one or more of the following reasons:

         (a)         Layoff not to exceed six years duration.

         (b)         Approved leave of absence.

         (c)         Jury duty.

         (d)         Labor-management dispute.

         (e)         Military Service as defined in section 1.30.

         (f)         Illness or injury, including disability.

         Any discretion of the Company under the provisions of this definition
         will be exercised without discrimination and in accordance with
         definitely established rules uniformly applicable to Employees or
         Members whose approved periods of absence were occasioned by similar
         circumstances.

1.4      Beneficiary means the one or more persons or trusts designated by a
         Member to receive any benefit payable from the Plan upon the death of
         the Member. Each Member may designate a beneficiary; provided, however,
         if the Member has been married for a one year period and is survived by
         his spouse (or a former spouse to the extent provided under a qualified
         domestic relations order as described in Code Section 414(p)), he will
         be deemed to have designated such spouse as his Beneficiary unless he
         has designated a different Beneficiary in writing and his spouse has
         consented to this designation. The spouse's consent must be in writing,
         must acknowledge the effect of the designation, and must be witnessed
         by a Plan representative or a notary public. The requirement for


                                                                             -2-


<PAGE>   8
         spouse's consent will be waived if the Member establishes to the
         satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that such consent cannot be
         obtained because there is no spouse, the spouse cannot be located, or
         because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury
         may by regulations prescribe. The spouse's consent (or waiver of
         consent where the spouse cannot be located) will be valid only with
         respect to that spouse.

         If no designation is filed with the Plan Administrator or if the
         designated Beneficiary does not survive the Member, the Member shall be
         deemed to have designated the following as Beneficiaries and contingent
         Beneficiaries with priority in the order named.

         (a)      Surviving spouse, if none then to

         (b)      Children in equal shares, if none then to

         (c)      Any other relative of the Member designated by the Plan
                  Administrator or to the Member's estate.

1.5      Boeing Company Stock Fund means the Investment Fund described in
         section 5.2(e).

1.6      Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.7      Common Stock means common stock of The Boeing Company

1.8      Common Unit means a Unit of the Boeing Company Stock Fund which is
         attributable to Common Stock.

1.9      Company means Boeing North American, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
         and any other entity to which the Board of Directors has extended
         this Plan.

1.10     Company Contributions Account means the Account, if any, maintained
         for each Member which is credited with the Member's share of Company
         Matching Contributions and investment earnings allocable to such
         Account.

1.11     Company Matching Contributions means the amount contributed to the
         Plan by the Company on behalf of the Member in accordance with
         section 3.4.

1.12     Compensation means a Member's base compensation from the Company and
         will include lump sum merit awards, any amount which would be paid to
         the Member absent an election under section 3.1(a) or (b) or an
         election to make elective employer contributions pursuant to a
         cafeteria plan meeting the requirement of Code Section 125.
         Compensation will not include overtime, extended workweek compensation,
         night work or other premium pay, bonuses, any form of extra,
         contingent, or supplementary compensation (including, but not limited
         to, lump sum payments for unused vacation) or compensation on the
         hourly payroll. Compensation is limited to amounts which would have
         been received by a Member in a Plan Year (but for a deferral election)
         or to amounts which are attributable to services performed by the
         Member in the Plan Year


                                                                           - 3 -


<PAGE>   9
           which would have been received within two and one-half months after
           the close of the Plan Year (but for a deferral election).

           Compensation shall not exceed $150,000 for 1994. On January 1 of each
           calendar year in which the Secretary of the Treasury prescribes a new
           dollar limit, this $150,000 limit will automatically be adjusted to
           that new limit. Compensation for the Plan Year commencing on the
           Effective Date and ending December 31, 1996 shall not exceed $12,500.
           For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, this limit applies
           to the combined Compensation of a 5% owner (as defined in Code
           Section 416(i)(1)(A)(iii)) of the Company, or one of the 10 Highly
           Compensated Employees paid the greatest amount of Total Earnings
           during the year, and such individual's spouse and any lineal
           descendants who are not yet age 19 before the close of the Plan Year,
           to the extent required by Code Section 401(a)(17). If the limit
           applies to combined Total Earnings, the limit will be allocated to
           the affected individuals in proportion to each individual's
           Compensation determined prior to the application of the limit.

1.13       Compensation Deduction Account means the Account, if any, maintained
           for each Member which is credited with the Member's Compensation
           Deduction Contributions and investment earnings allocable to such
           Account.

1.14       Compensation Deduction Contributions means the amount contributed to
           the Plan by the Member through payroll deductions pursuant to section
           3.2(a).

1.15       Compensation Deferral Account means the Account, if any, maintained
           for each Member which is credited with the Member's Compensation
           Deferral Contributions and investment earnings allocable to such
           Account.

1.16       Compensation Deferral Contributions means the amount contributed to
           the Plan by the Company on behalf of the Member in accordance with
           the Member's election pursuant to section 3.1(a).

1.17       Controlled Group means the Parent, the Company and any Affiliate or
           Subsidiary. All employees of the Controlled Group will be treated as
           employed by a single employer for purposes of applying the provisions
           of qualification of the Plan; of minimum participation standards of
           the Plan; of minimum vesting standards of the Plan; and of
           limitations on contributions under the Plan.

1.18       Effective Date means the closing date of the merger involving 
           Rockwell International Corporation and Boeing NA, Inc.
           (_____________________________).
        
1.19       Eligible Employee means any Employee who is employed by the Company
           on a salaried payroll and paid directly through the Company's payroll
           department. Provided, however, that Eligible Employee shall not
           include any Employee who is employed at the Company's Guidance and
           Repair Center at Newark Air Force Base, Ohio. Eligible Employee shall
           not include any Employee represented by a collective bargaining agent


                                                                           - 4 -

<PAGE>   10
         unless the terms of the collective bargaining agreement covering such
         Employee specifically provide for coverage under the Plan. Eligible
         Employee also shall not include a leased employee as defined in Code
         Section 414(n).

1.20     Employee means any person employed by any member of the Controlled
         Group. Employee includes, to the extent permitted by Code Section 406,
         any United States citizen regularly employed by a foreign subsidiary or
         affiliate of the Company. The term Employee shall not include:

         (a)      a person who serves the Company only as a Director and is not
                  otherwise employed by the Company; 

         (b)      a person engaged only in an advisory or consulting capacity 
                  on a retained or fee basis;

         (c)      any person compensated by special fees or pursuant to a
                  special contract or arrangement or on a commission basis who
                  is not otherwise employed by the Company;

         (d)      a person engaged only in a capacity which, in the sole
                  discretion of the Plan Administrator, is determined to be an
                  independent contractor;

         (e)      a person who is a leased employee (within the meaning of Code
                  Section 414(n)) except that a leased employee will be treated
                  as an employee of the Company to the extent required by law
                  and any contributions or benefits provided by the leasing
                  organization which are attributable to services performed for
                  the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the
                  recipient employer; or

         (f)      any person whose services for the Company are not paid for
                  through the Company's payroll department.

1.21     Employment Date means the date on which an Employee first performs an
         Hour of Service for any member of the Controlled Group.

1.22     ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
         amended.

1.23     Highly Compensated Eligible Employee means an Eligible Employee who is
         a Highly Compensated Employee.

1.24     Highly Compensated Employee means:

         (a)      For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, any Employee
                  who performs services for the Controlled Group during the
                  determination year and who, during the look-back year:



                                                                           - 5 -


<PAGE>   11
                  (1)      received Total Earnings in excess of $75,000 (as
                           adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for the
                           relevant year),

                  (2)      received Total Earnings in excess of $50,000 (as
                           adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for the
                           relevant year) and was a member of the top-paid group
                           for such year, or

                  (3)      was an officer (within the meaning of Code Section
                           416(i)) of the Controlled Group and received Total
                           Earnings during such year that were greater than 50%
                           of the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section
                           415(b)(1)(A).

         (b)      For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, any Employee
                  who is both (i) described in (a) above if the term
                  "determination year" is substituted for the term "look-back
                  year" and (ii) is one of the 100 Employees who received the
                  most Total Earnings from the Controlled Group during the
                  determination year.

         (c)      For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, any Employee
                  who performs services for the Controlled Group during the
                  determination year and who, during the look-back year received
                  Total Earnings in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted by the
                  Secretary of the Treasury for the relevant year).

         (d)      Any Employee who is a 5% owner (as defined in Code Section
                  416(i)(1)(A)(iii)) of the Company at any time during the
                  look-back year or the determination year.

         (e)      Any former Employee who was a Highly Compensated Employee for
                  a separation year (as defined in Treasury Regulation section
                  1.414(q)-1T) or for any determination year ending on or after
                  the Employee attains age 55, as provided by Code Section
                  414(q)(9), as in effect on December 31, 1996, and the
                  regulations thereunder.

         (f)      For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, if no officer
                  has satisfied the compensation requirement in (a)(3) above
                  during either a determination year or look-back year, the
                  highest paid officer for such determination year shall be
                  treated as a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee if such
                  officer is an Eligible Employee. No more than 50 Employees (or
                  if less, the greater of three Employees or 10% of the
                  Employees) shall be treated as officers.

         (g)      For purposes of this section the following definitions apply.
                  The determination year is the Plan Year. The look-back year is
                  the 12-month period immediately preceding the determination
                  year; provided, however, for the Plan Year commencing on the
                  Effective Date and ending December 31, 1996, the look-back
                  year is the 1996 calendar year. The top-paid group is the top
                  20% of Employees ranked on the basis of compensation received
                  during the year and shall be


                                                                           - 6 -


<PAGE>   12
                  determined in accordance with Code Section 414(q)(8), as in
                  effect on December 31, 1996, and the regulations thereunder.

         (h)      For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, any Employee
                  who is a 5% owner or one of the 10 highly compensated
                  employees in the Controlled Group paid the greatest amount of
                  Total Earnings during the Plan Year and such Employee's
                  spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants and the spouses of
                  such lineal ascendants or descendants shall be treated as a
                  single Employee for purposes of this section.

1.25     Hour of Service means:

         (a)      each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                  payment, for the performance of duties for the Company;

         (b)      each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                  payment, by the Company on account of a period of time during
                  which no duties are performed (whether or not the employment
                  relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday,
                  illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty,
                  military duty or leave of absence; provided, however, that an
                  Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of
                  Service under this sentence for any continuous period during
                  which he performs no duties for the Company. Notwithstanding
                  the preceding provisions of this subsection, no credit will be
                  given:

                  (1)      for an Hour of Service for which the individual is
                           directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment,
                           on account of a period during which no duties are
                           performed if such payment is made or due under a plan
                           maintained solely for the purpose of complying with
                           applicable workers' compensation, unemployment
                           compensation or disability insurance laws; or

                  (2)      for an Hour of Service for which a payment is made
                           which solely reimburses the individual for medical or
                           medically related expenses incurred;

         (c)      each hour not otherwise credited under the Plan for which back
                  pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded
                  or agreed to by the Company.

         (d)      Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other
                  members of an affiliated service group, a controlled group of
                  corporations, or a group of trades or businesses under common
                  control of which the Company is a member.

         (e)      Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
                  considered an employee under Code Section 414(n).



                                                                           - 7 -


<PAGE>   13
         (f)      The crediting of Hours of Service under this Plan will be
                  applied under the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of the
                  Department of Labor Regulation 2530.200b-2 which, by this
                  reference, is specifically incorporated in full within this
                  Plan.

1.26     Investment Fund has the meaning specified in section 5.2.

1.27     Investment Manager means any fiduciary (other than a Trustee, The
         Boeing Company or the Plan Administrator):

         (a)      which has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any
                  assets of the Plan; and

         (b)      which (1) is registered as an investment adviser under the
                  Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (2) is a bank, as defined
                  in that Act, or (3) is an insurance company qualified to
                  perform services described in item (a) above under the laws of
                  more than one state; and

         (c)      which has acknowledged in writing that it is a fiduciary with
                  respect to the Plan.

1.28     Layoff means an involuntary severance of employment, other than a
         discharge for cause.

1.29     Member means any Eligible Employee who has become a Member in the Plan
         as provided in Article 2.

1.30     Military Service means the period of time during which a person is
         absent from active work for the Company or any member of the Controlled
         Group serving as a member of the Armed Forces of the United States in
         time of war or other emergency or under the laws of conscription in
         time of peace. Military Service includes time when such person has a
         right to reemployment at his former position or a substantially similar
         position upon his separation from such Military Service, and such
         period of time, not exceeding ninety days, immediately following such
         Military Service as such person remains absent from active work for the
         Company or any member of the Controlled Group.

1.31     Parent means The Boeing Company and any successor by change of name,
         merger, purchase of stock or purchase of assets.

1.32     Period of Service means:

         (a)      a period beginning on the Employee's Employment Date or
                  Reemployment Date, whichever is applicable, and ending on his
                  Severance from Service Date.

         (b)      If an Employee has a Severance from Service Date due to
                  either:

                  (1)      a quit, discharge or retirement which is not covered
                           under (2) below, and then performs an Hour of Service
                           for the Company or any member of the Controlled Group
                           within 12 months of his Severance from Service Date,
                           or



                                                                           - 8 -


<PAGE>   14
                  (2)      a quit, discharge or retirement which occurs during
                           an absence from service (which is not due to a quit,
                           discharge, retirement or death) and performs an Hour
                           of Service for the Company or any member of the
                           Controlled Group within 12 months of the date on
                           which he was first absent from service,

                  then the Period of Severance shall be counted in determining
                  his Period of Service.

         (c)      If a Member has a Period of Severance before he has a vested
                  interest in the Plan, his Period of Service will exclude all
                  of the following:

                  (1)      service prior to a one-year Period of Severance which
                           is not followed by a one-year Period of Service,

                  (2)      service prior to a five-year Period of Severance when
                           the Period of Severance equals or exceeds the
                           Member's Period of Service prior to such Period of
                           Severance.

         (d)      A Member's Period of Service shall not be less than his
                  vesting service under any of the sub-plans of the Boeing North
                  American, Inc. Retirement Plan listed in Appendix A in which
                  he participates at the time his Period of Service for purposes
                  of this Plan is determined (if at the time of such
                  determination the Member does not participate in any of the
                  sub-plans listed in Appendix A, his vesting service for
                  purposes of this subsection will be determined as if he
                  participated in the sub-plan Rockwell International
                  Corporation Retirement Income Plan for Certain Salaried
                  Employees).

         (e)      For any person who is an Eligible Employee on the Effective
                  Date (including an active employee, an employee on layoff
                  status, or an employee on leave of absence) service with
                  Rockwell International Corporation and related employers that
                  is recognized as vesting service under the Rockwell
                  International Corporation Savings Plan shall be deemed to be
                  service as an Employee hereunder in determining the Member's
                  Period of Service.

1.33     Period of Severance means the period of time commencing on an
         Employee's Severance from Service Date and ending on the date on which
         the Employee again performs an Hour of Service for the Company or an
         Affiliate or Subsidiary.

1.34     Plan means the Boeing North American Salaried Voluntary Savings Plan.

1.35     Plan Administrator means the Voluntary Investment Plan Committee
         established by The Boeing Company Board of Directors.

1.36     Plan Year means the period commencing on the Effective Date and
         concluding on the December 31 next following the effective date, and
         each calendar year thereafter.



                                                                           - 9 -


<PAGE>   15
1.37     Reemployment Date means the first day following a Period of Severance
         on which an Employee performs an Hour of Service for the Company or an
         Affiliate or Subsidiary.

1.38     Rollover Contribution means the amount transferred to this Plan
         pursuant to section 13.13.

1.39     Severance from Service Date means the earlier of:

         (a)      the date on which an Employee quits, retires, is discharged or
                  dies, and

         (b)      either (1) or (2) below, whichever is applicable:

                  (1)      the first anniversary of the first day of a period in
                           which an Employee remains absent from service (with
                           or without pay) with the Company or an Affiliate or
                           Subsidiary for any reason other than quit,
                           retirement, discharge or death;

                  (2)      the second anniversary of the first day of a period
                           in which an Employee remains absent from service
                           (with or without pay) with the Company or an
                           Affiliate or Subsidiary because of pregnancy, the
                           birth of the Employee's child, the placement of a
                           child with the Employee in connection with the
                           adoption of such child by the Employee, or the need
                           to care for the Employee's child during the period
                           immediately following the child's birth or placement.
                           Any such absence shall not be taken into account
                           unless the Employee furnishes the Plan Administrator
                           such timely information as the Plan Administrator may
                           require to establish that the absence from employment
                           is for such reason. The period of absence between the
                           first and second anniversaries of the first day of
                           absence shall not be included as a Period of Service
                           nor as a Period of Severance.

         (c)      An Employee who is on leave of absence for uniformed service
                  as defined in the Uniformed Services Employment and
                  Reemployment Rights Act shall not be deemed to have a
                  Severance from Service unless he fails to return to work
                  during the time he has reemployment rights under the law. If
                  such employee fails to return to work within such time, his
                  Severance from Service Date will be the first anniversary of
                  the first day of the period of his absence from employment.

1.40     Stable Value Fund means the Investment Fund described in section
         5.2(c).

1.41     Supplemental Deduction Account means the Account, if any, maintained
         for each Member which is credited with the Member's Supplemental
         Deduction Contributions and investment earnings allocable to such
         Account.

1.42     Supplemental Deduction Contributions means the amount contributed to
         the Plan by the Member through payroll deductions pursuant to section
         3.2(b).



                                                                          - 10 -


<PAGE>   16
1.43     Supplemental Deferral Account means the Account, if any, maintained for
         each Member which is credited with the Member's Supplemental Deferral
         Contributions, Rollover Contributions, and investment earnings
         allocable to such Account.

1.44     Supplemental Deferral Contributions means the amount contributed to the
         Plan by the Company on behalf of the Member in accordance with the
         Member's election pursuant to section 3.1(b).

1.45     Total Disability means a physical or mental disability lasting at least
         six months, which wholly prevents the Member from performing the duties
         of his occupation or other appropriate work made available to him by
         the Company. The condition of Total Disability will be determined by
         the Plan Administrator through the application of procedures which are
         uniformly applied and which do not discriminate in favor of any class
         or classes of individuals.

1.46     Total Earnings means compensation used in determining the actual
         deferral percentage and the actual contribution percentage. Total
         Earnings is equal to compensation received by the Employee from the
         Company, other than compensation in the form of qualified or previously
         qualified deferred compensation, that is currently includible in gross
         income for income tax purposes. Total Earnings also includes all
         elective contributions made by the Company on behalf of the Employee
         that are not includible in gross income of the Employee under Code
         Sections 125 or 402(e)(3).

         Total Earnings shall not exceed $150,000 for 1994. On January 1 of each
         calendar year in which the Secretary of the Treasury prescribes a new
         dollar limit, this $150,000 limit will automatically be adjusted to
         that new limit. Compensation for the Plan Year commencing on the
         Effective Date and ending December 31, 1996 shall not exceed $12,500.
         For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, this limit applies to
         the combined Total Earnings of a 5% owner (as defined in Code Section
         416(i)(1)(A)(iii)) of the Company, or one of the 10 Highly Compensated
         Employees paid the greatest amount of Total Earnings during the Plan
         Year, and such individual's spouse and any lineal descendants who are
         not yet age 19 before the close of the Plan Year, to the extent
         required by Code Section 401(a)(17). If the limit applies to combined
         Total Earnings, the limit will be allocated to the affected individuals
         in proportion to each individual's Total Earnings determined prior to
         the application of the limit.

1.47     Trust Agreement means the instrument or instruments executed between
         the Company and the Trustee named in it, which provides for the
         receiving, holding, investing, and disposing of the Trust Fund.

1.48     Trust Fund means the fund established by the Trust Agreement, including
         the earnings thereon, held by the Trustee for all contributions made by
         Members and the Company pursuant to the Plan.



                                                                          - 11 -


<PAGE>   17
1.49     Trustee means the trustee or trustees designated in the Trust
         Agreement, and any successor Trustee.

1.50     Unit means the applicable participation unit under the Trust Fund used
         to measure the Member's proportionate interest in the Trust Fund as
         provided in Article 6.

1.51     Valuation Date means the last business day of each month or such other
         business day as the Plan Administrator may determine.


                                                                          - 12 -


<PAGE>   18
                                    Article 2
                                   Membership

2.1      Entry Date

         (a)      Each Eligible Employee on the Effective Date who was eligible
                  to participate in the Rockwell International Corporation
                  Savings Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date may elect
                  to become a Member of the Plan on the Effective Date or the
                  first day of any month thereafter.

         (b)      An Eligible Employee who is not described in (a) may elect to
                  become a Member on his Employment Date or the first day of any
                  month thereafter.

2.2      Application for Membership

         An election to participate shall be made in the manner prescribed by
         the Plan Administrator, including completion of such form(s) as the
         Plan Administrator may prescribe. The election to participate shall be
         effective as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the first
         payroll payment date that is at least 30 days after the date the
         election is made. By making an election to participate, an Eligible
         Employee shall agree to the terms and conditions of this Plan.


                                                                          - 13 -


<PAGE>   19
                                    Article 3
                                  Contributions

3.1      Compensation Deferral Contributions and Supplemental Deferral
         Contributions

         (a)      A Member may elect to defer receipt of a portion of his
                  Compensation and have the Company contribute such deferral to
                  the Plan on his behalf as a Compensation Deferral
                  Contribution. The amount of this deferral must be between one
                  and eight percent (in whole percentage increments) of the
                  Member's Compensation.

         (b)      A Member who has elected to defer receipt of eight percent of
                  his Compensation pursuant to subsection (a) may elect to defer
                  receipt of an additional portion of his Compensation and have
                  the Company contribute such deferral to the Plan on his behalf
                  as a Supplemental Deferral Contribution. The amount of this
                  deferral must be between one and three percent (in whole
                  percentage increments) of the Member's Compensation; provided,
                  however, that if the Member is a Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employee, the amount of this deferral may not exceed two
                  percent of the Member's Compensation.

         (c)      The total of a Member's Compensation Deferral Contributions
                  and Supplemental Deferral Contributions in one calendar year,
                  when added to the Member's other Elective Deferrals for such
                  year, may not exceed $7,000 (adjusted for cost of living
                  changes under Code Section 402(g)). For purposes of this
                  section, "Elective Deferrals" means the sum of all elective
                  contributions made pursuant to a Member's deferral election
                  under another plan or arrangement described in Code Sections
                  401(k), 408(k) or 403(b). Compensation Deferral Contributions
                  and Supplemental Deferral Contributions in excess of this
                  limit and investment earnings on such contributions (including
                  gains and losses) shall be returned to the Member in
                  accordance with the provisions of Code Section 402(g), the
                  regulations thereunder, and other applicable rules and
                  regulations.

                  A Member's Compensation Deferral Contributions and
                  Supplemental Deferral Contributions in excess of this limit
                  for a calendar year and investment earnings (including gains
                  and losses) thereon may be distributed to the Member during
                  the same calendar year if (1) the Member and the Plan
                  Administrator designate the distribution as an excess Elective
                  Deferral and (2) the distribution is made after the date the
                  Plan received the excess contribution. If a Member notifies
                  the Plan Administrator in writing no later than March 1 (or
                  April 15 if the Plan Administrator waives the deadline)
                  following a calendar year that the Member's Compensation
                  Deferral Contributions and Supplemental Deferral Contributions
                  exceeded the limit under Code Section 402(g) (as adjusted) for
                  such year, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion,
                  distribute the amount specified by the Member and investment
                  earnings on such amount (including gains and losses) no later
                  than April 15 following such year.


                                                                          - 14 -

<PAGE>   20
3.2      Compensation Deduction Contributions and Supplemental Deduction
         Contributions

         (a)      A Member who has not elected to defer receipt of a portion of
                  his Compensation pursuant to section 3.1 may authorize to be
                  deducted from his Compensation, as paid, an amount which shall
                  be contributed to the Plan as a Compensation Deduction
                  Contribution. The amount of this deduction must be between one
                  and eight percent (in whole percentage increments) of the
                  Member's Compensation.

         (b)      A Member who has authorized deduction of eight percent of his
                  Compensation pursuant to paragraph (a) may authorize deduction
                  of an additional one to three percent (in whole percentage
                  increments) of his Compensation which shall be contributed to
                  the Plan as a Supplemental Deduction Contribution; provided,
                  however, that if the Member is a Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employee, the amount of this deduction may not exceed two
                  percent of the Member's Compensation.

3.3      Deferral and Deduction Elections

         (a)      The Plan Administrator shall prescribe procedures for an
                  Eligible Employee to apply for membership and to elect to have
                  Compensation or Supplemental Deferral Contributions made on
                  his behalf pursuant to section 3.1 or to authorize
                  Compensation or Supplemental Deduction Contributions pursuant
                  to section 3.2. Such an election shall first apply to
                  Compensation received on the first payroll payment date
                  coincident with or immediately following the effective date of
                  the election to participate described in section 2.2.

         (b)      A Member may from time to time change the rate of his
                  Compensation Deferral Contributions, Supplemental Deferral
                  Contributions, Compensation Deduction Contributions, or
                  Supplemental Deduction Contributions by making a new election
                  in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator. Such
                  change shall be effective as soon as is reasonably possible
                  after his election, but, in general, no later than the first
                  payroll payment date that is at least 15 days subsequent to
                  his election.

         (c)      A Member who has an authorization in effect to make
                  Compensation or Supplemental Deduction Contributions may
                  revoke such authorization and at the same time elect to
                  commence Compensation or Supplemental Deferral Contributions.
                  Such revocation and election shall be effective as soon as
                  reasonably possible after his election, but, in general, no
                  later than the first payroll payment date that is at least 15
                  days subsequent to his election.

         (d)      A Member who has made an election to have Compensation or
                  Supplemental Deferral Contributions made on his behalf may
                  revoke such election and at the same time authorize
                  Compensation or Supplemental Deduction Contributions to


                                                                          - 15 -


<PAGE>   21
                  commence effective with the first payroll payment date in
                  April or October by giving the Plan Administrator prior notice
                  thereof.

         (e)      A Member may, at any time, revoke his election to have
                  Compensation or Supplemental Deferral Contributions made on
                  his behalf or his authorization to make Compensation or
                  Supplemental Deduction Contributions. Such revocation will be
                  effective as soon as reasonably possible, but, in general, no
                  later than the first payroll payment date that is at least 15
                  days subsequent to his revocation.

         (f)      A Member who has voluntarily suspended contributions under
                  section 3.3(e) may elect to have contributions resumed,
                  effective as soon as reasonably possible after his election,
                  but, in general, no later than the first payroll payment date
                  that is at least 15 days subsequent to such election.

         (g)      A Member's election to have Compensation or Supplemental
                  Deferral Contributions made on his behalf or his authorization
                  to make Compensation or Supplemental Deduction Contributions
                  shall remain in effect until a new election or authorization
                  is made, except as provided in (1) and (2) below.

                  (1)      No contributions (including Company Matching
                           Contributions) shall be made by, or on behalf of, any
                           Member after any of the following events, until the
                           Member again makes an election that is effective
                           under section 2.2 and section 3.3(a):

                           (A)      the Member ceases to be an Eligible
                                    Employee;

                           (B)      the Member receives a distribution under
                                    section 7.2, 7.3, or 8.2; or

                           (C)      the Member voluntarily elects to have
                                    contributions suspended under section
                                    3.3(e).

                  (2)      No contributions (including Company Matching
                           Contributions) shall be made by, or on behalf of, any
                           Member when:

                           (A)      no payment of Compensation is made by the
                                    Company to the Member or, in the case of
                                    Compensation or Supplemental Deduction
                                    Contributions, the amount payable after all
                                    applicable withholdings and deductions
                                    required by law or the Company is less than
                                    the applicable contributions;

                           (B)      payroll deduction for Compensation or
                                    Supplemental Deduction Contributions under
                                    the Plan would be contrary to law;

                           (C)      the Member receives a distribution from his
                                    Company Contributions Account pursuant to
                                    section 9.1(a)(3); provided, however, that
                                    contributions shall automatically resume
                                    following the completion of


                                                                          - 16 -


<PAGE>   22
                                    the twenty-six (26) week period beginning
                                    on the date of the distribution.

3.4      Company Contributions

         (a)      Each month the Company shall contribute to the Plan on behalf
                  of each Member who has completed a one-year Period of Service
                  with an Affiliate or Subsidiary an amount equal to 75% of the
                  Member's Compensation Deferral Contributions and Compensation
                  Deduction Contributions. No Company Matching Contributions
                  shall be made on behalf of a Member who has not yet completed
                  a one-year Period of Service with an Affiliate or Subsidiary,
                  and no Company Matching Contributions shall be made with
                  respect to Supplemental Deferral Contributions, Supplemental
                  Deduction Contributions, or Rollover Contributions.

         (b)      Amounts which have been forfeited in accordance with section
                  3.7(d), 3.8(d), 3.9(d), 8.5, or 9.3(a) shall be applied to
                  reduce subsequent Company Matching Contributions required
                  hereunder. If the Plan should be terminated, any amount not
                  previously so applied shall be credited ratably to the
                  Accounts of all Members in proportion to the amounts of
                  Company Matching Contributions credited to their respective
                  Accounts during the most recent Plan Year.

3.5      Return of Company Contributions

         (a)      Except as provided below, the assets of the Plan will never
                  inure to the benefit of the Company and will be held for the
                  exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Members of the Plan
                  and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of
                  administering the Plan.

         (b)      If a contribution is made by the Company by a mistake of fact,
                  such contribution will be returned to the Company provided
                  this is done within one year after the payment of such
                  contribution.

         (c)      Contributions are conditioned upon their deductibility under
                  Code Section 404. If a contribution deduction is disallowed,
                  to the extent the deduction is disallowed, such contribution
                  shall be returned to the Company within one year after the
                  disallowance.

         (d)      Contributions are conditioned upon the initial qualification
                  of the Plan under Code Section 401(a). If the Plan does not
                  initially qualify, such contributions will be returned to the
                  Company within one year of such denial.

3.6      Contributions for Military Service

         Notwithstanding any provision of this plan to the contrary,
         contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified
         military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section
         414(u).


                                                                          - 17 -


<PAGE>   23
3.7      Testing Compensation and Supplemental Deferral Contributions for
         Discrimination

         (a)      The actual deferral percentage for Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employees for any Plan Year may not exceed the greater of:

                  (1)      One and one-quarter times the actual deferral
                           percentage for all other Eligible Employees for the
                           Plan Year, or

                  (2)      The lesser of (A) two percentage points plus the
                           actual deferral percentage for all other Eligible
                           Employees for the Plan Year, or (B) two times such
                           percentage for all other Eligible Employees for the
                           Plan Year.

         (b)      The "actual deferral percentage" for each group of Eligible
                  Employees is the average of the deferral percentages for each
                  Eligible Employee in such group. The deferral percentage is
                  equal to the sum of the Employee's Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions plus Supplemental Deferral Contributions for the
                  Plan Year, divided by his Total Earnings for the Plan Year.
                  Eligible Employees who are not making Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions or Supplemental Deferral Contributions will be
                  included at zero percent in determining the actual deferral
                  percentage.

         (c)      Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year and periodically
                  during the year, the Plan Administrator shall test deferral
                  elections under section 3.1 to determine whether or not the
                  limits under this section will be exceeded for the Plan Year.
                  In performing this test, the Plan Administrator will assume
                  that deferrals for current Eligible Employees will continue
                  for the remainder of the Plan Year at the rate currently
                  elected by the Eligible Employee. If elections made by Highly
                  Compensated Eligible Employees would (if not reduced) cause
                  the actual deferral percentage for such Employees to exceed
                  the limitation in this section, the Plan Administrator shall
                  first reduce any Supplemental Deferral Contribution and then
                  Compensation Deferral Contributions elected by the Highly
                  Compensated Eligible Employees to comply with the maximum
                  permissible deferral percentage for the Plan Year. Such
                  reduction shall be effective as of the first payroll payment
                  date in the month following such determination and shall be
                  made as set forth below:

                  (1)      First, Highly Compensated Eligible Employees electing
                           Supplemental Deferral Contributions in an amount
                           equal to 3% of Compensation shall have their
                           elections reduced to 2% of Compensation. If,
                           following this reduction, the maximum permissible
                           deferral percentage is still exceeded, Highly
                           Compensated Eligible Employees electing Supplemental
                           Deferral Contributions in an amount equal to 2% of
                           Compensation (including any Highly Compensated
                           Eligible Employees whose elections were reduced 
                           under the preceding sentence) shall have their 
                           elections reduced to 1% of Compensation. If, 
                           following this reduction, the maximum permissible 
                           deferral percentage is still exceeded, Highly 
                           Compensated Eligible


                                                                          - 18 -


<PAGE>   24
                           Employees electing Supplemental Deferral 
                           Contributions in an amount equal to 1% of
                           Compensation (including any Highly Compensated
                           Eligible Employees whose elections were reduced under
                           the preceding sentence) shall have their elections
                           reduced to 0% of Compensation.

                  (2)      Second, if, following the reductions described in
                           paragraph (1), the maximum permissible deferral
                           percentage is still exceeded, Highly Compensated
                           Eligible Employees electing Compensation Deferral
                           Contributions in an amount equal to 8% of
                           Compensation shall have their elections reduced to 7%
                           of Compensation. If, following this reduction, the
                           maximum permissible deferral percentage is still
                           exceeded, Highly Compensated Eligible Employees
                           electing Compensation Deferral Contributions in an
                           amount equal to 7% of Compensation (including any
                           Highly Compensated Eligible Employees whose elections
                           were reduced under the preceding sentence) shall have
                           their elections reduced to 6% of Compensation. The
                           process set forth in this paragraph (2) shall
                           continue until the average deferral percentage for
                           the Highly Compensated Eligible Employees does not
                           exceed the maximum permissible deferral percentage.

                  (3)      Subject to section 3.8, the amount that would have
                           been contributed as Supplemental Deferral
                           Contributions or Compensation Deferral Contributions
                           on behalf of the Member except for the reductions
                           prescribed in paragraphs (1) and (2) above, shall be
                           contributed by the Member to the Plan as Supplemental
                           Deduction Contributions or Compensation Deduction
                           Contributions, as appropriate. In addition, to the
                           extent permitted by regulation, the Plan
                           Administrator may during or following a Plan Year
                           cause Supplemental Deferral Contributions and
                           Compensation Deferral Contributions made on behalf of
                           Highly Compensated Eligible Employees to be
                           recharacterized (on a uniform and non-discriminatory
                           basis) as Supplemental Deduction Contributions and
                           Compensation Deduction Contributions to the extent
                           necessary to prevent the average deferral percentage
                           for said Members for any Plan Year from exceeding the
                           maximum permissible deferral percentage.

         (d)      At the end of the Plan Year, if Compensation and Supplemental
                  Deferral Contributions for Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employees exceed the limitation described in this section, the
                  Plan Administrator shall determine the excess Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deferral Contributions of each Highly Compensated
                  Eligible Employee in accordance with the following leveling
                  method. The deferral percentage of the Highly Compensated
                  Eligible Employee with the highest deferral percentage will be
                  reduced to the extent required to (i) enable the Plan to
                  comply with this section, or (ii) cause such Employee's
                  deferral percentage to equal the deferral percentage of the
                  Highly Compensated Eligible Employee with the next highest
                  deferral percentage. This procedure will be

                                                                              
                                     --19-
<PAGE>   25
                  repeated until the Plan satisfies the limitation in this
                  section. Subject to section 3.8, excess Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deferral Contributions and investment earnings
                  (including gains and losses) minus any Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deferral Contributions previously distributed for
                  the Plan Year under section 3.1(c) will be recharacterized as
                  Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions. Such
                  excess Compensation and Supplemental Deferral Contributions
                  and investment earning (including gains and losses) that are
                  not recharacterized will be refunded to the Member in cash
                  before the end of the next Plan Year. If Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions are refunded, Company Matching Contributions
                  attributable to such Compensation Deferral Contributions and
                  investment earnings on such Company Matching Contributions
                  (including gains and losses) will be forfeited and used to
                  reduce subsequent Company Matching Contributions otherwise
                  payable pursuant to section 3.4.

                  Investment earnings allocable to excess Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deferral Contributions for a Plan Year and for
                  the period between the end of such Plan Year and the date of
                  the refund shall be determined in accordance with proposed
                  Treasury Regulation section 1.401(k)-1(f)(4)(ii), as it may be
                  revised from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                  For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, in the case
                  of a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee whose deferral
                  percentage is determined under the family aggregation rules of
                  Code Section 414(q)(6) as in effect on December 31, 1996, the
                  deferral percentage shall be reduced in accordance with the
                  leveling method described above and the excess Compensation
                  and Supplemental Deferral Contributions will be allocated
                  among the family members in proportion to the Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deferral Contributions of each family member that
                  has been combined.

3.8      Testing Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions and
         Company Matching Contributions for Discrimination

         (a)      The actual contribution percentage for Highly Compensated
                  Eligible Employees for any Plan Year may not exceed the
                  greater of:

                  (1)      One and one-quarter times the actual contribution
                           percentage for all other Eligible Employees for the
                           Plan Year, or

                  (2)      The lesser of (A) two percentage points plus the
                           actual contribution percentage for all other Eligible
                           Employees for the Plan Year, or (B) two times such
                           percentage for all other Eligible Employees for the
                           Plan Year.

         (b)      The "actual contribution percentage" for each group of
                  Eligible Employees is the average of the contribution
                  percentages for each Eligible Employee in such group. The
                  contribution percentage is equal to sum of the Employee's
                  Compensation


                                                                          - 20 -


<PAGE>   26
                  Deduction Contributions plus his Supplemental Deduction
                  Contributions plus his Company Matching Contributions, divided
                  by his Total Earnings for the Plan Year. Eligible Employees
                  for whom there are no Compensation Deduction Contributions,
                  Supplemental Deduction Contributions, or Company Matching
                  Contributions will be included at zero percent in determining
                  the actual contribution percentage.

         (c)      Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year and periodically
                  during the year, the Plan Administrator shall test deferral
                  elections under section 3.1 and deduction authorizations under
                  section 3.2 to determine whether or not the limits under this
                  section will be exceeded for the Plan Year. In performing this
                  test, the Plan Administrator will assume that deferrals and
                  deductions for current Eligible Employees will continue for
                  the remainder of the Plan Year at the rate currently elected
                  by the Eligible Employee. If elections made by Highly
                  Compensated Eligible Employees would (if not reduced) cause
                  the actual contribution percentage for such Employees to
                  exceed the limitation in this section, the Plan Administrator
                  shall first reduce any Supplemental Deduction Contributions
                  and then the Compensation Deduction Contributions elected by
                  the Highly Compensated Eligible Employees to comply with the
                  maximum permissible contribution percentage for the Plan Year.
                  Such reduction shall be effective as of the first payroll
                  payment date in the month following such determination and
                  shall be made as set forth below:

                  (1)      First, Highly Compensated Eligible Employees electing
                           Supplemental Deduction Contributions in an amount
                           equal to 3% of Compensation shall have their
                           elections reduced to 2% of Compensation. If,
                           following this reduction, the maximum permissible
                           contribution percentage is still exceeded, Highly
                           Compensated Eligible Employees electing Supplemental
                           Deduction Contributions in an amount equal to 2% of
                           Compensation (including any Highly Compensated
                           Eligible Employees whose elections were reduced under
                           the preceding sentence) shall have their elections
                           reduced to 1% of Compensation. If, following this
                           reduction, the maximum permissible contribution
                           percentage is still exceeded, Highly Compensated
                           Eligible Employees electing Supplemental Deduction
                           Contributions in an amount equal to 1% of
                           Compensation (including any Highly Compensated
                           Eligible Employees whose elections were reduced under
                           the preceding sentence) shall have their elections
                           reduced to 0% of Compensation.

                  (2)      Second, if, following the reductions described in
                           paragraph (1), the maximum permissible contribution
                           percentage is still exceeded, Highly Compensated
                           Eligible Employees electing Compensation Deduction
                           Contributions in an amount equal to 8% of
                           Compensation shall have their elections reduced to 7%
                           of Compensation. If, following this reduction, the


                                                                          - 21 -


<PAGE>   27
                           maximum permissible contribution percentage is still
                           exceeded, Highly Compensated Eligible Employees
                           electing Compensation Deduction Contributions in an
                           amount equal to 7% of Compensation (including any
                           Highly Compensated Eligible Employees whose elections
                           were reduced under the preceding sentence) shall have
                           their elections reduced to 6% of Compensation. The
                           process set forth in this paragraph (2) shall
                           continue until the average contribution percentage
                           for the Highly Compensated Eligible Employees does
                           not exceed the maximum permissible deferral
                           percentage.

         (d)      At the end of the Plan Year, if Compensation and Supplemental
                  Deduction Contributions and Company Matching Contributions for
                  Highly Compensated Eligible Employees exceed the limitation
                  described in this section, the Plan Administrator shall
                  determine the excess Compensation and Supplemental Deduction
                  Contributions and Company Matching Contributions of each
                  Highly Compensated Eligible Employee in accordance with the
                  following leveling method. The contribution percentage of the
                  Highly Compensated Eligible Employee with the highest
                  contribution percentage will be reduced to the extent required
                  to (i) enable the Plan to comply with this section, or (ii)
                  cause such Employee's contribution percentage to equal the
                  contribution percentage of the Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employee with the next highest contribution percentage. This
                  procedure will be repeated until the Plan satisfies the
                  limitation in this section. Excess Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deduction Contributions and investment earnings
                  (including gains and losses) will be refunded to the Member in
                  cash before the end of the next Plan Year. In accordance with
                  Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(2)(ii), the amount
                  of excess Compensation and Supplemental Deduction
                  Contributions and Company Matching Contributions shall be
                  determined only after first determining the excess
                  Compensation and Supplemental Deferral Contributions, if any,
                  that are treated as Compensation and Supplemental Deduction
                  Contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to section
                  3.6. If Compensation Deduction Contributions are refunded to
                  the Member, any Company Matching Contributions attributable to
                  such Compensation Deduction Contributions and investment
                  earnings (including gains and losses) shall be forfeited and
                  used to reduce Company Matching Contributions otherwise
                  payable pursuant to 3.4.

                  Investment earnings allocable to excess Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deduction Contributions and Company Matching
                  Contributions for a Plan Year and for the period between the
                  end of such Plan Year and the date of the refund shall be
                  determined in accordance with proposed Treasury Regulation
                  section 1.401(m)-1(e)(3)(ii), as it may be revised from time
                  to time by the Secretary of the Treasury.


                                                                          - 22 -


<PAGE>   28
                  For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, in the case
                  of a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee whose contribution
                  percentage is determined under the family aggregation rules of
                  Code Section 414(q)(6) as in effect on December 31, 1996, the
                  contribution percentage shall be reduced in accordance with
                  the leveling method described above and the excess
                  Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions and
                  Company Matching Contributions will be allocated among the
                  family members in proportion to the contributions of each
                  family member that have been combined.

3.9      Testing Aggregate Contributions for Discrimination

         (a)      The sum of the actual deferral percentage and the actual
                  contribution percentage for Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employees for each Plan Year may not exceed the greater of (1)
                  or (2) below:

                  (1)      The sum of (A) and (B) below:

                           (A)      one and one-quarter times the greater of (i)
                                    the actual deferral percentage for all other
                                    Eligible Employees for the Plan Year, or
                                    (ii) the actual contribution percentage for
                                    all other Eligible Employees for the Plan
                                    Year, plus

                           (B)      the lesser of (i) or (ii) below:

                                    (i)      Two percentage points plus the
                                             lesser of 1) the actual deferral
                                             percentage for all other Eligible
                                             Employees for the Plan Year or 2)
                                             the actual contribution percentage
                                             for all other Eligible Employees
                                             for the Plan Year.

                                    (ii)     Two times the lesser of 1) the
                                             actual deferral percentage for all
                                             other Eligible Employees for the
                                             Plan Year or 2) the actual
                                             contribution percentage for all
                                             other Eligible Employees for the
                                             Plan Year.

                  (2)      The sum of (A) and (B) below:

                           (A)      one and one-quarter times the lesser of (i)
                                    the actual deferral percentage for all other
                                    Eligible Employees for the Plan Year, or
                                    (ii) the actual contribution percentage for
                                    all other Eligible Employees for the Plan
                                    Year, plus

                           (B)      the lesser of (i) or (ii) below:

                                    (i)      Two percentage points plus the
                                             greater of 1) the actual deferral
                                             percentage for all other Eligible
                                             Employees for the 


                                                                          - 23 -


<PAGE>   29
                                             Plan Year or 2) the actual 
                                             contribution percentage for all 
                                             other Eligible Employees for the 
                                             Plan Year.

                                    (ii)     Two times the greater of 1) the
                                             actual deferral percentage for all
                                             other Eligible Employees for the
                                             Plan Year or 2) the actual
                                             contribution percentage for all
                                             other Eligible Employees for the
                                             Plan Year.

         (b)      Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year and periodically
                  during the year, the Plan Administrator shall test deferral
                  elections under section 3.1 and deduction authorizations under
                  section 3.2 to determine whether or not the limits under this
                  section will be exceeded for the Plan Year. If elections made
                  by Highly Compensated Eligible Employees would (if not
                  reduced) cause the sum of the actual deferral percentage and
                  the actual contribution percentage for such Employees to
                  exceed the limitation in this section, the Plan Administrator
                  shall reduce the deduction percentages elected by the Highly
                  Compensated Eligible Employees to comply with the limitations
                  of this section. This reduction will be accomplished by
                  determining the maximum possible upper limit on Compensation
                  and Supplemental Deduction Contributions (as a percentage of
                  Compensation) which, when imposed as a limitation on the
                  Highly Compensated Eligible Employees, will cause the Plan to
                  comply with this section.

                  If the limitation described in this section is still exceeded
                  after reducing the upper limit on Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deduction Contributions for Highly Compensated
                  Eligible Employees to zero, the Plan Administrator shall also
                  reduce Compensation and Supplemental Deferral Contributions
                  elected by Highly Compensated Eligible Employees. This
                  reduction will be accomplished by determining the maximum
                  possible upper limit on Compensation and Supplemental Deferral
                  Contributions (as a percentage of Compensation) which, when
                  imposed as a limitation on the Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employees, will cause the Plan to comply with this section.

         (c)      At the end of the Plan Year, if the sum of the actual deferral
                  percentage and the actual contribution percentage for Highly
                  Compensated Eligible Employees exceeds the limitations
                  described in this section after the corrective distributions
                  or forfeitures are made under sections 3.7(d) and 3.8(d) the
                  Plan Administrator shall determine the maximum possible upper
                  limit on Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions
                  (as a percentage of Total Earnings) which, when imposed as a
                  limitation on the Highly Compensated Eligible Employees, will
                  cause the Plan to comply with this section. Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deduction Contributions in excess of this limit
                  and investment earnings on such contributions (including gains
                  and losses) will be refunded to the Member in cash. If the
                  limitation in this section is still exceeded after refunding
                  all Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions for
                  Highly Compensated Eligible Employees, the Plan Administrator
                  shall determine the maximum possible upper limit 


                                                                          - 24 -


<PAGE>   30
                  on Compensation and Supplemental Deferral Contributions (as a
                  percentage of Compensation) which, when imposed as a
                  limitation on the Highly Compensated Eligible Employees, will
                  cause the Plan to comply with this section. Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deferral Contributions in excess of this limit
                  and investment earnings on such contributions (including gains
                  and losses) will be refunded to the Member in cash.

         (d)      If Compensation Deduction Contributions or Compensation
                  Deferral Contributions are refunded to the Member, any Company
                  Matching Contributions attributable to such refunded
                  contributions and investment earnings on such Company Matching
                  Contributions will be forfeited and used to reduce Company
                  Matching Contributions otherwise payable pursuant to 3.4.

3.10     Aggregation Rules for Discrimination Testing

         (a)      If this Plan is combined with one or more plans maintained by
                  the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Company for
                  purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than
                  section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)), then this Plan and such other plans
                  will be considered a single plan for purposes of the
                  discrimination testing described in this article.

         (b)      If a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee is eligible to have
                  Compensation or Supplemental Deferral Contributions,
                  Compensation or Supplemental Deduction Contributions, or
                  Company Matching Contributions allocated to his account under
                  two or more plans described in Code Section 401(k) which are
                  maintained by the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary of the
                  Company, the average deferral percentage and average
                  contribution percentage for such Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employee shall be determined as if all such contributions were
                  made under a single plan.

         (c)      For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, for purposes
                  of determining the actual deferral percentage and the actual
                  contribution percentage of a Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employee who is (1) a five-percent owner or (2) one of the ten
                  Employees paid the greatest Total Earnings for the Plan Year,
                  the Compensation and Supplemental Deferral Contributions,
                  Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions, Company
                  Matching Contributions and Total Earnings of such Employee
                  shall include the Compensation and Supplemental Deferral
                  Contributions, Compensation and Supplemental Deduction
                  Contributions, Company Matching Contributions and Total
                  Earnings of such Employee's spouse, lineal ascendants or
                  descendants, and the spouses of such lineal ascendants or
                  descendants except as otherwise provided under Treasury
                  regulations. Such family members shall be disregarded in
                  determining the actual deferral percentage and the actual
                  contribution percentage for Eligible Employees who are not
                  Highly Compensated Eligible Employees. In applying the maximum
                  dollar limitation on Total Earnings described in 1.46, such
                  limitation will be



                                                                          - 25 -


<PAGE>   31
                  applied to the combined Total Earnings of the Highly
                  Compensated Eligible Employees described in this section, the
                  spouse of such Employee, and any lineal descendants of the
                  Employee who have not attained age 19 before the end of the
                  Plan Year.


                                                                          - 26 -


<PAGE>   32
                                    Article 4
                           Investment of Contributions

4.1        Investment Election

           At the time of enrollment in the Plan, the Member shall elect to have
           his future Compensation and Supplemental Deferral Contributions,
           Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions, Company
           Matching Contributions, and Rollover Contributions invested in one or
           more of the Investment Funds listed in section 5.2. (Prior to
           enrollment as a Member, an Eligible Employee may make such an
           election with respect to Rollover Contributions.) The election shall
           specify the percentage, if any, of such contributions to be allocated
           to each of the Investment Funds. Members may allocate their
           contributions among the Investment Funds in 5% increments, with the
           total of the elected percentage increments equaling 100%; provided,
           however, the maximum percentage of such contributions that may be
           invested in the Boeing Company Stock Fund is 50%.

4.2        Changes in Investment Elections

           A Member may change an election made pursuant to section 4.1
           regarding his future Compensation and Supplemental Deferral
           Contributions, Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions,
           Company Matching Contributions, and Rollover Contributions once each
           calendar quarter. Such change shall be effective as of the last
           business day of the month in which the change of election is made.

4.3        Transfer of Investments

           A Member may elect once in each calendar quarter to change the
           investment of his Accounts; provided, however, amounts may not be
           transferred into or out of the Stable Value Fund before April 1,
           1997. The election shall specify the percentage, if any, of the total
           dollar balance of the Member's Accounts, determined pursuant to
           section 6.4, to be allocated to each of the Investment Funds. Members
           may allocate their balances among the Investment Funds in 5%
           increments, with the total of the elected percentage increments
           equaling 100%; provided, however, the maximum percentage of such
           contributions that may be invested in the Boeing Company Stock Fund
           is 50%. The transfers described in this section shall be effected on
           the first day of the calendar month immediately succeeding the month
           in which the Member elected to make the transfer.

           All elections under this section shall be irrevocable and shall not
           affect the Member's right to exercise any other election provided by
           the Plan.

           Upon making an election to transfer investments under this section,
           the Member shall also either confirm or change his election under
           section 4.1 or 4.2 with respect to future Compensation and
           Supplemental Deferral Contributions, Compensation and Supplemental
           Deduction Contributions, and Company Matching Contributions.


                                                                          - 27 -


<PAGE>   33
           4.4    Independent Control

           An election or change of election made pursuant to this section shall
           be within the independent control of the Member. Neither the Trustee,
           the Parent, nor the Company shall be liable for any loss which may
           result from the exercise of such control by the Member. If, at any
           time, no election under this section is in effect for any portion of
           a Member's Accounts or contributions, such portion shall be invested
           in the manner determined by the Plan Administrator on a uniform and
           nondiscriminatory basis with respect to all Members. An election or
           change of election deemed to have been made under this section shall
           not be counted for purposes of the provisions of those sections which
           impose restrictions on the frequency of changes.


                                                                          - 28 -


<PAGE>   34
                                    Article 5
                                 Trust Agreement

5.1      Establishment of Trust Fund

         The property resulting from contributions made on behalf of all
         Members, including contributions made by the Company, shall be held in
         a Trust Fund by a Trustee or Trustees selected by the Plan
         Administrator pursuant to a Trust Agreement entered into between such
         Trustee and the Plan Administrator. References in the Plan to Trustee
         shall be deemed to be applicable with equal force to co-Trustees or
         successor Trustees who may be so designated.

5.2      Investment Funds

         The Trust Agreement will provide that at the direction of the Plan
         Administrator, the Trustee shall establish investment funds, each with
         investment objectives determined by the Plan Administrator. The Plan
         Administrator shall provide information to Members regarding the
         Investment Funds available under the Plan, including a description of
         the investment objectives and types of investments of each such fund.
         As of the Effective Date, the following Investment Funds shall be
         established:

         (a)      S&P 500 Index Fund. The assets of this fund are invested in
                  the same stocks and in substantially the same percentages as
                  the Standard and Poor's (S&P) 500 Index.

         (b)      Short-Term Income Fund. The assets of this fund are invested
                  in a variety of investment-grade instruments with maturities
                  generally between 1 and 365 days with an average maturity
                  between 30 and 60 days. These instruments may include: United
                  States government and agency obligations, bank obligations,
                  short-term corporate debt instruments, repurchase agreements,
                  unsecured loan participations, and registered investment
                  companies which invest in such instruments.

         (c)      Stable Value Fund. The assets of this fund are invested in
                  investment contracts with one or more insurance companies
                  which guarantee the principal and interest thereon for a
                  specified period of time.

         (d)      Intermediate-Term Bond Fund. The assets of this fund are
                  invested in debt obligations issued by the United States
                  government and its agencies and instrumentalities. The maximum
                  maturity of any issue in the fund is five years.

         (e)      Boeing Company Stock Fund. The assets of this fund are
                  invested in cash and Common Stock of The Boeing Company.



                                                                          - 29 -


<PAGE>   35
5.3      Voting Rights

         Each Member who has Common Stock of The Boeing Company held in the
         Boeing Company Stock Fund allocated to his Accounts shall be entitled
         to instruct the Trustee regarding the voting of the number of such
         shares allocated to the Accounts (determined by the proportionate share
         of the Member's investment in the Fund) at all stockholders' meetings
         of the Company, determined as of the record date for such stockholders'
         meetings. The Company will send, or cause to be sent, to each Member
         who has Common Stock of the Company allocated to the Member's Accounts
         a voting instruction form and the same proxy solicitation material as
         is sent to stockholders generally.

5.4      Tender Offer

         Not withstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary:

         (a)      If any person shall make a tender offer (as defined in
                  subsection (c) below) to acquire (by purchase or exchange)
                  Common Stock of the Company, including shares of such Common
                  Stock that are held in the Company Stock Fund, the Trustee and
                  the Company shall act as follows:

                  (1)      The Company shall ensure that the materials made
                           available to shareholders generally in connection
                           with the tender offer are provided to each Member who
                           has shares of Common Stock of the Company held in the
                           Company Stock Fund allocated to his Member's
                           Accounts, and the response of the Trustee as to
                           whether to accept or reject the tender offer with
                           respect to the full and fractional shares of such
                           Common Stock that are so allocated shall be made in
                           accordance with the instructions of the Member given
                           to the Trustee on forms provided for that purpose.

                  (2)      If the Trustee fails to receive clear and timely
                           instructions from a Member in a case where
                           instructions have been sought by the Trustee as
                           provided in paragraph (1), the Trustee shall have no
                           discretion in such matter and shall reject the tender
                           offer with respect to the affected full and
                           fractional shares of Common Stock of the Company that
                           are allocated to the Accounts of such Members.

         (b)      With respect to full and fractional shares of Common Stock of
                  the Company that have been acquired by the Plan and are not
                  yet allocated (including any such Common Stock held in a
                  suspense account because it cannot be allocated currently due
                  to the Code Section 415 limits), the Trustee shall have no
                  discretion in such matter and shall reject the tender offer
                  with respect to such Common Stock.


                                                                          - 30 -


<PAGE>   36
         (c)      If any tender offer is accepted (in whole or in part) pursuant
                  to subsection (a), the Trustee shall have the power to
                  transfer Common Stock of the Company in order to effect such
                  acceptance.

         (d)      For purposes of this section, "tender offer" shall mean any
                  offer to acquire Common Stock of the Company which is subject
                  to either section 13(e) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange
                  Act of 1934 and which under applicable rules and regulations
                  is required to be the subject of a filing with the Securities
                  and Exchange Commission on either Schedule 13E-4 or Schedule
                  14D-9.

         (e)      The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing herein shall serve to
                  modify the related rules of the Trust Agreement or to expand
                  the duties of the Trustee unless and until the Trustee gives
                  its consent in the manner provided in the Trust Agreement.

5.5      Trust Agreement

         The Plan Administrator has entered into a Trust Agreement with the
         Trustee of the Trust Fund under which the Trustee will hold, invest and
         distribute the assets of the Trust Fund as required by the Trust
         Agreement. The Plan Administrator may remove the Trustee at any time
         upon reasonable notice. The Trust Agreement shall provide that upon the
         removal or resignation of the Trustee the assets shall be transferred
         to another Trustee to be designated by the Plan Administrator under the
         terms of the Trust Agreement satisfying the conditions herein set
         forth.

5.6      Rights in the Trust Fund

         No part of the Trust Fund shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes
         other than the exclusive benefit of Members and their beneficiaries
         under the Plan. No person shall have any interest in or right to any
         part of the Trust Fund except as and to the extent expressly provided
         in the Plan.


                                                                          - 31 -


<PAGE>   37
                                    Article 6
                        Maintenance of Members' Accounts

6.1      Accounts Maintained

         The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain for each Member a
         Compensation Deduction Account, Compensation Deferral Account,
         Supplemental Deduction Account, Supplemental Deferral Account, and a
         Company Contributions Account under each Investment Fund to represent
         all amounts (if any), adjusted for gains or losses thereon, which have
         been contributed by or on behalf of the Member as Compensation
         Deduction Contributions, Compensation Deferral Contributions,
         Supplemental Deduction Contributions, Supplemental Deferral
         Contributions or Rollover Contributions, and Company Matching
         Contributions. Such separate Accounts shall contain sufficient
         information to permit, with respect to the Boeing Company Stock Fund, a
         determination of the number of Common Units in such Member's Accounts,
         and with respect to the Company Contributions Account, a determination
         of the portion which is attributable to Compensation Deduction
         Contributions and the portion which is attributable to Compensation
         Deferral Contributions.

6.2      Crediting Units to Accounts

         (a)      The interest of each Member in the Investment Funds shall be
                  represented by Units allocated to his Accounts. The value of
                  each Unit shall be $1.00 for the contributions deposited on
                  behalf of each Member prior to the first Valuation Date
                  following the effective date of the particular Fund.

         (b)      Each contribution on behalf of a Member to, or payment made to
                  a Member from, an Investment Fund shall result in a credit or
                  charge to the Account representing his interest in such Fund
                  under his Company Contributions Account, Compensation Deferral
                  Account, Supplemental Deferral Account, Compensation Deduction
                  Account, or Supplemental Deduction Account, as applicable, and
                  shall be equal to the number of Units contributed or paid, as
                  the case may be.

         (c)      Dividends on Common Stock held in the Boeing Company Stock
                  Fund shall result in an appropriate increase in the Unit
                  values of said Fund.

6.3      Units Valuations

         Except as otherwise provided in section 6.2, as of each Valuation Date,
         an amount equal to the fair market value of all property in the
         Investment Funds (other than dividends received which are attributable
         to whole shares of Common Stock which were or are to be transferred to
         Members subsequent to the record date for such dividend) or under a
         contract, in the case of the Stable Value Fund, shall be determined by
         the Trustee in such manner and on such basis as it shall deem
         appropriate. Such amount shall be divided by the total number of Units
         credited to all the Members in the Fund or under the contract


                                                                          - 32 -


<PAGE>   38
         concerned on the particular Valuation Date, thereby establishing a new
         Unit value. With respect to each Investment Fund, each contribution or
         other payment thereto or payment therefrom after such Valuation Date
         and prior to or on the next Valuation Date shall be converted to Units
         (in the case of the Boeing Company Stock Fund to Common Units to the
         extent appropriate) by dividing such new Unit value into the amount of
         such contribution or payment, and the individual Account of each
         affected Member representing his interest in the Investment Fund under
         his Company Contributions Account, Compensation Deferral Account,
         Supplemental Deferral Account, Compensation Deduction Account, and
         Supplemental Deduction Account, as applicable, shall be credited or
         charged, as the case may be, with the portion of the number of Units so
         attributable to such Member. The value of each contract under the
         Stable Value Fund shall be equal to the principal amount held in such
         fund plus accrued interest.

6.4      Balance of Member's Accounts

         As of any specified date, the dollar balance of the Accounts of each
         Member representing the interest of each Member in each Investment Fund
         under his Company Contributions Account, Compensation Deferral Account,
         Supplemental Deferral Account, Compensation Deduction Account, and
         Supplemental Deduction Account, as applicable, shall be determined by
         multiplying the number of Units in his current balance by the Unit
         value as of the last preceding Valuation Date in accordance with the
         foregoing and adding to the resulting dollar balance the amount of
         contributions made with respect to such Account since the last
         valuation date for which Units have not yet been credited. Only those
         contributions actually received by the Trustee will be considered in
         making valuations and determining Account balances.

6.5      Member Account Statements

         After the end of each calendar year or more frequently as the Plan
         Administrator shall determine, the Plan Administrator shall forward by
         mail to each Member a statement, in such form as the Plan Administrator
         shall determine, setting forth pertinent information relative to the
         Member's Accounts. Such statement shall, for all purposes, be deemed to
         have been accepted as correct unless the Plan Administrator is notified
         to the contrary by mail within 60 days of the mailing thereof to the
         Member.

                                                                          - 33 -


<PAGE>   39
                                    Article 7
                                   Retirement

7.1      Eligibility

         This article will apply to any Member who terminates employment on or
         after his 65th birthday or who retires before his 65th birthday
         pursuant to a retirement plan sponsored by the Company or an Affiliate
         or Subsidiary.

7.2      Lump Sum Distribution

         (a)      If the balance in the Member's Accounts is $3,500 or less,
                  such amount will be paid to the Member in a lump sum as soon
                  as practicable after his Severance from Service Date in the
                  manner described in section 7.5.

         (b)      If the balance in the Member's Accounts exceeds $3,500, the
                  Member may elect (1) to receive such amount in a lump sum as
                  soon as practicable after his Severance from Service Date in
                  the manner described in section 7.5 or (2) to defer any
                  distribution from his Accounts. If the Member elects to defer
                  distribution, his Accounts will be retained in the Plan and
                  maintained and valued in accordance with Article 6. The amount
                  of such deferred distribution(s) will be based on the value of
                  the Member's Accounts determined as of the Valuation Date
                  preceding the deferred distribution date. If the vested
                  balance in the Member's Accounts at the time of a distribution
                  exceeds $3,500, then the vested balance at any subsequent time
                  shall be deemed to exceed $3,500.

         (c)      A Member who has deferred receiving his distribution may elect
                  to receive the balance in his Accounts in a lump sum payable
                  as soon as practicable after the request for such distribution
                  is received by the Plan Administrator in the manner described
                  in section 7.5. Such request shall be in the manner prescribed
                  by the Plan Administrator for this purpose.

7.3      Installment Form of Payment

         (a)      If the balance in the Member's Accounts exceeds $3,500, the
                  Member may elect to have his benefit paid in annual
                  installments over 10 or fewer years; provided, however, that
                  the Member may not elect installments to be paid over a period
                  which exceeds the life expectancy of the Member or the
                  combined life expectancies of the Member and his Beneficiary
                  determined as of the date payments are to commence. The amount
                  of such installments will be the value of the Member's
                  Accounts as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the
                  installment payment, divided by the number of installment
                  payments remaining at the time of the payment. The initial
                  installment payment will be made as soon as practicable after
                  the effective date of the Member's election. Subsequent
                  installment payments during the elected installment payment
                  period will be made


                                                                          - 34 -


<PAGE>   40
                  as of the annual anniversary date of the initial installment
                  payment. If the vested balance in the Member's Accounts at the
                  time of a distribution exceeds $3,500, then the vested balance
                  at any subsequent time shall be deemed to exceed $3,500.

         (b)      A Member who is still an Employee on the required beginning
                  date described in section 7.4(b) and is, therefore, required
                  to commence distribution, shall receive his distribution in
                  annual installments over the period of the Member's life
                  expectancy (pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9)). Upon the
                  Member's subsequent Termination of Employment, the Member
                  shall be entitled to elect either a lump sum distribution as
                  provided in section 7.2(b) or installment payments as provided
                  in section 7.3(a) with respect to his remaining Account
                  balance at that time.

         (c)      Subsection (a) notwithstanding, if a Member who is no longer
                  an Employee has elected to defer receiving his distribution
                  pursuant to section 7.2(b) and the Plan Administrator has not
                  received an election concerning the form of distribution by
                  the end of the calendar year in which the Member attains age
                  70 1/2, the distribution shall be made in the form of a lump
                  sum distribution payable no later than the required beginning
                  date described in section 7.4(b).

         (d)      If a Member who had previously elected and commenced receipt
                  of installment payments pursuant to subsection (a) returns to
                  employment with the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary
                  (other than as a member of the Company's flexible work force),
                  such installment payments shall be suspended until the
                  Member's subsequent retirement, at which time he shall be
                  permitted again to make the election described in this
                  section.

         (e)      A Member who had previously elected and commenced receipt of
                  installment payments pursuant to subsection (a) shall be
                  permitted to revoke such election at a later date and
                  accelerate receipt of the distribution by electing
                  distribution of the remaining Account balances in a lump sum
                  payment.

7.4      Limitations on Payment Date

         (a)      Payment will begin not later than the 60th day after the end
                  of the Plan Year in which:

                  (1)      the Member's 65th birthday occurs, or

                  (2)      the Member's Severance from Service Date occurs,
                           whichever is later.

                  However, payment under this subsection will not begin until
                  the Member has filed a claim for such payment in the manner
                  prescribed by the Plan Administrator for that purpose.


                                                                          - 35 -


<PAGE>   41
         (b)      The required beginning date described in this subsection (b)
                  will apply regardless of any election made by the Member.

                  (1)      Benefit payments for a Member who attained age 70 1/2
                           before January 1, 1996, will begin January 1, 1997,
                           whether or not such Member's employment has
                           terminated.

                  (2)      Benefit payments for a Member who attained age 70 1/2
                           in 1996, will begin not later than April 1, 1997,
                           whether or not such Member's employment has
                           terminated.

                  (3)      Benefit payments for a Member who is not a 5% owner
                           who attains age 70 1/2 after December 31, 1996 will
                           begin not later than April 1 of the calendar year
                           following the later of (A) the calendar year in which
                           the Member attains age 70 1/2, or (B) the calendar
                           year in which the Member retires.

                  (4)      Benefit payments for a Member who is a 5% owner will
                           begin not later than April 1 of the calendar year
                           following the later of (A) the calendar year in which
                           the Member attained age 70 1/2, or (B) the earlier of
                           (iii) the calendar year within which ends the Plan
                           Year in which the Member becomes a 5% owner, or (iv)
                           the calendar year in which the Member retires.

                  (5)      A Member is treated as a 5% owner for purposes of
                           this subsection (b), if such Member is a 5% owner as
                           defined in Code Section 416(i) at any time during the
                           Plan Year ending within the calendar year in which
                           such owner attains age 66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan
                           Year. Once a Member is described in this paragraph,
                           distributions will continue to such Member even if
                           such Member ceases to own more than 5% of the Company
                           in a subsequent year.

                  (6)      If a Member receives payments under this subsection
                           (b), such payments will be determined as if the
                           Member's retirement date were the date by which
                           benefit payments must be made under this subsection
                           (b). If the Member continues to have contributions
                           made to his Accounts after this date, the additional
                           benefit for each Plan Year will be paid in a lump sum
                           after the following January 1.

7.5      Manner of Distribution

         A Member's distribution(s) shall be made as follows:

         (a)      With respect to Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company
                  Stock Fund, the Member entitled to a lump sum distribution
                  pursuant to section 7.2 shall receive the full dollar balance
                  of his Accounts in such Funds. A Member electing


                                                                          - 36 -


<PAGE>   42
                  installment payments pursuant to section 7.3 shall receive the
                  full dollar balance divided by the remaining number of
                  installment payments. Such balance shall be determined in the
                  manner provided in section 6.4, by reference to the value of
                  Units in such Member's Accounts on the Valuation Date
                  coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of the
                  distribution.

         (b)      With respect to the Boeing Company Stock Fund, the full dollar
                  balance (for a Member electing installment payments pursuant
                  to section 7.3, the full dollar balance divided by the
                  remaining number of installment payments) in the Member's
                  Accounts in the fund as of the Valuation Date coinciding with
                  or immediately preceding the date of the distribution
                  (determined in the manner provided in section 6.4, separately
                  by reference to the Common Units in the Account on such
                  Valuation Date and the respective Unit values on such
                  Valuation Date) shall be applied to Common Stock to the extent
                  attributable to Common Units. The Member shall receive shares
                  of Common Stock equal to the maximum number of whole shares of
                  Common Stock which could be purchased at the closing price of
                  Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange-- Composite
                  Transactions listing on such Valuation Date (or, in the event
                  such Valuation Date falls on a date on which there are no
                  trades of such stock reflected on such listing, the last
                  trading day preceding such Valuation Date) with the portion of
                  such dollar balance attributable to Common Units in the
                  Account. The Member shall be paid in cash the amount of such
                  dollar balance remaining after reduction by the value of the
                  whole shares previously described, based upon such closing
                  price. In addition, the Member shall be paid in cash the
                  amount of any cash dividends received since such Valuation
                  Date attributable to the number of whole shares of Common
                  Stock distributed to him and the dollar value of any
                  contributions to the Company Stock Fund in respect of such
                  Member between such Valuation Date and the Severance from
                  Service Date.

                                                                          - 37 -


<PAGE>   43
                                    Article 8
                              Termination or Death

8.1      Vesting

         (a)      A Member will always have a 100% vested interest in his
                  Compensation Deduction Account, Compensation Deferral Account,
                  Supplemental Deduction Account, and Supplemental Deferral
                  Account.

         (b)      A Member who has completed a five-year Period of Service will
                  have a 100% vested interest in his Company Contributions
                  Account.

         (c)      No Units in a Member's Company Contributions Account shall
                  vest subsequent to the Member's termination of employment,
                  except as provided in section 8.6.

         (d)      Regardless of the number of years in his Period of Service, a
                  Member will have a 100% vested interest in his Company
                  Contributions Account upon the occurrence of any of the
                  following events:

                  (1)      65th birthday,

                  (2)      retirement before his 65th birthday pursuant to a
                           retirement plan sponsored by the Company or an
                           Affiliate or Subsidiary,

                  (3)      termination of employment to enter into the Armed
                           Forces of the United States, except temporary service
                           of 90 days or less, or to accept employment with the
                           Government of the United States,

                  (4)      determination of Total Disability,

                  (5)      termination of employment because of inability to
                           meet Company medical standards,

                  (6)      Layoff, or

                  (7)      death.

8.2      Distribution Upon Termination

         (a)      This section will apply to any Member whose Severance from
                  Service Date occurs before he has satisfied the eligibility
                  conditions for retirement as described in section 7.1.

         (b)      Subject to the provisions of subsection (c), the Member shall
                  receive as a lump sum all amounts described in section 8.4 as
                  soon as practicable after his Severance


                                                                          - 38 -


<PAGE>   44
                  from Service Date, but not later than 60 days after the end of
                  the Plan Year in which his Severance from Service Date
                  occurred.

         (c)      If the vested balance in the Member's Accounts exceeds $3,500,
                  no distribution of benefits under the Plan shall be made
                  unless the Plan Administrator has first obtained the Member's
                  written consent thereto. In the event such written consent is
                  not obtained, the vested portion of the Member's Accounts will
                  be retained by the Plan and will be maintained and valued in
                  accordance with Article 6. Distribution of the Member's
                  Accounts pursuant to this section shall be made following the
                  date on which the Plan Administrator obtains the Member's
                  written consent to the distribution or, if earlier, the
                  required beginning date described in section 7.4. The amount
                  of distribution will be determined as provided in section 8.4,
                  except that the balance of the Member's Accounts will be
                  determined by reference to the Unit Values on the Valuation
                  Date coincident with or immediately preceding the date of
                  distribution. If the Member is reemployed as an Employee prior
                  to the date on which the Plan Administrator receives his
                  written consent to the distribution, the Member shall not have
                  any further right to receive a distribution of benefits as a
                  result of his prior termination of employment. Under no
                  circumstances shall a Member have any right to withdraw a
                  portion of the balance of his Accounts under Article 9 prior
                  to the deferred distribution date. If the vested balance in
                  the Member's Accounts at the time of a distribution exceeds
                  $3,500, then the vested balance at any subsequent time shall
                  be deemed to exceed $3,500.

8.3      Distribution Upon Death

         (a)      If a Member dies before payment of benefits begins, his
                  Beneficiary(ies) shall receive all amounts described in
                  section 8.4 as soon as practicable after the Member's death,
                  but not later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in
                  which the Member's death occurred.

         (b)      If a Member dies after installment payments have commenced
                  pursuant to section 7.3, payments will continue to the
                  Beneficiary under the form of payment in effect at the time of
                  the Member's death.

8.4      Amount of Distribution

         The amounts which a Member or Beneficiary will receive under section
         8.2 or 8.3 shall be as follows:

         (a)      With respect to Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company
                  Stock Fund, the Member shall receive the vested dollar balance
                  of his Accounts in such Funds. Such balance shall be
                  determined in the manner provided in section 6.4, by reference
                  to the value of Units in such Member's Accounts on the
                  Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding his
                  Severance from Service Date or, in


                                                                          - 39 -


<PAGE>   45
                  the case of death or Total Disability, the date all
                  documentation necessary to effect the distribution is received
                  by the Plan Administrator.

         (b)      With respect to the Boeing Company Stock Fund, the vested
                  dollar balance in the Member's Accounts in the fund as of the
                  Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding his
                  Severance from Service Date or, in the case of death or Total
                  Disability, the date all documentation necessary to effect the
                  distribution is received by the Plan Administrator (determined
                  in the manner provided in section 6.4, separately by reference
                  to the Common Units in the Account on such Valuation Date and
                  the respective Unit values on such Valuation Date) shall be
                  applied to Common Stock to the extent attributable to Common
                  Units. The Member shall receive shares of Common Stock equal
                  to the maximum number of whole shares of Common Stock which
                  could be purchased at the closing price of Common Stock on the
                  New York Stock Exchange--Composite Transactions listing on
                  such Valuation Date (or, in the event such Valuation Date
                  falls on a date on which there are no trades of such stock
                  reflected on such listing, the last trading day preceding such
                  Valuation Date) with the portion of such vested dollar balance
                  attributable to Common Units in the Account. The Member shall
                  be paid in cash the vested dollar amount remaining in his
                  Accounts invested in the Boeing Company Stock Fund after
                  reduction of each such Account by the value of the whole
                  shares previously described, based upon such closing price. In
                  addition, the Member shall be paid in cash the amount of any
                  cash dividends received since such Valuation Date attributable
                  to the number of whole shares of Common Stock distributed to
                  him and the dollar value of any contributions to the Company
                  Stock Fund in respect of such Member between such Valuation
                  Date and his Severance from Service Date.

8.5      Forfeitures

         (a)      If a Member terminates employment and receives the vested
                  portion of his Accounts, the nonvested portion of the Company
                  Contributions Account, if any, will be forfeited at the time
                  such distribution is made. Such forfeiture will be applied as
                  soon as practicable to reduce Company Matching Contributions
                  otherwise payable under 3.4.

         (b)      If a Member who has not completed a five-year Period of
                  Service becomes eligible to receive a distribution under
                  section 8.2(c) but fails to provide written consent to such
                  distribution, the nonvested portions of the Member's Company
                  Contributions Account shall be forfeited at the conclusion of
                  the five-year Period of Severance following his Severance from
                  Service Date, unless the Member shall be reemployed as an
                  Employee prior to the conclusion of said five-year period.
                  Such forfeiture will be applied as soon as practicable to
                  reduce Company Matching Contributions otherwise payable under
                  3.4.


                                                                          - 40 -


<PAGE>   46
8.6      Repayment After Reemployment

         If a Member who has forfeited a nonvested balance is reemployed as an
         Employee, the previously forfeited nonvested portion of his Company
         Contributions Account will be restored to the dollar amount on the date
         the Member received a distribution under this article if the Member
         makes a cash repayment to the Plan of the amounts which were
         distributed from his Compensation Deduction and Compensation Deferral
         Accounts on or before the earlier of:

         (a)      the fifth anniversary of his Reemployment Date or

         (b)      the completion of a five-year Period of Severance.

         The Company Contributions Account balance will be restored by an
         additional Company contribution. The amount of the Member's repayment
         (which shall not reflect interest) will be credited to the Member's
         Compensation Deduction Account. The repayment and the restored Company
         Contributions Account will be allocated to the Investment Funds in the
         same proportion as the Member's current Compensation Deduction or
         Deferral Contributions. The nonvested portion of the member's Company
         Contributions Account restored pursuant to this section shall vest as
         provided in section 8.1.


                                                                          - 41 -


<PAGE>   47
                                    Article 9
                              Withdrawals and Loans

9.1      Withdrawals from Accounts by Members under Age 59 1/2

         (a)      Subject to sections 9.4 and 9.5, a Member who has not yet
                  attained age 59 1/2 may elect while still employed to withdraw
                  certain amounts from his Accounts. As soon as practicable
                  after the Plan Administrator's receipt of such an election,
                  there shall be paid or transferred to such Member cash and, if
                  applicable, shares of Common Stock from his Accounts in the
                  following order:

                  (1)      first, from his Supplemental Deduction Account;

                  (2)      second, from his Compensation Deduction Account;

                  (3)      third, from that portion (if vested) of his Company
                           Contributions Account, which is attributable to
                           Compensation Deduction Contributions;

                  (4)      fourth, from his Supplemental Deferral Account; and

                  (5)      fifth, from his Compensation Deferral Account.

         (b)      If a Member receives a withdrawal pursuant to section
                  9.1(a)(2), the nonvested portion of his Company Contributions
                  Account associated with the amounts withdrawn shall be
                  forfeited as provided in section 9.3 and the withdrawal
                  limitations of section 9.3 shall apply. If a Member receives a
                  withdrawal pursuant to section 9.1(a)(3), his Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deferral Contributions, Compensation and
                  Supplemental Deduction Contributions, and Company Matching
                  Contributions shall be suspended for a period of 26 weeks.

         (c)      A Member shall be permitted to withdraw from his Supplemental
                  and Compensation Deferral Accounts, as described in section
                  9.1(a)(4) and (5), only upon providing adequate evidence of a
                  hardship, as provided in section 9.5, and such a hardship
                  withdrawal shall be governed by the provisions of that
                  section.

         (d)      The portion of the Member's Company Contributions Account
                  which is attributable to Compensation Deferral Contributions
                  shall not be available for withdrawal prior to the Member's
                  attainment of age 59 1/2.

         (e)      In determining withdrawal amounts, the value of available
                  Units in the Member's Accounts shall be determined as of the
                  Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the
                  date of the election.


                                                                          - 42 -


<PAGE>   48
9.2      Withdrawal from Accounts by Members Over Age 59 1/2

         (a)      A Member who has attained age 59 1/2 while still employed by
                  the Company may elect to withdraw any or all vested amounts
                  from his Accounts. A Member making such an election shall
                  receive the amount of cash or, if applicable, stock to be
                  withdrawn from his Accounts in the following order:

                  (1)      first, from his Supplemental Deduction Account;

                  (2)      second, from his Compensation Deduction Account;

                  (3)      third, from his Supplemental Deferral Account;

                  (4)      fourth, from his Compensation Deferral Account;

                  (5)      fifth, from that portion (if vested) of his Company
                           Contributions Account, which is attributable to
                           Compensation Deduction Contributions; and

                  (6)      sixth, from that portion (if vested) of his Company
                           Contributions Account, which is attributable to
                           Compensation Deferral Contributions.

         (b)      If a Member receives a withdrawal pursuant to section
                  9.2(a)(2), the nonvested portion of his Company Contributions
                  Account associated with the amounts withdrawn shall be
                  forfeited as provided in section 9.3, but the withdrawal
                  limitations of section 9.3(d) shall not apply and his
                  Compensation and Supplemental Deferral Contributions,
                  Compensation and Supplemental Deduction Contributions, and
                  Company Matching Contributions shall not be suspended.

         (c)      In determining the distribution amounts, the value of
                  available Units in the Member's Accounts shall be determined
                  as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately
                  preceding the date of the election.

9.3      Forfeitures and Limitation on Withdrawals

         (a)      When applicable, any nonvested portion of a Member's Company
                  Contributions Account associated with a withdrawal from his
                  Compensation Deduction Account shall be forfeited at the time
                  of such withdrawal.

                  (1)      The forfeitable Units, if any, of a Member's Company
                           Contributions Account which are attributable to
                           Compensation Deduction Contributions shall be
                           determined by multiplying the dollar balance of the
                           Member's Company Contributions Account which is
                           attributable to Compensation Deduction Contributions
                           by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the
                           dollar value of the Compensation Deduction
                           Contributions which were withdrawn by the Member and
                           the denominator of which is the total dollar
                           value of the Member's Compensation Deduction Account
                           (both such dollar 

                                                                          - 43 -


<PAGE>   49
                           values to be determined as of the last Valuation 
                           Date preceding the date of withdrawal).

                  (2)      An Employee who has suffered a forfeiture described
                           in this subsection (a) may elect to restore his
                           interest in the Plan by making a cash repayment to
                           the Plan in the amount and in the manner described in
                           subsections (b) and (c).

         (b)      In order to restore a forfeiture described in subsection (a),
                  a repayment of the amount withdrawn by the Employee from his
                  Compensation Deduction Account must be made within 60 months
                  after such withdrawal. For purposes of this subsection (b),
                  the amount distributed to an Employee means the sum of the
                  cash distributed to such Employee plus the dollar value of the
                  Common Stock distributed to such Employee, determined at the
                  closing price for Common Stock as reflected on the New York
                  Stock Exchange--Composite Transactions listing on the
                  Valuation Date applicable to the distribution or withdrawal
                  (or if such Valuation Date falls on a date on which, for any
                  reason, there are no trades of such stock reflected on such
                  listing, the last trading day preceding such Valuation Date).
                  Such amount shall not be increased to reflect interest.

         (c)      As soon as practicable after an Employee makes a repayment
                  described in subsection (b), there shall be credited to the
                  Employee's Company Contributions Account the dollar amount of
                  any amounts forfeited as a result of the withdrawals. The
                  amount repaid under this subsection (c) shall be credited to
                  the Employee's Compensation Deduction Account or, if
                  applicable, his Compensation Deferral Account and shall be
                  allocated to the Investment Funds in the same proportion as
                  the Member's current Compensation Deduction Contributions or
                  Compensation Deferral Contributions. The previously forfeited
                  amount which is credited under this subsection shall
                  subsequently vest as provided in section 8.1.

         (d)      Withdrawals shall be in a minimum amount of $100. A Member who
                  has not yet attained age 59 1/2 may not make a request for a
                  partial withdrawal within 26 weeks of any prior request for a
                  partial withdrawal; provided, however, that this limitation
                  upon the ability of such Member to make a partial withdrawal
                  (including hardship withdrawals pursuant to the provisions of
                  section 9.5) within 26 weeks of any prior request for a
                  partial withdrawal shall be waived by the Plan Administrator
                  for the six-month period immediately following any due
                  declaration by the President of the United States under
                  applicable federal law that a particular occurrence or
                  situation constitutes a national disaster condition, if such
                  partial withdrawal is requested for a reason associated with
                  financial need of the Member resulting from the effects of the
                  said condition.


                                                                          - 44 -


<PAGE>   50
9.4      Allocation of Withdrawals Among Investment Funds

         (a)      Withdrawals pursuant to sections 9.1 and 9.2 shall be taken
                  from the Member's Accounts in the Investment Funds in a pro
                  rata fashion, based upon the relative size of such Accounts.

         (b)      Notwithstanding the above subsection (a), a Member may elect
                  to have any such withdrawal taken:

                  (1)      first from the Member's Accounts in the Boeing
                           Company Stock Fund, with any additional withdrawal
                           amount to be taken on a pro rata basis from the
                           Member's Accounts in the remaining Investment Funds
                           other than the Boeing Company Stock Fund; or.

                  (2)      first on a pro rata basis from the Member's Accounts
                           in Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company
                           Stock Fund, with any additional withdrawal amount to
                           then be taken from the Member's Accounts in the
                           Boeing Company Stock Fund.

9.5      Hardship Withdrawals from Compensation and Supplemental Deferral
         Accounts

         Subject to any restrictions the Plan Administrator may establish
         pursuant to section 9.6:

         (a)      A Member who has not attained age 59 1/2 may request approval
                  of the Company to withdraw some or all of the Units of his
                  Compensation Deferral Account and his Supplemental Deferral
                  Account, if the Member demonstrates that the withdrawal is
                  required as a result of a hardship and for payment of any
                  federal, state or local income taxes and penalties reasonably
                  anticipated to result from such withdrawal.

                  (1)      For the purposes of this subsection (a) the term
                           "hardship" shall mean an immediate and heavy
                           financial need of the Member for which the amount
                           required is not reasonably available to the Member
                           from other sources and which arises for one of the
                           following reasons:

                           (A)      the purchase (excluding mortgage payments)
                                    or construction of a principal residence for
                                    the Member, or to prevent eviction from, or
                                    foreclosure on the mortgage on, the Member's
                                    principal residence;

                           (B)      the incurring of obligations for:

                                    (i)      tuition, related educational fees
                                             and room and board expenses for
                                             post-secondary education for the
                                             Member, his spouse or one or more
                                             of his children or other dependents
                                             (as defined in section 152 of the
                                             Code) to be incurred during the
                                             12-month


                                                                          - 45 -


<PAGE>   51
                                             period immediately following the
                                             date of his request for
                                             distribution; or

                                    (ii)     expenses not covered by insurance
                                             which either have been previously
                                             incurred by the Member for, or are
                                             necessary in order for the Member
                                             to obtain, medical care (as
                                             described in section 213(d) of the
                                             Code) for himself, his spouse or
                                             one or more of his dependents (as
                                             defined in section 152 of the
                                             Code);

                           (C)      any other reason permitted under section
                                    401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code and approved
                                    by the Plan Administrator.

                  (2)      Any determination of the existence of hardship, the
                           reasonable availability to the Member of funds from
                           other sources and the amount to be withdrawn on
                           account of such hardship shall be made by the Plan
                           Administrator on the basis of all relevant facts and
                           circumstances and in accordance with the foregoing
                           rules, as applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                           manner. In making such determination, the Plan
                           Administrator may, if it is reasonable to do so in
                           the light of all relevant and known facts and
                           circumstances, rely on the Member's representation
                           that the hardship cannot be relieved:

                           (A)      through reimbursement or compensation by
                                    insurance or otherwise;

                           (B)      by reasonable liquidation of the Member's
                                    assets, to the extent that such liquidation
                                    would not itself cause an immediate and
                                    heavy financial need;

                           (C)      by suspension of Compensation Deferral or
                                    Compensation Deduction Contributions; or

                           (D)      by other distributions (other than hardship
                                    distributions) or loans (which meet the
                                    requirements of section 72(p) of the Code)
                                    from the Plan and any other plan maintained
                                    by an Affiliate or Subsidiary or by any
                                    former employer or by borrowing from
                                    commercial sources at reasonable commercial
                                    rates.

         (b)      Withdrawals pursuant to subsection (a) shall not result in the
                  forfeiture of a Member's interest in his Company Contributions
                  Account.

         (c)      Withdrawals pursuant to subsection (a) shall be taken from the
                  Member's Accounts in the Investment Funds in a pro rata
                  fashion, based upon the relative size of such Accounts.



                                                                          - 46 -

<PAGE>   52
         (d)      Notwithstanding the above subsection (c), a Member may elect
                  to have any such withdrawal taken:

                  (1)      first from the Member's Accounts in the Boeing
                           Company Stock Fund, with any additional withdrawal
                           amount to be taken on a pro rata basis from the
                           Member's Accounts in the remaining Investment Funds
                           other than the Boeing Company Stock Fund; or

                  (2)      first on a pro rata basis from the Member's Accounts
                           in Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company
                           Stock Fund, with any additional withdrawal amount to
                           then be taken from the Member's Accounts in the
                           Boeing Company Stock Fund.

         (e)      Withdrawals (including those from the Boeing Company Stock
                  Fund) shall be in cash and for a minimum amount of $100. A
                  Member may not make a request for partial withdrawal within 26
                  weeks of any prior request for partial withdrawal; provided,
                  however, that this limitation upon the ability of a Member to
                  make a partial withdrawal (including hardship withdrawals
                  pursuant to the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section)
                  within 26 weeks of any prior request for a partial withdrawal
                  shall be waived by the Plan Administrator for the six-month
                  period immediately following any due declaration by the
                  President of the United States under applicable federal law
                  that a particular occurrence or situation constitutes a
                  national disaster condition, if such partial withdrawal is
                  requested for a reason associated with financial need of the
                  Member resulting from the effects of such condition.

9.6      Loans

         The Plan Administrator shall establish, and may from time to time
         modify, procedures pursuant to which any Member or other "party in
         interest" (as defined in ERISA section 3(14)) may apply for and receive
         a loan from the Plan; provided, however, no loans shall be made
         pursuant to this section before July 1, 1997. The amount of the loan
         may not exceed the least of (a), (b), (c), or (d):

         (a)      the aggregate of the balances in the borrower's Compensation
                  Deferral, Supplemental Deferral, Compensation Deduction and
                  Supplemental Deduction Accounts;

         (b)      an amount which, when combined with all outstanding loans to
                  the borrower from all other plans of all Affiliate or
                  Subsidiary, equals $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of

                  (1)      the highest outstanding and unpaid balances of all
                           prior loans to the borrower from the Plan and such
                           other plans during the 12-month period immediately
                           preceding the date on which such loan is made, over



                                                                          - 47 -


<PAGE>   53
                  (2)      the outstanding balance of any loan to the borrower
                           from the Plan or such other plans on the date on
                           which the loan is made;

         (c)      one-half of the aggregate of the fully vested and
                  nonforfeitable interests in the balances of the borrower's
                  Accounts; or

         (d)      such amount, not exceeding the amounts described in (a)
                  through (c) above, as the Plan Administrator shall determine.

         In addition to the above limitation, no such Member or other party in
         interest shall be permitted to have more than a single loan outstanding
         at any one time from this Plan and all other plans sponsored by
         Affiliate or Subsidiary.

         All such loans shall be made available to all eligible Members and
         other parties in interest on a reasonably equivalent and
         non-discriminatory basis and shall be governed by the provisions of
         Appendix B, as such Appendix is from time to time constituted, pursuant
         to determination of the Plan Administrator.


                                                                          - 48 -


<PAGE>   54
                                   Article 10
                               Termination of Plan

10.1       Termination of Plan

           The Company expects to continue the Plan indefinitely but reserves
           the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in part upon giving prior
           written notice to the Trustee and the Plan Administrator.

10.2       Procedures Upon Termination of Plan

           Upon a complete or partial termination of the Plan or upon a complete
           discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, the interests of the
           Members in their Company Contributions Accounts (or, in the case of a
           partial termination, the interests of those Members for whom the Plan
           has terminated), shall be fully vested. Upon such termination, the
           Plan Administrator shall perform a valuation of the Plan assets. Upon
           completion of such valuation, the full balances in the Accounts of
           Members (or, in the case of a partial termination, the Members for
           whom the Plan has terminated), shall be distributed to them.


                                                                          - 49 -

<PAGE>   55
                                   Article 11
                              Top Heavy Provisions

11.1     Top-Heavy Plan

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, this
         article will apply if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. The Plan will be a
         Top-Heavy Plan if, as of the Determination Date, the cumulative account
         balances of Key Employees exceeds 60% of the cumulative account
         balances under the Plan of all Employees and Key Employees (but
         excluding the account balances of former Key Employees and individuals
         who have not performed any services for the Company at any time during
         the five year period ending on the Determination Date). This percentage
         will be computed in accordance with Code Section 416(g).

         In determining whether this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, all employers
         that are aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) shall be
         treated as a single employer. In addition, all plans that are part of
         the Aggregation Group shall be treated as a single plan. In determining
         present values, mortality shall be based on the 1971 Group Annuity
         Mortality Table and the interest rate utilized shall be five percent.

11.2     Definition of Terms

         For purposes of this article only, the following terms shall have the
         following meanings:

         (a)      "Aggregation Group" means the Required Aggregation Group or,
                  at the election of the Company, the Permissive Aggregation
                  Group.

         (b)      "Compensation" for purposes of this article and 13.9 only
                  means a Member's wages, salaries, fees for professional
                  service and other amounts received (without regard to whether
                  or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services
                  actually rendered in the course of employment with the Company
                  to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income
                  (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen,
                  compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
                  profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses,
                  fringe benefits, reimbursements, and expense allowances).
                  Compensation will not include the following:

                  (1)      Company contributions to a plan of deferred
                           compensation which are not included in the Employee's
                           gross income for the taxable year in which
                           contributed (before the application of the Code
                           Section 415 limitation to that plan) or Company
                           contributions to a simplified employee pension plan
                           to the extent such contributions are deductible by
                           the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of
                           deferred compensation;



                                                                          - 50 -


<PAGE>   56
                  (2)      amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified
                           stock option, or when restricted stock (or property)
                           held by the Employee either becomes freely
                           transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
                           risk of forfeiture;

                  (3)      amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
                           disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                           option; and

                  (4)      other amounts which receive special tax benefits,
                           such as premiums for group term life insurance (but
                           only to the extent that the premiums are not
                           includible in the Employee's gross income).

                  Compensation shall not exceed $150,000 for 1994. On January 1
                  of each calendar year in which the Secretary of the Treasury
                  prescribes a new dollar limit, this $150,000 limit will
                  automatically be adjusted to that new limit.

         (c)      "Determination Date" means the last day of the preceding Plan
                  Year. This date will also be the valuation date for
                  determining present values. For the first Plan Year, the
                  Determination Date will be the last day of that Plan Year.

         (d)      "Key Employee" means an Employee, a former Employee, or the
                  Beneficiary of a former Employee who, in the Plan Year
                  containing the Determination Date, or any of the four
                  preceding Plan Years, is:

                  (1)      An officer of the Company having an annual
                           compensation from the Company greater than 50 percent
                           of the amount in effect under Code Section
                           415(b)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which any such
                           Plan Year ends. Not more than fifty Employees (or, if
                           fewer, the greater of three Employees or ten percent
                           of the Employees not excluded under Code Section
                           414(q)(8), as in effect on December 31, 1996),
                           including those Employees included under paragraphs
                           (2), (3) and (4) below, shall be considered as
                           officers for purposes of this paragraph.

                  (2)      One of the ten Employees having an annual
                           Compensation from the Company greater than the amount
                           in effect under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the
                           calendar year in which any such Plan Year ends and
                           owning (or considered as owning within the meaning of
                           Code Section 318) both more than a one-half percent
                           interest and the largest interests in the Company.

                  (3)      A five-percent owner of the Company.

                  (4)      A one-percent owner of the Company having an annual
                           Compensation from the Company of more than $150,000
                           for a Plan Year.

                  (5)      For purposes of this subsection (d), Compensation
                           shall include amounts contributed by the Company
                           pursuant to a salary reduction agreement


                                                                          - 51 -


<PAGE>   57
                           which are excludable from gross income under Code
                           Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b).

                  Whether an Employee is a five-percent owner or a one-percent
                  owner shall be determined in accordance with Code Section
                  416(i).

         (e)      "Non-key Employee" means an Employee (and any Beneficiary of
                  an Employee) who is not a Key Employee.

         (f)      "Permissive Aggregation Group" means the Required Aggregation
                  Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Company
                  which, when considered as a group with the Required
                  Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements
                  of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

         (g)      "Required Aggregation Group" means:

                  (1)      Each stock bonus, pension, or profit sharing plan of
                           the Company in which a Key Employee participates in
                           the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or
                           any of the four preceding Plan Years which is
                           intended to qualify under Code Section 401(a); and

                  (2)      Each other such stock bonus, pension or profit
                           sharing plan of an employer which enables any plan in
                           which a Key Employee participates to meet the
                           requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.

         (h)      "Top-Heavy Group" means the Aggregation Group if the sum of
                  (1) and (2) below exceeds sixty percent of a similar sum
                  determined for all Employees (excluding former Key Employees
                  and individuals who have not performed any services for the
                  Company at any time during the five year period ending on the
                  Determination Date):

                  (1)      The present value of the cumulative accrued benefit
                           for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans
                           included in such group.

                  (2)      The aggregate of the accounts of Key Employees under
                           all defined contribution plans included in such
                           group.

                  In a Top-Heavy Group, all plans in the Required Aggregation
                  Group are Top-Heavy regardless of whether or not the
                  individual plans are Top-Heavy.

11.3     Modification of Vesting Schedule

         If the Plan is Top-Heavy in a Plan Year, a Participant who is credited
         with an Hour of Service in such Plan Year shall have his vested
         interest determined in accordance with the following schedule if it
         produces a higher vesting interest than the schedule in section 8.1.


                                                                          - 52 -


<PAGE>   58
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Period of Service          Vested Interest
                  -----------------          ---------------
                  <S>                               <C>
                  Less than 3 years                   0%
                  3 or more years                   100%
</TABLE>

           A Participant's vested interest shall not be less than that
           determined as of the last day of the last Plan Year in which the Plan
           was a Top-Heavy Plan.

           If the Plan ceases to be Top-Heavy, each Participant with a Period of
           Service of three or more years (determined as of the first day of the
           Plan Year in which the Plan ceases to be Top-Heavy) shall continue to
           have his vested interest determined in accordance with this section.

11.4       Minimum Contribution

           If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in a Plan Year, a Member, other than
           a Key Employee, who is employed in such Plan Year or who is on an
           authorized period of absence shall be credited with a Company 
           contribution as of the last day of such Plan Year not less than 3% 
           of compensation or, if less, the largest percentage contribution 
           made or required to be made for any Key Employee. Amounts 
           contributed as a result of a salary reduction agreement shall be 
           included in determining the largest percentage contribution made or 
           required to be made for Key Employees.

           The minimum contribution under this section shall not apply to an
           Employee during any year in which he is entitled to a minimum benefit
           under a Top-Heavy defined benefit pension plan maintained by the
           Company.

11.5       Modification of Maximum Contribution

           If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in a Plan Year, 13.9(e) shall be
           amended for such Plan Year by substitution of "1.0" for "1.25" where
           such factor appears in Code Section 415(e).

11.6       Collective Bargaining Agreements

           The provisions shall not apply to any Employee who is included in a
           group of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement which
           the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement
           between employee representatives and one or more employers, including
           the Company, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the
           subject of good faith bargaining between such employee
           representatives and such employer or employers.


                                                                          - 53 -


<PAGE>   59
                                   Article 12
                             Administration of Plan

12.1     Administration

         (a)      The Plan Administrator will serve as the named fiduciary
                  pursuant to ERISA. The Plan Administrator will have complete
                  control of the administration of the Plan, subject to the
                  provisions hereof, with all powers necessary to enable it to
                  carry out its duties properly in that respect. Not in
                  limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, it will
                  have the power to interpret the Plan and to determine all
                  questions that may arise hereunder, including all questions
                  relating to the eligibility of Employees to participate in the
                  Plan and the amount of benefit to which any Member or
                  Beneficiary may become entitled. Its decisions upon all
                  matters within the scope of its authority will be final.

         (b)      The Plan Administrator will establish rules and procedures to
                  be followed by Members and Beneficiaries in filing
                  applications for benefits, in furnishing and verifying proofs
                  necessary to determine age or marital status, and in any other
                  matters required to administer the Plan.

         (c)      The Plan Administrator will receive all applications for
                  benefits and will determine all facts necessary to establish
                  the right of the applicant to benefits under the provisions of
                  the Plan and the amount thereof.

         (d)      The Plan Administrator shall maintain accounts showing the
                  fiscal transactions of the Plan, and shall keep data required
                  for the valuation of the assets and liabilities of the Plan.
                  The Plan Administrator shall also prepare an annual report
                  showing in reasonable detail the assets and liabilities of the
                  Plan and giving a brief account of the operation of the Plan
                  for each year. The Plan Administrator shall make the annual
                  report available to each Member as required by law.

         (e)      The Plan Administrator may appoint such accountants, counsel,
                  consultants, actuaries and other persons the Plan
                  Administrator deems necessary or desirable in connection with
                  the administration of the Plan.

         (f)      The Plan Administrator will have the power to appoint or
                  remove any Investment Manager or Managers and to manage
                  (including the power to acquire and dispose of) any assets of
                  the Plan.

         (g)      The Plan Administrator will have the power to appoint or
                  remove the Trustee.

         (h)      The Plan Administrator will be entitled to rely upon all
                  tables, valuations, certificates and reports furnished by the
                  accountant, consultant or actuary appointed by the Plan
                  Administrator and upon all opinions given by any counsel
                  selected or approved by it.


                                                                          - 54 -

<PAGE>   60
12.2       Records

           All acts and determinations of the Plan Administrator and the Company
           regarding this Plan will be duly recorded and all such records,
           together with such other documents as may be necessary for the
           administration of the Plan, will be preserved in the custody of the
           Plan Administrator.

12.3       Payment of Expenses

           Necessary and proper expenses of administration of the Plan shall be
           paid from assets of the Trust Fund except for those expenses the
           Company is required by law to pay or chooses to pay. Brokerage and
           other fees incurred in the purchase or sale of securities will be
           charged to the Investment Fund in which the transaction occurred.
           Fees charged by the Trustee for supervision and administration of
           Plan assets will be charged to the Investment Fund to which such fees
           are properly allocable. Any expense charged by an insurance company
           under the provision of an investment contract will be charged to the
           Investment Fund which holds such contract.

12.4       Delegation of Authority

           The administrative duties and responsibilities set forth in 12.1 may
           be delegated by the Plan Administrator in whatever manner and extent
           it chooses to such person or persons as it selects. It will notify
           the Company and the Trustee of the authority conferred upon such
           person or persons.

12.5       Information Available

           Any Member of the Plan or any Beneficiary receiving benefits under
           the Plan may examine copies of the Plan description, latest annual
           report, any bargaining agreement, the Plan, the Trust Agreement or
           any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is
           operated. The Plan Administrator will maintain all of these items in
           its office, or in such other place or places as it may designate from
           time to time for examination during reasonable business hours. Upon
           the written request of a Member or Beneficiary receiving benefits
           under the Plan, the Plan Administrator will furnish a copy of any
           item listed in this section. The Plan Administrator may make a
           reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy furnished.

12.6       Appeal Procedure

           The Plan Administrator shall adopt procedures for the presentation of
           claims for benefits and for the review of the denial of such claims
           by the Plan Administrator. Detailed information regarding such
           procedures may be obtained by writing to the Plan Administrator, The
           Boeing Company, M.S. 11-59, P.O. Box 3707, Seattle, Washington 98124.
           The decision of the Plan Administrator upon such review shall be
           final, subject to appeal rights provided by law.


                                                                          - 55 -


<PAGE>   61
12.7     Fiduciary Capacity

         Any person may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect
         to this Plan.

12.8     Committee Liability

         The members of the Voluntary Investment Plan Committee shall use
         ordinary care and diligence in the performance of their duties, but no
         member will be personally liable by virtue of any contract, agreement,
         or other instrument made or executed as a member of the Committee, nor
         for any mistake of judgment made by him or by any other member, nor for
         any loss unless resulting from willful misconduct or failure to
         exercise good faith. No member of the Committee will be liable for the
         neglect, omission, or wrongdoing of any other member or of the agents
         or counsel of the Committee. The Company shall indemnify each member of
         the Committee against, and hold him harmless from any and all expenses
         and liabilities arising out of any act or omission to act as a member
         of the Committee, except such liabilities and expenses as are due to
         willful misconduct or failure to exercise good faith.


                                                                          - 56 -


<PAGE>   62
                                   Article 13
                               General Provisions

13.1     Amendment of Plan

         (a)      The Company may amend the Plan at any time. Such amendments
                  may include any remedial retroactive changes to comply with
                  the requirements of any law or regulation issued by any
                  governmental agency to which the Company is subject. The
                  Company may delegate to the Voluntary Investment Plan
                  Committee, or to any member thereof, its authority to amend
                  the Plan. No amendment will diminish or adversely affect any
                  accrued interest or benefit of Members or their Beneficiaries,
                  except as may be required to comply with the requirements of
                  any law or regulation issued by any governmental agency to
                  which the Company is subject.

         (b)      If any amendment to the Plan changes the vesting schedule,
                  each Member who is an Employee and has completed a three-year
                  Period of Service may elect to remain under the vesting
                  schedule of the Plan prior to such amendment. If the Member
                  does not make the election within a reasonable time (as may be
                  determined pursuant to governmental regulations from time to
                  time), he will be subject to the vesting schedule under the
                  Plan as amended. In no event will the vesting percentage
                  attained by a Member be reduced below the percentage attained
                  prior to such amendment.

         (c)      If any amendment to the Plan eliminates an optional form of
                  payment, a Member may continue to elect such form of payment
                  with respect to any Account balance earned prior to the
                  effective date of such amendment.

13.2     Qualification

         Each contribution of the Company to the Trust Fund is conditioned upon
         the initial qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401. If the
         deduction of any such contribution is disallowed, it shall be returned
         to the Company (to the extent disallowed), within one year after the
         date of such disallowance.

13.3     Employment Status

         Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed to give any Employee the
         right to be retained in the employ of the Company or to interfere with
         the rights of the Company to discharge any Employee at any time.

13.4     Mergers or Consolidations

         If this Plan merges or consolidates with, or transfers its assets or
         liabilities to any other qualified plan of deferred compensation, no
         Member will, as a result of such merger, consolidation or transfer, be
         entitled to a benefit on the day following such event which


                                                                          - 57 -


<PAGE>   63
           is less than the benefit to which he is entitled on the day preceding
           such event. For purposes of this section, the benefit to which a
           Member is entitled shall be calculated based upon the assumption that
           a Plan termination and distribution of assets occurred on the day as
           of which the Member's entitlement is being determined.

13.5       Provision Against Anticipation

           No benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to
           anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
           encumbrance, charge or other legal process, and any attempt to do so
           shall be void. The preceding sentence will not apply to a qualified
           domestic relations order pursuant to Code Section 414(p).

13.6       Facility of Payment

           If any Member or Beneficiary is physically or mentally incapable of
           giving a valid receipt for any payment due him and no legal
           representative has been appointed for him, the Plan Administrator may
           direct the Trustee to make such payment to any person or institution
           maintaining such Member or Beneficiary and the release of such person
           or institution will be a valid and complete discharge for such
           payment. Any final payment or distribution of any Member, to the
           legal representative of the Member or to any Beneficiaries of such
           Member in accordance with the provisions herein will be in full
           satisfaction of all claims against the Plan, the Plan Administrator,
           the Trustee, the Company and the Parent arising under or by virtue of
           the Plan.

13.7       Construction

           The validity of the Plan or any of its provisions will be determined
           under and will be construed according to federal law and, to the
           extent permissible, according to the laws of the state of Washington.
           If any provision of the Plan is held illegal or invalid for any
           reason, such determination will not affect the remaining provisions
           of the Plan and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if said
           illegal or invalid provision had never been included.

13.8       Legal Actions

           The Plan Administrator will be the necessary party to any action or
           proceeding involving the assets held with respect to the Plan or the
           administration thereof. No Employee, Member, former Member or their
           Beneficiaries, or any other person having or claiming to have an
           interest in the Plan will be entitled to any notice or process. Any
           final judgment that may be entered in any such action or proceeding
           will be binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming to
           have any interest in the Plan.

13.9       Limitations on Contributions

           (a)      For purposes of this section only, the following definitions
                    shall apply:


                                                                          - 58 -


<PAGE>   64
                  (1)      "Additions" means the sum of (A) Company Matching
                           Contributions, (B) Elective Contributions, (C)
                           forfeitures, if any, allocated to the Member's
                           Accounts, (D) amounts allocated after March 31, 1984,
                           to an individual medical account (defined in Code
                           Section 415(l)(2)) which is part of a pension or
                           annuity plan maintained by the Company (provided that
                           the 25% limitation in 13.9(b) shall not apply), and
                           (E) amounts allocated after December 31, 1985, to the
                           separate account of a key employee (as defined in
                           Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund
                           (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the
                           Company.

                  (2)      "Compensation" has the meaning defined in 11.2(b).

                  (3)      "Limitation Year" means a Plan Year.

         (b)      The total Additions made to the Accounts of a Member for any
                  Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of 25% of the Member's
                  Compensation or the greater of $30,000 or one-quarter of the
                  dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) as
                  adjusted for cost of living increases by the Secretary of the
                  Treasury.

         (c)      If Additions exceed the limitation for any Plan Year as a
                  result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in
                  estimating a Member's annual compensation, or under such facts
                  and circumstances as the Commissioner may allow, such excess
                  Additions will be applied in accordance with subdivisions (ii)
                  and (iv) of Treasury Regulation section 1.415-6(b)(6).

         (d)      All defined contribution plans of the Company, terminated or
                  not, will be considered as one plan for purposes of the
                  limitations specified under this section, and all entities of
                  a controlled group of entities will be considered as one
                  employer.

         (e)      In any case in which a person is a Member of both a defined
                  benefit plan and a defined contribution plan maintained by the
                  Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Company, then
                  the provisions of Code Section 415(e) shall apply. If for any
                  Plan Year, the limits described in Code Section 415(e) are
                  exceeded, the projected annual retirement income benefit under
                  the defined benefit plan shall be limited, to the extent
                  necessary, to reduce the defined benefit plan fraction (as
                  defined in Code Section 415(e)(2)) so that the sum of the
                  defined contribution plan fraction (as defined in Code Section
                  415(e)(3)) and the defined benefit plan fraction does not
                  exceed 1.0. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the defined
                  benefit plan of the Company or Affiliate or Subsidiary
                  specifically provides that the defined benefit plan fraction
                  is not reduced, the Member's Additions will be adjusted as
                  described 13.9(c) to the extent necessary, to reduce the
                  defined contribution plan fraction so that the sum of the
                  defined contribution plan fraction and the defined benefit
                  plan fraction does not exceed 1.0.


                                                                          - 59 -


<PAGE>   65
13.10    Qualified Domestic Relations Order

         (a)      The Plan Administrator shall promptly notify a Member and any
                  other alternate payee of the receipt of a domestic relations
                  order and of the Plan's procedure for determining whether the
                  order qualifies as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as
                  defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(A). Within a reasonable
                  period of time after the receipt of such order, the Plan
                  Administrator shall determine whether such order qualifies as
                  a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and shall notify the
                  Member and each alternate payee of such determination.

         (b)      During any period in which the issue of qualification of a
                  domestic relations order is being determined, the Plan
                  Administrator shall segregate in a separate account in the
                  Plan the amounts, if any, which would have been payable to the
                  alternate payee during such period if the order had been
                  determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. If the
                  domestic relations order is determined to be qualified, the
                  Plan Administrator shall pay the balance of such account to
                  the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen
                  months it is determined that the domestic relations order is
                  not qualified, or if the issue is not resolved, then, as of
                  the Valuation Date next following the close of such period,
                  the balance in the segregated account shall either be credited
                  to the account of the Member, or, if the Member has terminated
                  employment, distributed to the Member, or, in the event of the
                  Member's death, to his Beneficiary. Any subsequent
                  determination that the domestic relations order is a Qualified
                  Domestic Relations Order shall apply prospectively only.

         (c)      If a domestic relations order is determined to be qualified,
                  then the Plan Administrator shall make distribution to the
                  alternate payee as required by that Qualified Domestic
                  Relations Order. No payment shall be made under this section
                  which is in excess of the balance of a Member's Accounts as
                  determined pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

         (d)      In the event that the Plan Administrator shall determine that
                  a distribution or a withdrawal of a Member's Account pursuant
                  to Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, or Article 10 has been
                  delayed as a result of a pending or threatened domestic
                  relations order, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the
                  date on which such withdrawal or distribution is approved by
                  the Plan Administrator pursuant to such order shall be
                  substituted for the Valuation Date which would otherwise be
                  applicable to such distribution or withdrawal.

13.11    Pronouns

         Masculine pronouns as used in this Plan will include both masculine and
         feminine gender unless the context indicates otherwise.


                                                                          - 60 -


<PAGE>   66
13.12    Eligible Rollover Distribution

         (a)      Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that
                  would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this
                  section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the
                  manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any
                  portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to
                  an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a
                  direct rollover. Prior to effecting such transfer, the Plan
                  Administrator shall required evidence reasonably satisfactory
                  to him that the entity to which such transfer is to be made
                  is, in fact, and eligible retirement plan and such plan may
                  receive the distribution in the forms required under Article
                  7, Article 8, or Article 9, as applicable.

         (b)      Definitions.

                  (1)      Eligible rollover distribution: An eligible rollover
                           distribution is any distribution of all or any
                           portion of the balance to the credit of the
                           distributee, except that an eligible rollover
                           distribution does not include: any distribution that
                           is one of a series of substantially equal periodic
                           payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                           the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or
                           the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the
                           distributee and the distributee's designated
                           beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years
                           or more; any distribution to the extent such
                           distribution is required under Code Section
                           401(a)(9); and the portion of any distribution that
                           is not includible in gross income (determined without
                           regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                           appreciation with respect to employer securities).

                  (2)      Eligible retirement plan: An eligible retirement plan
                           is an individual retirement account described in Code
                           Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity
                           described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan
                           described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified
                           trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts
                           the distributee's eligible rollover distribution in
                           the forms required under Article 7, Article 8, or
                           Article 9, as applicable. However, in the case of an
                           eligible rollover distribution to the surviving
                           spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual
                           retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                  (3)      Distributee: A distributee includes an employee or
                           former employee. In addition, the employee's or
                           former employee's surviving spouse and the employee's
                           or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is
                           the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
                           relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p),
                           are distributees with regard to the interest of the
                           spouse or former spouse.


                                                                          - 61 -

<PAGE>   67
                  (4)      Direct rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by
                           the plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by
                           the distributee.

13.13    Rollover Contributions

         With the consent of the Plan Administrator and without regard to any
         limitations on contributions set forth in 3.1 and Article 13, the Plan
         may receive from an Eligible Employee, in cash, a rollover contribution
         if:

         (a)      The amounts transferred to the Plan originated under a
                  retirement plan sponsored by another employer and the
                  following conditions are satisfied:

                  (1)      The Eligible Employee was a participant under another
                           plan that was qualified under Code Section 401(a) or
                           an annuity plan qualified under Code Section 403(a);

                  (2)      In the case of a plan qualified under Code Section
                           401(a), the trust under such other plan is exempt
                           from tax under Code Section 501(a);

                  (3)      Such Eligible Employee receives a distribution from
                           such other plan which qualifies as an eligible
                           rollover distribution, as described in Code Section
                           402(c)(1);

                  (4)      The Eligible Employee furnishes evidence satisfactory
                           to the Plan Administrator that such contribution
                           meets conditions (1), (2), and (3) above; and

                  (5)      The rollover contribution is made no later than the
                           60th day after receipt of the distribution; or

         (b)      The amounts transferred to the Plan are from a conduit
                  individual retirement account, provided that the following
                  conditions are satisfied:

                  (1)      Such account has no assets other than assets that
                           were previously distributed to the Eligible Employee
                           by another qualified plan and contains no amount
                           attributable to contributions made by the Eligible
                           Employee;

                  (2)      Such amounts met the applicable requirements of Code
                           Section 408(d)(3) for rollover treatment or transfer
                           to the conduit individual retirement account; and

                  (3)      Such amounts are transferred by the Eligible Employee
                           to the Plan within 60 days following his receipt of
                           such amount from the conduit individual retirement
                           account.


                                                                          - 62 -


<PAGE>   68
         Rollover contributions shall be held in the Supplemental Deferral
         Account established and maintained under the Plan for the benefit of
         the Eligible Employee who transferred such contributions. An Eligible
         Employee who has made a rollover contribution shall at all times have a
         100% nonforfeitable right to the value of the assets held in his
         Supplemental Deferral Account. Amounts allocated to the Supplemental
         Deferral Account shall be held in trust and invested in accordance with
         the terms and conditions provided in Article 4. No Company Matching
         Contribution shall be made under 3.4 with respect to such rollover.
         Distributions of amounts allocated to a Supplemental Deferral Account
         shall be payable on retirement as a benefit under Article 7, on
         termination or death as a benefit under Article 8, or upon withdrawal
         under Article 9. All other provisions of the Plan shall be applicable
         to the amount so transferred, regardless of whether or not the Eligible
         Employee becomes a Member under 2.1.

         If an Eligible Employee makes a rollover contribution to the Plan under
         this 13.13, such Eligible Employee nevertheless shall not become a
         Member under the Plan and shall not participate in the allocation of
         Company Matching Contributions under 13.13 until such Eligible Employee
         has satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in Article 2.


                                                                          - 63 -


<PAGE>   69
                                   Appendix A
                     Retirement Sub-Plans Crediting Service

1.       Rockwell International Corporation Retirement Income Plan for Certain
         Salaried Employees.

2.       Rockwell International Corporation Retirement Income Plan For Salaried
         Employees in Certain Units of the General Industries Operations.

3.       Rockwell International Corporation Retirement Income Plan for Certain
         Salaried Employees of the General Industries Operations.

4.       Rockwell International Corporation Salaried Employees' Retirement Plan
         - Electronics Operations.

5.       Rockwell International Corporation Retirement Plan for Eligible
         Employees on the Salary and Weekly Payrolls of Electronics Operations,
         North American Aircraft Operations and North American Space Operations.

6.       Maine Electronics Inc. Salary Payroll Retirement Plan.

7.       Rockwell Telecommunications, Inc. (formerly Wescom) Retirement Plan for
         Exempt Salaried Employees.

8.       Retirement Plan for Hourly-Rated Employees of the Sulphur Springs,
         Texas Plant.

9.       Asheville Employees Retirement Savings Plan, Truck Axle Division.

  
                                                                          - 64 -


<PAGE>   70
                                   Appendix B
                   Procedures, Terms, and Conditions of Loans

ELIGIBILITY FOR LOANS. The individuals eligible to obtain loans from the Plan
("Borrowers") are limited to:

(1)      Employees, and

(2)      non-Employees who are "parties in interest" (as defined in section
         3(14) of ERISA)

who have Plan Account balances. An Employee who wishes to obtain a loan must be
employed on an active payroll of the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary at
the time of the loan application. A party in interest who is not an Employee
will be eligible to obtain a loan only if an agreement can be provided by the
party's current employer to deduct and remit the required loan repayments to the
Plan.

LIMITATION ON NUMBER AND MINIMUM AMOUNT OF LOANS. Only one loan to a Borrower is
permitted to be outstanding from all Company sponsored savings plans at any one
time. Any Borrower who has an outstanding loan from the Plan will be required to
repay that loan in full before applying for another loan. Each loan which is
approved must be for a minimum of $1,000.

MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF LOAN. The amount which a Borrower will be permitted to borrow
from the Plan is based on the aggregate value of the Borrower's Accounts,
determined in accordance with section 6.4 of the Plan, and may not exceed the
least of the amounts described in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of section 9.6 of
the Plan. The maximum amount of any loan will be further limited to ensure that,
after applying the appropriate interest rate and taking into account all
applicable deductions, the resulting periodic repayments will not exceed the
Borrower's net earnings. The deductions referred to in the preceding sentence
include statutory withholdings, deductions for employee benefits and all pre-tax
contributions to the Plan, but exclude credit union, savings bond, charitable
contribution and other similar deductions.

LOAN APPLICATIONS. Loan applications by prospective Borrowers will be made via
telephone to the Plan Administrator or such third party administrator as may be
designated by the Plan Administrator (either of whom is hereafter referred to as
the "Loan Administrator"). The Loan Administrator will then review the
telephonic application and determine eligibility for the loan. If the loan is
approved, the Loan Administrator will prepare and forward to the Borrower a
letter notifying the Borrower of the approval, together with a Truth in Lending
Statement and a check for the loan amount, all in the form approved by the Plan
Administrator. The Borrower's endorsement of the loan check will be considered
to be the Borrower's agreement to the terms of the loan. Failure by the Borrower
to endorse the check within 30 days after the date of the check will be deemed
to be a withdrawal by the Borrower of the loan application.


                                                                          - 65 -


<PAGE>   71
SOURCE OF LOAN FUNDS. Each loan will be funded by withdrawing the required
amounts from the Plan Account(s) of the Borrower in the following order:

         First  --      from the Borrower's Supplemental Deferral Account;

         Second --      from the Borrower's Compensation Deferral Account;

         Third  --      from the Borrower's Supplemental Deduction Account; and

         Fourth --      from the Borrower's Compensation Deduction Account.

Subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the loan amount will be
funded by the Borrower's Investment Funds in the applicable Accounts, in a pro
rata fashion, based upon the relative size of the balance of each such Fund in
the Accounts.

Alternatively, a Borrower may elect to have the loan funded first from the
Borrower's interest in Stock Fund B, with any additional funding to be on a pro
rata basis from the remaining Investment Funds.

Any pro rata loan funding from the Borrower's interest in the Guaranteed Return
Fund will be taken in reverse sequence by accessing the Fund's contracts on a
last-in first-out basis.

To the extent a loan is made against the Borrower's Stock Fund B Account, the
Borrower will receive cash in lieu of shares of Common Stock. The Trustee will
not be permitted to sell shares of Common Stock in order to provide the cash
with which to finance loan applications.

If, at any time, the Trustee does not have sufficient cash on hand to finance
all outstanding loan applications, processing of each application for which
sufficient cash is not available will be deferred until sufficient cash becomes
available to process such loans on a first-come, first-serve basis.

DETERMINATION OF LOAN INTEREST RATE. The interest rate to be charged for loans
will be 1% over the prime rate, which is defined for this Appendix as the base
rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the largest 30 U.S. banks, as
such rate is identified in the edition of The Wall Street Journal published on
the last business day of the month prior to the approval of a loan.

TERM OF LOANS. Loans will be permitted for terms of 12, 24, 36, 48 or 60 months
for loans other than those for the purpose of purchasing a primary residence,
which will be permitted for a term of 120 months.

REPAYMENTS. Loan repayments by Employees will be deducted from the Employee's
pay check each pay period. If a pay check is insufficient to cover the full
amount of the loan repayment, no deduction will be made, and the repayment will
be deducted from the Employee's next pay check. Loan repayment schedules for
Borrowers who are not Employees will be developed on an individual basis, but
will parallel as closely as possible the loan repayment schedules for Employees.


                                                                          - 66 -


<PAGE>   72
PREPAYMENTS. The full unpaid balance of a loan may be prepaid at any time by a
Borrower. Partial prepayments in excess of scheduled payroll deductions will not
be accepted. No prepayments will be accepted within 12 months after the date of
the loan, unless the Borrower is an Employee and terminates employment within
such 12 month period.

MISSED PAYMENTS. If any payment is not made, interest will continue to accrue on
such missed payment and subsequent payments will be applied first to accrued and
unpaid interest on the missed payment and then to principal. A notice will be
mailed to the last known address of the Borrower stating that if three
consecutive months of payments are missed, the loan will be considered to be in
default.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. If a Borrower who is an Employee terminates
employment or is on an unpaid leave of absence, or if a Borrower who is not an
Employee is no longer able to repay a loan through payroll deductions, the
Borrower may continue to make loan repayments by personal check. Such repayments
to the Plan will be made through the Loan Administrator at an address to be
provided to the Borrower by the Loan Administrator.

DEFAULT. A loan will be considered to be in default after three consecutive
months of payments have been missed during the term of the loan or when a
Borrower revokes a payroll deduction authorization. In the event of such a
default, a distribution of the loan amount, including both unpaid principal and
accrued but unpaid interest, will be deemed to have occurred (as described in
section 1.401(k)-1(d)(6)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations) and an information
return reflecting the tax consequences, if any, to the Borrower will be issued.
Upon the occurrence of an event permitting actual distribution of the Borrower's
Account pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 401(k) (whether distribution
of the Borrower's entire Plan Account will actually be made or will be deferred
pursuant to applicable provisions of the Plan), the unpaid balance of a
defaulted loan will be charged off against the Borrower's Account. If no
distribution event has occurred, which would otherwise permit payment to the
Borrower under Code Section 401(k), the unpaid balance of the loan will be
retained in the Account until such time as payment would be permitted under that
Code Section, at which time the unpaid balance of the loan, including any
accrued and unpaid interest, will be charged off against the Borrower's Account.


                                                                          - 67 -






<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 99.2

                              BOEING NORTH AMERICAN

                       SAVINGS PLAN FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES















November 15, 1996
051_BOEA0A_96.doc
<PAGE>   2
                                Table of Contents

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                                Page
                                                                                                                ----
<S>                                                                                                             <C>  
Introduction  1

Article 1 -- Definitions..........................................................................................2
       1.1 Accounts...............................................................................................2
       1.2 Affiliate or Subsidiary................................................................................2
       1.3 Authorized Period of Absence...........................................................................2
       1.4 Beneficiary............................................................................................2
       1.5 Boeing Company Stock Fund..............................................................................3
       1.6 Code...................................................................................................3
       1.7 Common Stock...........................................................................................3
       1.8 Common Unit............................................................................................3
       1.9 Company................................................................................................3
       1.10 Company Contributions Account.........................................................................3
       1.11 Company Matching Contributions........................................................................3
       1.12 Compensation..........................................................................................3
       1.13 Compensation Deduction Account........................................................................4
       1.14 Compensation Deduction Contributions..................................................................4
       1.15 Compensation Deferral Account.........................................................................4
       1.16 Compensation Deferral Contributions...................................................................4
       1.17 Controlled Group......................................................................................4
       1.18 Effective Date........................................................................................4
       1.19 Eligible Employee.....................................................................................4
       1.20 Employee..............................................................................................5
       1.21 ERISA.................................................................................................5
       1.22 Highly Compensated Eligible Employee..................................................................5
       1.23 Highly Compensated Employee...........................................................................5
       1.24 Hour of Service.......................................................................................7
       1.25 Investment Fund.......................................................................................9
       1.26 Investment Manager....................................................................................9
       1.27 Layoff................................................................................................9
       1.28 Member................................................................................................9
       1.29 Military Service......................................................................................9
       1.30 Newark Member.........................................................................................9
       1.31 One-Year Break in Service.............................................................................9
       1.32 Parent................................................................................................9
       1.33 Plan..................................................................................................9
       1.34 Plan Administrator...................................................................................10
       1.35 Plan Year............................................................................................10
       1.36 Reemployment Date....................................................................................10
       1.37 Stable Value Fund....................................................................................10
</TABLE>

                                     - i -
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
       1.38 Shreveport Member....................................................................................10
       1.39 Termination of Employment............................................................................10
       1.40 Total Disability.....................................................................................10
       1.41 Total Earnings.......................................................................................10
       1.42 Trust Agreement......................................................................................11
       1.43 Trust Fund...........................................................................................11
       1.44 Trustee..............................................................................................11
       1.45 Unit.................................................................................................11
       1.46 Valuation Date.......................................................................................11
       1.47 Vesting Service......................................................................................11

Article 2 -- Membership..........................................................................................13
       2.1 Entry Date............................................................................................13
       2.2 Application for Membership............................................................................13

Article 3 --Contributions........................................................................................14
       3.1 Compensation Deferral Contributions...................................................................14
       3.2 Compensation Deduction Contributions..................................................................14
       3.3 Deferral and Deduction Elections......................................................................15
       3.4 Company Contributions.................................................................................17
       3.5 Return of Company Contributions.......................................................................17
       3.6 Contributions for Military Service....................................................................17
       3.7 Testing Compensation Deferral Contributions for Discrimination........................................17
       3.8 Testing Compensation Deduction Contributions and Company Matching Contributions for Discrimination....20
       3.9 Testing Aggregate Contributions for Discrimination....................................................21
       3.10 Aggregation Rules for Discrimination Testing.........................................................23

Article 4 -- Investment of Contributions.........................................................................25
       4.1 Investment Election...................................................................................25
       4.2 Changes in Investment Elections.......................................................................25
       4.3 Transfer of Investments...............................................................................25
       4.4 Independent Control...................................................................................27

Article 5 -- Trust Agreement.....................................................................................28
       5.1 Establishment of Trust Fund...........................................................................28
       5.2 Investment Funds......................................................................................28
       5.3 Voting Rights.........................................................................................29
       5.4  Tender Offer.........................................................................................29
       5.5 Trust Agreement.......................................................................................30
       5.6 Rights in the Trust Fund..............................................................................30

Article 6 -- Maintenance of Members' Accounts....................................................................31
       6.1 Accounts Maintained...................................................................................31
       6.2 Crediting Units to Accounts...........................................................................31
</TABLE>

                                     - ii -
<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
       6.3 Units Valuations......................................................................................31
       6.4 Balance of Member's Accounts..........................................................................32
       6.5 Member Account Statements.............................................................................32

Article 7 -- Retirement..........................................................................................33
       7.1 Eligibility...........................................................................................33
       7.2 Lump Sum Distribution.................................................................................33
       7.3 Installment Form of Payment...........................................................................33
       7.4 Limitations on Payment Date...........................................................................34
       7.5 Manner of Distribution................................................................................35

Article 8 -- Termination or Death................................................................................37
       8.1 Vesting...............................................................................................37
       8.2 Distribution Upon Termination.........................................................................37
       8.3 Distribution Upon Death...............................................................................38
       8.4 Amount of Distribution................................................................................38
       8.5 Employees of Divested Components......................................................................39
       8.6 Forfeitures...........................................................................................40
       8.7 Repayment After Reemployment..........................................................................40

Article 9 -- Withdrawals and Loans...............................................................................41
       9.1 Withdrawals from Accounts by Members under Age 59 1/2.................................................41
       9.2 Withdrawal from Accounts by Members Over Age 59 1/2...................................................41
       9.3 Forfeitures and Limitation on Withdrawals.............................................................42
       9.4 Allocation of Withdrawals Among Investment Funds......................................................43
       9.5 Hardship Withdrawals from Compensation Deferral Accounts..............................................44
       9.6 Loans.................................................................................................46

Article 10 -- Termination of Plan................................................................................47
       10.1 Termination of Plan..................................................................................47
       10.2 Procedures Upon Termination of Plan..................................................................47

Article 11 -- Top Heavy Provisions...............................................................................48
       11.1 Top-Heavy Plan.......................................................................................48
       11.2 Definition of Terms..................................................................................48
       11.3 Modification of Vesting Schedule.....................................................................50
       11.4 Minimum Contribution.................................................................................51
       11.5 Modification of Maximum Contribution.................................................................51
       11.6 Collective Bargaining Agreements.....................................................................51

Article 12 -- Administration of Plan.............................................................................52
       12.1 Administration.......................................................................................52
       12.2 Records..............................................................................................53
       12.3 Payment of Expenses..................................................................................53
       12.4 Delegation of Authority..............................................................................53
</TABLE>

                                    - iii -
<PAGE>   5
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
       12.5 Information Available................................................................................53
       12.6 Appeal Procedure.....................................................................................53
       12.7 Fiduciary Capacity...................................................................................54
       12.8 Committee Liability..................................................................................54

Article 13 -- General Provisions.................................................................................55
       13.1 Amendment of Plan....................................................................................55
       13.2 Qualification........................................................................................55
       13.3 Employment Status....................................................................................55
       13.4 Mergers or Consolidations............................................................................55
       13.5 Provision Against Anticipation.......................................................................56
       13.6 Facility of Payment..................................................................................56
       13.7 Construction.........................................................................................56
       13.8 Legal Actions........................................................................................56
       13.9 Limitations on Contributions.........................................................................56
       13.10 Qualified Domestic Relations Order..................................................................58
       13.11 Pronouns............................................................................................58
       13.12 Eligible Rollover Distribution......................................................................59

Appendix A -- Procedures, Terms, and Conditions of Loans.........................................................61
</TABLE>

                                     - iv -
<PAGE>   6
                                  Introduction


The Boeing North American Savings Plan for Certain Employees is effective on the
closing date of the merger involving Rockwell International Corporation and
Boeing NA, Inc. On this date, most Rockwell Aerospace and Defense business
employees became employees of Boeing North American, Inc.

Except as specifically provided in the Plan, the rights and benefits of any
Member who terminates or retires prior to the effective date of any amendment to
the Plan will be determined pursuant to the provisions of the Plan in effect on
the earlier of his date of retirement or termination.

The purpose of the Plan is to provide Eligible Employees with a means of making
regular savings to provide additional security for their retirement. As an
incentive, the Plan provides for Company matching contributions.

It is intended that the Plan qualify as a profit sharing plan under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 and comply with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974 and any amendments to said Code or Act.


                                     - 1 -
<PAGE>   7
                                    Article 1
                                   Definitions

1.1        Accounts means the Company Contributions Account, Compensation
           Deferral Account, and Compensation Deduction Account maintained for
           each Member, as applicable.

1.2        Affiliate or Subsidiary means a member of a controlled group of
           corporations (as defined in Code Section 1563(a), determined without
           regard to Code Sections 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C)), a group of trades
           or businesses (whether incorporated or not) which are under common
           control within the meaning of Code Section 414(c), or an affiliated
           service group (as defined in Code Sections 414(m) or 414(o)) of which
           The Boeing Company is a part. With respect to the Limitation on
           Contributions described in 13.9, in determining whether a corporation
           is a member of a controlled group of corporations the phrase "more
           than 50 percent" shall be substituted for the phrase "at least 80
           percent" each place it appears in Code Section 1563(a)(1).

1.3        Authorized Period of Absence means an absence authorized by the
           Company for one or more of the following reasons:

           (a)         Layoff not to exceed six years duration.

           (b)         Approved leave of absence.

           (c)         Jury duty.

           (d)         Labor-management dispute.

           (e)         Military Service as defined in section 1.29.

           (f)         Illness or injury, including disability.

           Any discretion of the Company under the provisions of this definition
           will be exercised without discrimination and in accordance with
           definitely established rules uniformly applicable to Employees or
           Members whose approved periods of absence were occasioned by similar
           circumstances.

1.4        Beneficiary means the one or more persons or trusts designated by a
           Member to receive any benefit payable from the Plan upon the death of
           the Member. Each Member may designate a beneficiary; provided,
           however, if the Member has been married for a one year period and is
           survived by his spouse (or a former spouse to the extent provided
           under a qualified domestic relations order as described in Code
           Section 414(p)), he will be deemed to have designated such spouse as
           his Beneficiary unless he has designated a different Beneficiary in
           writing and his spouse has consented to this designation. The
           spouse's consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of
           the designation, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or a
           notary public. The requirement for spouse's consent will be waived if
           the Member establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   8
           Administrator that such consent cannot be obtained because there is
           no spouse, the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other
           circumstances as the Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations
           prescribe. The spouse's consent (or waiver of consent where the
           spouse cannot be located) will be valid only with respect to that
           spouse.

           If no designation is filed with the Plan Administrator or if the
           designated Beneficiary does not survive the Member, the Member shall
           be deemed to have designated the following as Beneficiaries and
           contingent Beneficiaries with priority in the order named.

           (a)         Surviving spouse, if none then to

           (b)         Children in equal shares, if none then to

           (c)         Any other relative of the Member designated by the Plan 
                       Administrator or to the Member's estate.

1.5        Boeing Company Stock Fund means the Investment Fund described in
           section 5.2(e).

1.6        Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.7        Common Stock means common stock of The Boeing Company

1.8        Common Unit means a Unit of the Boeing Company Stock Fund which is
           attributable to Common Stock.

1.9        Company means Boeing North American, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
           and any other entity to which the Board of Directors has extended
           this Plan.

1.10       Company Contributions Account means the Account maintained for each
           Shreveport Member which is credited with the Member's share of
           Company Matching Contributions and investment earnings allocable to
           such Account.

1.11       Company Matching Contributions means the amount contributed to the
           Plan by the Company on behalf of the Member in accordance with
           section 3.4.

1.12       Compensation means a Member's base compensation from the Company
           including regular, straight-time base pay, gainsharing payments, any
           annual lump sum payments which have been negotiated with a collective
           bargaining unit, lump sum payments for unused vacation and any amount
           which would have been paid to the Member absent an election under
           section 3.1(a) or (b) or an election to make elective employer
           contributions pursuant to a cafeteria plan meeting the requirements
           of Code Section 125. Compensation will not include overtime, extended
           workweek compensation, night work or other premium pay, bonuses, any
           form of extra, contingent, or supplementary compensation or, in the
           case of Shreveport Members, compensation on the salaried payroll.
           Compensation is limited to amounts which would have been received by
           a Member in a Plan Year (but for a deferral election) or to amounts
           which are attributable


                                      - 3 -
<PAGE>   9
           to services performed by the Member in the Plan Year which would have
           been received within two and one-half months after the close of the
           Plan Year (but for a deferral election).

           Compensation shall not exceed $150,000 for 1994. On January 1 of each
           calendar year in which the Secretary of the Treasury prescribes a new
           dollar limit, this $150,000 limit will automatically be adjusted to
           that new limit. Compensation for the Plan Year commencing on the
           Effective Date and ending December 31, 1996 shall not exceed $12,500.
           For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, this limit applies
           to the combined Compensation of a 5% owner (as defined in Code
           Section 416(i)(1)(A)(iii)) of the Company, or one of the 10 Highly
           Compensated Employees paid the greatest amount of Total Earnings
           during the year, and such individual's spouse and any lineal
           descendants who are not yet age 19 before the close of the Plan Year,
           to the extent required by Code Section 401(a)(17). If the limit
           applies to combined Total Earnings, the limit will be allocated to
           the affected individuals in proportion to each individual's
           Compensation determined prior to the application of the limit.

1.13       Compensation Deduction Account means the Account, if any, maintained
           for each Member which is credited with the Member's Compensation
           Deduction Contributions and investment earnings allocable to such
           Account.

1.14       Compensation Deduction Contributions means the amount contributed to
           the Plan by the Member through payroll deductions pursuant to section
           3.2.

1.15       Compensation Deferral Account means the Account, if any, maintained
           for each Member which is credited with the Member's Compensation
           Deferral Contributions and investment earnings allocable to such
           Account.

1.16       Compensation Deferral Contributions means the amount contributed to
           the Plan by the Company on behalf of the Member in accordance with
           the Member's election pursuant to section 3.1.

1.17       Controlled Group means the Parent, the Company and any Affiliate or
           Subsidiary. All employees of the Controlled Group will be treated as
           employed by a single employer for purposes of applying the provisions
           of qualification of the Plan; of minimum participation standards of
           the Plan; of minimum vesting standards of the Plan; and of
           limitations on contributions under the Plan.

1.18       Effective Date means the closing date of the merger involving
           Rockwell International Corporation and Boeing NA, Inc.
           (_____________________________).

1.19       Eligible Employee means any Employee who is:

           (a)    employed at the Company's Guidance and Repair Center at 
                  Newark Air Force Base, Ohio; or



                                      - 4 -
<PAGE>   10
           (b)     employed at Shreveport, Louisiana, as an hourly paid 
                   employee.

1.20       Employee means any person employed by any member of the Controlled
           Group. Employee includes, to the extent permitted by Code Section 
           406, any United States citizen regularly employed by a foreign
           subsidiary or affiliate of the Company. The term Employee shall not
           include:

           (a)     a person who serves the Company only as a Director and is not
                   otherwise employed by the Company;

           (b)     a person engaged only in an advisory or consulting capacity 
                   on a retained or fee basis;

           (c)     any person compensated by special fees or pursuant to a 
                   special contract or arrangement or on a commission basis who
                   is not otherwise employed by the Company;

           (d)     a person engaged only in a capacity which, in the sole 
                   discretion of the Plan Administrator, is determined to be an 
                   independent contractor;

           (e)     a person who is a leased employee (within the meaning of Code
                   Section 414(n)) except that a leased employee will be treated
                   as an employee of the Company to the extent required by law 
                   and any contributions or benefits provided by the leasing 
                   organization which are attributable to services performed for
                   the recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the 
                   recipient employer; or

           (f)     any person whose services for the Company are not paid for 
                   through the Company's payroll department.

1.21       ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
           amended.

1.22       Highly Compensated Eligible Employee means an Eligible Employee who
           is a Highly Compensated Employee.

1.23       Highly Compensated Employee means:

           (a) For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, any Employee
               who performs services for the Controlled Group during the
               determination year and who, during the look-back year:

               (1)  received Total Earnings in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted by
                    the Secretary of the Treasury for the relevant year),

               (2)  received Total Earnings in excess of $50,000 (as adjusted by
                    the Secretary of the Treasury for the relevant year) and was
                    a member of the top-paid group for such year, or



                                      - 5 -
<PAGE>   11
               (3)    was an officer (within the meaning of Code Section 416(i))
                      of the Controlled Group and received Total Earnings
                      during such year that were greater than 50% of the dollar
                      limitation in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A).

               (b)    For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, any 
                      Employee who is both (i) described in (a) above if the 
                      term "determination year" is substituted for the term 
                      "look-back year" and (ii) is one of the 100 Employees who
                      received the most Total Earnings from the Controlled Group
                      during the determination year.

               (c)    For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, any
                      Employee who performs services for the Controlled Group 
                      during the determination year and who, during the 
                      look-back year received Total Earnings in excess of 
                      $80,000 (as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for
                      the relevant year).

               (d)    Any Employee who is a 5% owner (as defined in Code Section
                      416(i)(1)(A)(iii)) of the Company at any time during the 
                      look-back year or the determination year.

               (e)    Any former Employee who was a Highly Compensated Employee
                      for a separation year (as defined in Treasury Regulation
                      section 1.414(q)-1T) or for any determination year ending
                      on or after the Employee attains age 55, as provided by
                      Code Section 414(q)(9), as in effect on December 31, 1996,
                      and the regulations thereunder.

               (f)    For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, if no
                      officer has satisfied the compensation requirement in
                      (a)(3) above during either a determination year or
                      look-back year, the highest paid officer for such
                      determination year shall be treated as a Highly
                      Compensated Eligible Employee if such officer is an
                      Eligible Employee. No more than 50 Employees (or if less,
                      the greater of three Employees or 10% of the Employees)
                      shall be treated as officers.

               (g)    For purposes of this section the following definitions
                      apply. The determination year is the Plan Year. The
                      look-back year is the 12-month period immediately
                      preceding the determination year; provided, however, for
                      the Plan Year commencing on the Effective Date and ending
                      December 31, 1996, the look-back year is the 1996 calendar
                      year. The top-paid group is the top 20% of Employees
                      ranked on the basis of compensation received during the
                      year and shall be determined in accordance with Code
                      Section 414(q)(8), as in effect on December 31, 1996, and
                      the regulations thereunder.

               (h)    For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, any
                      Employee who is a 5% owner or one of the 10 highly
                      compensated employees in the Controlled Group paid the
                      greatest amount of Total Earnings during the Plan Year and
                      such Employee's spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants
                      and the spouses of such


                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   12
                      lineal ascendants or descendants shall be treated as a 
                      single Employee for purposes of this section.

1.24       Hour of Service means:

           (a) each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment,
               for the performance of duties for the Company (hours worked at a
               premium rate shall be credited as straight-time hours).

           (b) each hour credited in accordance with subsection (i) for any of
               the following absences, provided that at the time of commencement
               of the absence, the Member is an Eligible Employee:

               (1)  absence from work, up to a maximum of two years, because of
                    injury or illness sustained in the course of employment with
                    the Company and with respect to which the Member receives
                    workmen's compensation benefits and during which he would
                    normally have been scheduled to work for the Company as an
                    Eligible Employee;

               (2)  absence from work pursuant to an authorized sick leave;

               (3)  absence from work for paid vacation or paid holiday(s) not
                    worked;

               (4)  absence from work for a period during which the Member is
                    serving as a juror

               (5)  absence from work for a period for which the Member is on an
                    authroized leave of absence for union business;

               (6)  absence from work for a period during which the Member is
                    required by the Armed Forces of the United States for
                    military training or emergency duty;

               (7)  absence from work for a paid funeral or bereavement leave;

               (8)  absence from work for a period during which the Member is on
                    authorized personal leave;

               (9)  absence from work for a period during which the Member is on
                    layoff status; and

               (10) absence from work for a period during which the Member is on
                    an authorized educational leave.

           (c) each hour for which an Employee is paid his regular hourly rate
               by the Company for a period of absence that is not described in
               subsection (b); provided, however,


                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>   13
               that an Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours 
               of Service under this sentence for any continuous period during 
               which he performs no duties for the Company.

           (d) each hour not otherwise credited under the Plan for which back
               pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or
               agreed to by the Company.

           (e) each hour credited for absence from work by an Eligible Employee
               who may be elected or appointed to governmental office requiring
               him to be absent from duty with the Company; provided, however,
               that a written opinion of counsel is obtained in advance that
               granting such credit in a specific circumstance, and its
               acceptance by the Member, does not violate any federal, state, or
               local law.

           (f) Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other
               members of an affiliated service group, a controlled group of
               corporations, or a group of trades or businesses under common
               control of which the Company is a member.

           (g) Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
               considered an employee under Code Section 414(n).

           (h) Solely for purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in
               Service has occurred, an Employee who is absent from work shall
               receive credit for up to 501 Hours of Service which would have
               been credited to the Employee but for such absence if the absence
               is (1) because of the Employee's pregnancy, (2) because of the
               birth of the Employee's child, (3) because of the placement of a
               child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such
               child by such Employee, (4) for purposes of caring for such child
               for a period beginning immediately following such birth or
               placement, or (5) because of leave required by the Family Medical
               Leave Act. Where such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of
               Service per day of such absence shall be used. The Hours of
               Service credited under (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this subsection
               will be credited in the computation period in which the absence
               begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in
               Service in that period. In all other cases, Hours of Service
               credited under (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this subsection will be
               credited in the following computation period.

           (i) For purposes of determining the number of Hours of Service to
               which an Eligible Employee may be entitled pursuant to subsection
               (b) with respect to any period of absence for which he is not
               paid his regular hourly rate of compensation by the Company, the
               Eligible Employee shall receive 174 Hours of Service for each
               full month of such absence, prorated on a daily basis at the rate
               of eight Hours of Service per day, not to exceed 40 Hours of
               Service per week; and with respect to any period of absence for
               which the Eligible Employee is paid his regular hourly rate of
               compensation by the Company, Hours of Service shall be determined
               by dividing the payments received by or due to the Eligible
               Employee for such period by his regular hourly rate of
               compensation. For purposes other than



                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   14
           subsection (b), the crediting of Hours of Service under this Plan 
           will be applied under the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of the
           Department of Labor Regulation 2530.200b-2 which, by this reference,
           is specifically incorporated in full within this Plan.

1.25       Investment Fund has the meaning specified in section 5.2.

1.26       Investment Manager means any fiduciary (other than a Trustee, The
           Boeing Company or the Plan Administrator):

           (a) which has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of any assets
               of the Plan; and

           (b) which (1) is registered as an investment adviser under the
               Investment Advisers Act of 1940, or (2) is a bank, as defined in
               that Act, or (3) is an insurance company qualified to perform
               services described in item (a) above under the laws of more than
               one state; and

           (c) which has acknowledged in writing that it is a fiduciary with
               respect to the Plan.

1.27       Layoff means an involuntary severance of employment, other than a
           discharge for cause.

1.28       Member means any Eligible Employee who has become a Member in the
           Plan as provided in Article 2.

1.29       Military Service means the period of time during which a person is
           absent from active work for the Company or any member of the
           Controlled Group serving as a member of the Armed Forces of the
           United States in time of war or other emergency or under the laws of
           conscription in time of peace. Military Service includes time when
           such person has a right to reemployment at his former position or a
           substantially similar position upon his separation from such Military
           Service, and such period of time, not exceeding ninety days,
           immediately following such Military Service as such person remains
           absent from active work for the Company or any member of the
           Controlled Group.

1.30       Newark Member means an Eligible Employee employed at the Company's
           Guidance and Repair Center at Newark Air Force Base, Ohio, who has
           become a Member in the Plan pursuant to Article 2.

1.31       One-Year Break in Service means a calendar year during which the
           Member fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

1.32       Parent means The Boeing Company and any successor by change of name,
           merger, purchase of stock or purchase of assets.

1.33       Plan means the Boeing North American Savings Plan for Certain
           Employees.



                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   15
1.34       Plan Administrator means the Voluntary Investment Plan Committee
           established by The Boeing Company Board of Directors.

1.35       Plan Year means the period commencing on the Effective Date and
           concluding on the December 31 next following the effective date, and
           each calendar year thereafter.

1.36       Reemployment Date means the first day following a Period of Severance
           on which an Employee performs an Hour of Service for the Company or
           an Affiliate or Subsidiary.

1.37       Stable Value Fund means the Investment Fund described in section
           5.2(c).

1.38       Shreveport Member means an Eligible Employee who is employed at
           Shreveport, Louisiana, as an hourly paid employee and who has become
           a Member in the Plan pursuant to Article 2.

1.39       Termination of Employment means cessation of employment with the
           Company or any member of the Controlled Group due to:

           (a) the date on which an Employee quits, retires, is discharged or
               dies, and

           (b) failure to return to work upon the expiration of any Authorized
               Period Of Absence from the Company or any member of the
               Controlled Group, in which event cessation of active work will be
               deemed to have occurred at the time such Authorized Period of
               Absence expired.

           (c) An Employee who is on leave of absence for uniformed service as
               defined in the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment
               Rights Act shall not be deemed to have a Termination of
               Employment unless he fails to return to work during the time he
               has reemployment rights under the law. If such employee fails to
               return to work within such time, his Termination of Employment
               will be the first anniversary of the first day of the period of
               his absence from employment.

1.40       Total Disability means a physical or mental disability lasting at
           least six months, which wholly prevents the Member from performing
           the duties of his occupation or other appropriate work made available
           to him by the Company. The condition of Total Disability will be
           determined by the Plan Administrator through the application of
           procedures which are uniformly applied and which do not discriminate
           in favor of any class or classes of individuals.

1.41       Total Earnings means compensation used in determining the actual
           deferral percentage and the actual contribution percentage. Total
           Earnings is equal to compensation received by the Employee from the
           Company, other than compensation in the form of qualified or
           previously qualified deferred compensation, that is currently
           includible in gross income for income tax purposes. Total Earnings
           also includes all elective contributions made by the Company on
           behalf of the Employee that are not includible in gross income of the
           Employee under Code Sections 125 or 402(e)(3).



                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>   16
           Total Earnings shall not exceed $150,000 for 1994. On January 1 of
           each calendar year in which the Secretary of the Treasury prescribes
           a new dollar limit, this $150,000 limit will automatically be
           adjusted to that new limit. Compensation for the Plan Year commencing
           on the Effective Date and ending December 31, 1996 shall not exceed
           $12,500. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, this limit
           applies to the combined Total Earnings of a 5% owner (as defined in
           Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(iii)) of the Company, or one of the 10
           Highly Compensated Employees paid the greatest amount of Total
           Earnings during the Plan Year, and such individual's spouse and any
           lineal descendants who are not yet age 19 before the close of the
           Plan Year, to the extent required by Code Section 401(a)(17). If the
           limit applies to combined Total Earnings, the limit will be allocated
           to the affected individuals in proportion to each individual's Total
           Earnings determined prior to the application of the limit.

1.42       Trust Agreement means the instrument or instruments executed between
           the Company and the Trustee named in it, which provides for the
           receiving, holding, investing, and disposing of the Trust Fund.

1.43       Trust Fund means the fund established by the Trust Agreement,
           including the earnings thereon, held by the Trustee for all
           contributions made by Members and the Company pursuant to the Plan.

1.44       Trustee means the trustee or trustees designated in the Trust 
           Agreement, and any successor Trustee.

1.45       Unit means the applicable participation unit under the Trust Fund
           used to measure the Member's proportionate interest in the Trust Fund
           as provided in Article 6.

1.46       Valuation Date means the last business day of each month or such
           other business day as the Plan Administrator may determine.

1.47       Vesting Service shall be determined as follows:

           (a) For each calendar year in which an Employee completes 1,000 Hours
               of Service, he shall be credited with one year of Vesting
               Service.

           (b) For each calendar year in which an Employee completes less than
               1000 Hours of Service but more than 500 Hours of Service he shall
               accrue 1/12th of a Year of Vesting Service for each 80 of such
               Hours of Service, computed to the nearest 1/12th.

           (c) For each calendar year in which an Employee completes 500 or
               fewer Hours of Service no Vesting Service shall be credited.

           (d) Subject to the provisions of subsection (e) below, all calendar
               years in which the Employee has accrued a whole or fractional
               year of Vesting Service, whether or not continuous, shall be
               counted in computing Vesting Service.



                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>   17
           (e) If an Employee who has not completed five years of Vesting
               Service incurs a One-Year Break in Service, Vesting Service will
               not include:

               (1) service prior to a One-Year Break in Service that is not 
                   followed by a calendar year in which the Employee accrued a 
                   full or fractional year of Vesting Service

               (2) service prior to five or more consecutive One Year Breaks in
                   Service.

           (f) For any person who is an Eligible Employee on the Effective Date
               (including an active employee, an employee on layoff status, or
               an employee on leave of absence) service with Rockwell
               International Corporation and related employers that is
               recognized as vesting service under the Rockwell Retirement
               Savings Plan for Certain Employees shall be deemed to be Vesting
               Service for purposes of this Plan.

                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>   18
                                    Article 2
                                   Membership

2.1        Entry Date

           (a) Each Eligible Employee on the Effective Date who was eligible to
               participate in the Rockwell Retirement Savings Plan for Certain
               Employees immediately prior to the Effective Date may elect to
               become a Member of the Plan on the Effective Date or at any time
               thereafter.

           (b) An Eligible Employee who is not described in (a) may elect to
               become a Member at any time after he has completed 52 weeks of
               employment with the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary.

2.2        Application for Membership

           An election to participate shall be made in the manner prescribed by
           the Plan Administrator, including completion of such form(s) as the
           Plan Administrator may prescribe. The election to participate shall
           be effective as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the
           first payroll payment date that is at least 15 days after the date
           the election is made. By making an election to participate, an
           Eligible Employee shall agree to the terms and conditions of this
           Plan.

                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>   19
                                    Article 3
                                  Contributions

3.1        Compensation Deferral Contributions

           (a) A Newark Member may elect to defer receipt of a portion of his
               Compensation and have the Company contribute such deferral to the
               Plan on his behalf as a Compensation Deferral Contribution. The
               amount of this deferral must be between one and 11 percent (in
               whole percentage increments) of the Member's Compensation.

           (b) A Shreveport Member may elect to defer receipt of a portion of
               his Compensation and have the Company contribute such deferral to
               the Plan on his behalf as a Compensation Deferral Contribution.
               The amount of this deferral must be between one and ten percent
               (in whole percentage increments) of the Member's Compensation.

           (c) A Member's Compensation Deferral Contributions in one calendar
               year, when added to the Member's other Elective Deferrals for
               such year, may not exceed $7,000 (adjusted for cost of living
               changes under Code Section 402(g)). For purposes of this section,
               "Elective Deferrals" means the sum of all elective contributions
               made pursuant to a Member's deferral election under another plan
               or arrangement described in Code Sections 401(k), 408(k) or
               403(b). Compensation Deferral Contributions in excess of this
               limit and investment earnings on such contributions (including
               gains and losses) shall be returned to the Member in accordance
               with the provisions of Code Section 402(g), the regulations
               thereunder, and other applicable rules and regulations.

               A Member's Compensation Deferral Contributions in excess of this
               limit for a calendar year and investment earnings (including
               gains and losses) thereon may be distributed to the Member during
               the same calendar year if (1) the Member and the Plan
               Administrator designate the distribution as an excess Elective
               Deferral and (2) the distribution is made after the date the Plan
               received the excess contribution. If a Member notifies the Plan
               Administrator in writing no later than March 1 (or April 15 if
               the Plan Administrator waives the deadline) following a calendar
               year that the Member's Compensation Deferral Contributions
               exceeded the limit under Code Section 402(g) (as adjusted) for
               such year, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion,
               distribute the amount specified by the Member and investment
               earnings on such amount (including gains and losses) no later
               than April 15 following such year.

3.2        Compensation Deduction Contributions

           (a) A Newark Member who has not elected to defer receipt of a portion
               of his Compensation pursuant to section 3.1(a) may authorize to
               be deducted from his


                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>   20
              Compensation, as paid, an amount which shall be contributed to the
              Plan as a Compensation Deduction Contribution. The amount of this
              deduction must be between one and 11 percent (in whole percentage
              increments) of the Member's Compensation; provided.

           (b) A Shreveport Member who has not elected to defer receipt of a
               portion of his Compensation pursuant to section 3.1(b) may
               authorize to be deducted from his Compensation, as paid, an
               amount which shall be contributed to the Plan as a Compensation
               Deduction Contribution. The amount of this deduction must be
               between one and ten percent (in whole percentage increments) of
               the Member's Compensation; provided.

3.3        Deferral and Deduction Elections

           (a) The Plan Administrator shall prescribe procedures for an Eligible
               Employee to apply for membership and to elect to have
               Compensation Deferral Contributions made on his behalf pursuant
               to section 3.13.1 or to authorize Compensation Deduction
               Contributions pursuant to section 3.2. Such an election shall
               first apply to Compensation received on the first payroll payment
               date that is at least 15 days after the date the election is
               made.

           (b) A Member may from time to time change the rate of his
               Compensation Deferral Contributions or Compensation Deduction
               Contributions by making a new election in the manner prescribed
               by the Plan Administrator. Such change shall be effective as soon
               as is reasonably possible after his election, but, in general, no
               later than the first payroll payment date that is at least 15
               days subsequent to his election.

           (c) A Member who has an authorization in effect to make Compensation
               Deduction Contributions may revoke such authorization and at the
               same time elect to commence Compensation Deferral Contributions.
               Such revocation and election shall be effective as soon as
               reasonably possible after his election, but, in general, no later
               than the first payroll payment date that is at least 15 days
               subsequent to his election.

           (d) A Member who has made an election to have Compensation Deferral
               Contributions made on his behalf may revoke such election and at
               the same time authorize Compensation Deduction Contributions to
               commence effective with the first payroll payment date in April
               or October by giving the Plan Administrator prior notice thereof.

           (e) A Member may, at any time, revoke his election to have
               Compensation Deferral Contributions made on his behalf or his
               authorization to make Compensation Deduction Contributions. Such
               revocation will be effective as soon as reasonably


                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>   21
               possible, but, in general, no later than the first payroll 
               payment date that is at least 15 days subsequent to his 
               revocation.

           (f) A Member who has voluntarily suspended contributions under
               section 3.3(e) may elect to have contributions resumed, effective
               as soon as reasonably possible after his election, but, in
               general, no later than the first payroll payment date that is at
               least 15 days subsequent to such election.

           (g) A Member's election to have Compensation Deferral Contributions
               made on his behalf or his authorization to make Compensation
               Deduction Contributions shall remain in effect until a new
               election or authorization is made, except as provided in (1) and
               (2) below.

               (1)  No contributions (including Company Matching Contributions)
                    shall be made by, or on behalf of, any Member after any of
                    the following events, until the Member again makes an
                    election that is effective under section 2.2 and section
                    3.3(a):

                    (A)  the Member ceases to be an Eligible Employee;

                    (B)  the Member receives a distribution under section 7.2,
                         7.3, or 8.2; or

                    (C)  the Member voluntarily elects to have contributions
                         suspended under section 3.3(e).

               (2)  No contributions (including Company Matching Contributions)
                    shall be made by, or on behalf of, any Member when:

                    (A)  no payment of Compensation is made by the Company to
                         the Member or, in the case of Compensation Deduction
                         Contributions, the amount payable after all applicable
                         withholdings and deductions required by law or the
                         Company is less than the applicable contributions;

                    (B)  payroll deduction for Compensation Deduction
                         Contributions under the Plan would be contrary to law;

                    (C)  the Member receives a distribution from his Company
                         Contributions Account pursuant to section 9.1(a)(2);
                         provided, however, that contributions shall
                         automatically resume following the completion of the
                         twenty-six (26) week period beginning on the date of
                         the distribution.



                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>   22
3.4        Company Contributions

           (a) The Company shall contribute to the Plan on behalf of each
               Shreveport Member an amount equal to 100% of the Member's
               Compensation Deferral Contributions and Compensation Deduction
               Contributions; provided, however, that the Company Contributions
               made pursuant to this section for a Plan Year shall not exceed
               $250 or 1% of the Member's Compensation, whichever amount is
               less.

           (b) Amounts which have been forfeited in accordance with section
               3.7(d), 3.8(d), 3.9(d), 8.6, or 9.3(a) shall be applied to reduce
               subsequent Company Matching Contributions required hereunder. If
               the Plan should be terminated, any amount not previously so
               applied shall be credited ratably to the Accounts of all Members
               in proportion to the amounts of Company Matching Contributions
               credited to their respective Accounts during the most recent Plan
               Year.

3.5        Return of Company Contributions

           (a) Except as provided below, the assets of the Plan will never inure
               to the benefit of the Company and will be held for the exclusive
               purpose of providing benefits to Members of the Plan and their
               Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering
               the Plan.

           (b) If a contribution is made by the Company by a mistake of fact,
               such contribution will be returned to the Company provided this
               is done within one year after the payment of such contribution.

           (c) Contributions are conditioned upon their deductibility under Code
               Section 404. If a contribution deduction is disallowed, to the
               extent the deduction is disallowed, such contribution shall be
               returned to the Company within one year after the disallowance.

           (d) Contributions are conditioned upon the initial qualification of
               the Plan under Code Section 401(a). If the Plan does not
               initially qualify, such contributions will be returned to the
               Company within one year of such denial.

3.6         Contributions for Military Service

            Notwithstanding any provision of this plan to the contrary,
            contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to
            qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code
            Section 414(u).

3.7         Testing Compensation Deferral Contributions for Discrimination

           (a) The actual deferral percentage for Highly Compensated Eligible
               Employees for any Plan Year may not exceed the greater of:



                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>   23
              (1)    One and one-quarter times the actual deferral percentage
                     for all other Eligible Employees for the Plan Year, or

              (2)    The lesser of (A) two percentage points plus the actual
                     deferral percentage for all other Eligible Employees for
                     the Plan Year, or (B) two times such percentage for all
                     other Eligible Employees for the Plan Year.

       (b)    The "actual deferral percentage" for each group of Eligible
              Employees is the average of the deferral percentages for each
              Eligible Employee in such group. The deferral percentage is equal
              to the Employee's Compensation Deferral Contributions for the Plan
              Year, divided by his Total Earnings for the Plan Year. Eligible
              Employees who are not making Compensation Deferral Contributions
              will be included at zero percent in determining the actual
              deferral percentage.

       (c)    Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year and periodically during
              the year, the Plan Administrator shall test deferral elections
              under section 3.13.1 to determine whether or not the limits under
              this section will be exceeded for the Plan Year. In performing
              this test, the Plan Administrator will assume that deferrals for
              current Eligible Employees will continue for the remainder of the
              Plan Year at the rate currently elected by the Eligible Employee.
              If elections made by Highly Compensated Eligible Employees would
              (if not reduced) cause the actual deferral percentage for such
              Employees to exceed the limitation in this section, the Plan
              Administrator shall reduce Compensation Deferral Contributions
              elected by Highly Compensated Eligible Employees to comply with
              the maximum permissible deferral percentage for the Plan Year.
              Such reduction shall be effective as of the first payroll payment
              date in the month following such determination and shall be made
              as set forth below:

              (1)    First, Highly Compensated Eligible Employees electing
                     Compensation Deferral Contributions in an amount equal to
                     11% of Compensation shall have their elections reduced to
                     10% of Compensation. If, following this reduction, the
                     maximum permissible deferral percentage is still exceeded,
                     Highly Compensated Eligible Employees electing Compensation
                     Deferral Contributions in an amount equal to 10% of
                     Compensation (including any Highly Compensated Eligible
                     Employees whose elections were reduced under the preceding
                     sentence) shall have their elections reduced to 9% of
                     Compensation. The process set forth in this paragraph (2)
                     shall continue until the average deferral percentage for
                     the Highly Compensated Eligible Employees does not exceed
                     the maximum permissible deferral percentage.

              (2)    Subject to section 3.8, the amount that would have been
                     contributed as Compensation Deferral Contributions on
                     behalf of the Member except for the reductions prescribed
                     in paragraph (1) above, shall be contributed by the Member
                     to the Plan as Compensation Deduction Contributions. In
                     addition, to the extent permitted by regulation, the Plan
                     Administrator may


                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>   24
                  during or following a Plan Year cause Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employees to be recharacterized (on a uniform and
                  non-discriminatory basis) as Compensation Deduction
                  Contributions to the extent necessary to prevent the average
                  deferral percentage for said Members for any Plan Year from
                  exceeding the maximum permissible deferral percentage.

         (d)      At the end of the Plan Year, if Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions for Highly Compensated Eligible Employees exceed
                  the limitation described in this section, the Plan
                  Administrator shall determine the excess Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions of each Highly Compensated Eligible Employee in
                  accordance with the following leveling method. The deferral
                  percentage of the Highly Compensated Eligible Employee with
                  the highest deferral percentage will be reduced to the extent
                  required to (i) enable the Plan to comply with this section,
                  or (ii) cause such Employee's deferral percentage to equal the
                  deferral percentage of the Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employee with the next highest deferral percentage. This
                  procedure will be repeated until the Plan satisfies the
                  limitation in this section. Subject to section 3.8, excess
                  Compensation Deferral Contributions and investment earnings
                  (including gains and losses) minus any Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions previously distributed for the Plan Year under
                  section 3.13.1(c) will be recharacterized as Compensation
                  Deduction Contributions. Such excess Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions and investment earning (including gains and
                  losses) that are not recharacterized will be refunded to the
                  Member in cash before the end of the next Plan Year. If
                  Compensation Deferral Contributions are refunded, Company
                  Matching Contributions attributable to such Compensation
                  Deferral Contributions and investment earnings on such Company
                  Matching Contributions (including gains and losses) will be
                  forfeited and used to reduce subsequent Company Matching
                  Contributions otherwise payable pursuant to section 3.4.

                  Investment earnings allocable to excess Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions for a Plan Year and for the period between the
                  end of such Plan Year and the date of the refund shall be
                  determined in accordance with proposed Treasury Regulation
                  section 1.401(k)-1(f)(4)(ii), as it may be revised from time
                  to time by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                  For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, in the case
                  of a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee whose deferral
                  percentage is determined under the family aggregation rules of
                  Code Section 414(q)(6) as in effect on December 31, 1996, the
                  deferral percentage shall be reduced in accordance with the
                  leveling method described above and the excess Compensation
                  Deferral Contributions will be allocated among the family
                  members in proportion to the Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions of each family member that has been combined.



                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>   25
3.8        Testing Compensation Deduction Contributions and Company Matching
           Contributions for Discrimination

           (a) The actual contribution percentage for Highly Compensated
               Eligible Employees for any Plan Year may not exceed the greater
               of:

               (1)  One and one-quarter times the actual contribution percentage
                    for all other Eligible Employees for the Plan Year, or

               (2)  The lesser of (A) two percentage points plus the actual
                    contribution percentage for all other Eligible Employees for
                    the Plan Year, or (B) two times such percentage for all
                    other Eligible Employees for the Plan Year.

           (b) The "actual contribution percentage" for each group of Eligible
               Employees is the average of the contribution percentages for each
               Eligible Employee in such group. The contribution percentage is
               equal to sum of the Employee's Compensation Deduction
               Contributions plus his Company Matching Contributions, divided by
               his Total Earnings for the Plan Year. Eligible Employees for whom
               there are no Compensation Deduction Contributions or Company
               Matching Contributions will be included at zero percent in
               determining the actual contribution percentage.

           (c) Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year and periodically during
               the year, the Plan Administrator shall test deferral elections
               under section 3.13.1 and deduction authorizations under section
               3.2 to determine whether or not the limits under this section
               will be exceeded for the Plan Year. In performing this test, the
               Plan Administrator will assume that deferrals and deductions for
               current Eligible Employees will continue for the remainder of the
               Plan Year at the rate currently elected by the Eligible Employee.
               If elections made by Highly Compensated Eligible Employees would
               (if not reduced) cause the actual contribution percentage for
               such Employees to exceed the limitation in this section, the Plan
               Administrator shall reduce the Compensation Deduction
               Contributions elected by Highly Compensated Eligible Employees to
               comply with the maximum permissible contribution percentage for
               the Plan Year. Such reduction shall be effective as of the first
               payroll payment date in the month following such determination
               and shall be made as set forth below:

               (1)  Highly Compensated Eligible Employees electing Compensation
                    Deduction Contributions in an amount equal to 11% of
                    Compensation shall have their elections reduced to 10% of
                    Compensation. If, following this reduction, the maximum
                    permissible contribution percentage is still exceeded,
                    Highly Compensated Eligible Employees electing Compensation
                    Deduction Contributions in an amount equal to 10% of
                    Compensation (including any Highly Compensated Eligible
                    Employees whose elections were reduced under the preceding
                    sentence) shall have their elections reduced to 9% of
                    Compensation.




                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>   26

               (2)  The process set forth in paragraph (2) shall continue until
                    the average contribution percentage for the Highly
                    Compensated Eligible Employees does not exceed the maximum
                    permissible deferral percentage.

           (d) At the end of the Plan Year, if Compensation Deduction
               Contributions and Company Matching Contributions for Highly
               Compensated Eligible Employees exceed the limitation described in
               this section, the Plan Administrator shall determine the excess
               Compensation Deduction Contributions and Company Matching
               Contributions of each Highly Compensated Eligible Employee in
               accordance with the following leveling method. The contribution
               percentage of the Highly Compensated Eligible Employee with the
               highest contribution percentage will be reduced to the extent
               required to (i) enable the Plan to comply with this section, or
               (ii) cause such Employee's contribution percentage to equal the
               contribution percentage of the Highly Compensated Eligible
               Employee with the next highest contribution percentage. This
               procedure will be repeated until the Plan satisfies the
               limitation in this section. Excess Compensation Deduction
               Contributions and investment earnings (including gains and
               losses) will be refunded to the Member in cash before the end of
               the next Plan Year. In accordance with Treasury Regulations
               Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(2)(ii), the amount of excess Compensation
               Deduction Contributions and Company Matching Contributions shall
               be determined only after first determining the excess
               Compensation Deferral Contributions, if any, that are treated as
               Compensation Deduction Contributions due to recharacterization
               pursuant to section 3.7. If Compensation Deduction Contributions
               are refunded to the Member, any Company Matching Contributions
               attributable to such Compensation Deduction Contributions and
               investment earnings (including gains and losses) shall be
               forfeited and used to reduce Company Matching Contributions
               otherwise payable pursuant to 3.4.

               Investment earnings allocable to excess Compensation Deduction
               Contributions and Company Matching Contributions for a Plan Year
               and for the period between the end of such Plan Year and the date
               of the refund shall be determined in accordance with proposed
               Treasury Regulation section 1.401(m)-1(e)(3)(ii), as it may be
               revised from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury.

               For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, in the case of a
               Highly Compensated Eligible Employee whose contribution
               percentage is determined under the family aggregation rules of
               Code Section 414(q)(6) as in effect on December 31, 1996, the
               contribution percentage shall be reduced in accordance with the
               leveling method described above and the excess Compensation
               Deduction Contributions and Company Matching Contributions will
               be allocated among the family members in proportion to the
               contributions of each family member that have been combined.

3.9        Testing Aggregate Contributions for Discrimination



                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>   27

           (a) The sum of the actual deferral percentage and the actual
               contribution percentage for Highly Compensated Eligible Employees
               for each Plan Year may not exceed the greater of (1) or (2)
               below:

               (1)  The sum of (A) and (B) below:

                    (A)  one and one-quarter times the greater of (i) the actual
                         deferral percentage for all other Eligible Employees
                         for the Plan Year, or (ii) the actual contribution
                         percentage for all other Eligible Employees for the
                         Plan Year, plus

                    (B)  the lesser of (i) or (ii) below:

                         (i)  Two percentage points plus the lesser of 1) the
                              actual deferral percentage for all other Eligible
                              Employees for the Plan Year or 2) the actual
                              contribution percentage for all other Eligible
                              Employees for the Plan Year.

                         (ii) Two times the lesser of 1) the actual deferral
                              percentage for all other Eligible Employees for
                              the Plan Year or 2) the actual contribution
                              percentage for all other Eligible Employees for
                              the Plan Year.

               (2)  The sum of (A) and (B) below:

                    (A)  one and one-quarter times the lesser of (i) the actual
                         deferral percentage for all other Eligible Employees
                         for the Plan Year, or (ii) the actual contribution
                         percentage for all other Eligible Employees for the
                         Plan Year, plus

                    (B)  the lesser of (i) or (ii) below:

                         (i)  Two percentage points plus the greater of 1) the
                              actual deferral percentage for all other Eligible
                              Employees for the Plan Year or 2) the actual
                              contribution percentage for all other Eligible
                              Employees for the Plan Year.

                         (ii) Two times the greater of 1) the actual deferral
                              percentage for all other Eligible Employees for
                              the Plan Year or 2) the actual contribution
                              percentage for all other Eligible Employees for
                              the Plan Year.




           (b) Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year and periodically during
               the year, the Plan Administrator shall test deferral elections
               under section 3.13.1 and deduction authorizations under section
               3.2 to determine whether or not the limits under this section
               will be exceeded for the Plan Year. If elections made by Highly


                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>   28
               Compensated Eligible Employees would (if not reduced) cause the
               sum of the actual deferral percentage and the actual contribution
               percentage for such Employees to exceed the limitation in this
               section, the Plan Administrator shall reduce the deduction
               percentages elected by the Highly Compensated Eligible Employees
               to comply with the limitations of this section. This reduction
               will be accomplished by determining the maximum possible upper
               limit on Compensation Deduction Contributions (as a percentage of
               Compensation) which, when imposed as a limitation on the Highly
               Compensated Eligible Employees, will cause the Plan to comply
               with this section.

               If the limitation described in this section is still exceeded
               after reducing the upper limit on Compensation Deduction
               Contributions for Highly Compensated Eligible Employees to zero,
               the Plan Administrator shall also reduce Compensation Deferral
               Contributions elected by Highly Compensated Eligible Employees.
               This reduction will be accomplished by determining the maximum
               possible upper limit on Compensation Deferral Contributions (as a
               percentage of Compensation) which, when imposed as a limitation
               on the Highly Compensated Eligible Employees, will cause the Plan
               to comply with this section.

           (c) At the end of the Plan Year, if the sum of the actual deferral
               percentage and the actual contribution percentage for Highly
               Compensated Eligible Employees exceeds the limitations described
               in this section after the corrective distributions or forfeitures
               are made under sections 3.7(d) and 3.8(d) the Plan Administrator
               shall determine the maximum possible upper limit on Compensation
               Deduction Contributions (as a percentage of Total Earnings)
               which, when imposed as a limitation on the Highly Compensated
               Eligible Employees, will cause the Plan to comply with this
               section. Compensation Deduction Contributions in excess of this
               limit and investment earnings on such contributions (including
               gains and losses) will be refunded to the Member in cash. If the
               limitation in this section is still exceeded after refunding all
               Compensation Deduction Contributions for Highly Compensated
               Eligible Employees, the Plan Administrator shall determine the
               maximum possible upper limit on Compensation Deferral
               Contributions (as a percentage of Compensation) which, when
               imposed as a limitation on the Highly Compensated Eligible
               Employees, will cause the Plan to comply with this section.
               Compensation Deferral Contributions in excess of this limit and
               investment earnings on such contributions (including gains and
               losses) will be refunded to the Member in cash.

           (d) If Compensation Deduction Contributions or Compensation Deferral
               Contributions are refunded to the Member, any Company Matching
               Contributions attributable to such refunded contributions and
               investment earnings on such Company Matching Contributions will
               be forfeited and used to reduce Company Matching Contributions
               otherwise payable pursuant to 3.4.

3.10       Aggregation Rules for Discrimination Testing

                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>   29
           (a) If this Plan is combined with one or more plans maintained by the
               Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Company for purposes
               of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b) (other than section
               410(b)(2)(A)(ii)), then this Plan and such other plans will be
               considered a single plan for purposes of the discrimination
               testing described in this article.

           (b) If a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee is eligible to have
               Compensation Deferral Contributions, Compensation Deduction
               Contributions, or Company Matching Contributions allocated to his
               account under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(k)
               which are maintained by the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary
               of the Company, the average deferral percentage and average
               contribution percentage for such Highly Compensated Eligible
               Employee shall be determined as if all such contributions were
               made under a single plan.

           (c) For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, for purposes of
               determining the actual deferral percentage and the actual
               contribution percentage of a Highly Compensated Eligible Employee
               who is (1) a five-percent owner or (2) one of the ten Employees
               paid the greatest Total Earnings for the Plan Year, the
               Compensation Deferral Contributions, Compensation Deduction
               Contributions, Company Matching Contributions and Total Earnings
               of such Employee shall include the Compensation Deferral
               Contributions, Compensation Deduction Contributions, Company
               Matching Contributions and Total Earnings of such Employee's
               spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants, and the spouses of such
               lineal ascendants or descendants except as otherwise provided
               under Treasury regulations. Such family members shall be
               disregarded in determining the actual deferral percentage and the
               actual contribution percentage for Eligible Employees who are not
               Highly Compensated Eligible Employees. In applying the maximum
               dollar limitation on Total Earnings described in 1.41, such
               limitation will be applied to the combined Total Earnings of the
               Highly Compensated Eligible Employees described in this section,
               the spouse of such Employee, and any lineal descendants of the
               Employee who have not attained age 19 before the end of the Plan
               Year.

                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>   30
                                    Article 4
                           Investment of Contributions

4.1        Investment Election

           At the time of enrollment in the Plan, the Member shall elect to have
           his future Compensation Deferral Contributions and Compensation
           Deduction Contributions invested in one or more of the Investment
           Funds listed in section 5.2. The election shall specify the
           percentage, if any, of such contributions to be allocated to each of
           the Investment Funds. Members may allocate their contributions among
           the Investment Funds in 5% increments, with the total of the elected
           percentage increments equaling 100%. All Company Matching
           Contributions shall be invested in the Boeing Company Stock Fund.

4.2        Changes in Investment Elections

           A Member may change an election made pursuant to section 4.1
           regarding his future Compensation Deferral Contributions and
           Compensation Deduction Contributions once each calendar quarter. Such
           change shall be effective as of the last business day of the
           month in which the change of election is made.

4.3        Transfer of Investments

           (a) A Member may elect once in each calendar quarter to change the
               investment of his Accounts; provided, however, amounts may not be
               transferred into or out of the Stable Value Fund before April 1,
               1997, and amounts may not be transferred out of the Boeing
               Company Stock Fund except as provided in subsection (b) below.
               The election shall specify the percentage, if any, of the total
               dollar balance of the Member's Accounts in the Investment Funds
               (other than the Boeing Company Stock Fund and, for transfers
               before April 1, 1997, the Stable Value Fund), determined pursuant
               to section 6.4, to be allocated to each of the Investment Funds.
               Members may allocate their balances among the Investment Funds in
               5% increments, with the total of the elected percentage
               increments equaling 100%. The transfers described in this section
               shall be effected on the first day of the calendar month
               immediately succeeding the month in which the Member elected to
               make the transfer.

           (b) In addition to the elections available under subsection (a), the
               following elections shall be available to eligible Members:

               (1)  A Member who has not attained age 55 may elect once in each
                    calendar year, by giving the Plan Administrator notice of
                    such election, to have 10% of the total value of all Units
                    (or 100% of such total value, if $25.00 or less) in the
                    Boeing Company Stock Fund, which are attributable to the
                    Member's Compensation Deferral or Deduction Contributions,
                    transferred,


                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>   31
                    in increments of 5%, into any one or more of the Investment
                    Funds; provided, however, amounts may not be transferred 
                    into the Stable Value Fund before April 1, 1997.

               (2)  A Member who has attained age 55, but not age 65, may elect
                    once in each calendar year, by giving the Plan Administrator
                    notice of such election, to have 50% of the total value of
                    all Units (or 100% of such total value, if $25.00 or less)
                    in the Boeing Company Stock Fund, which are attributable to
                    the Member's Compensation Deferral and Deduction
                    Contributions, transferred, in increments of 5%, into any
                    one or more of the Investment Funds; provided, however,
                    amounts may not be transferred into the Stable Value Fund
                    before April 1, 1997. A Member may not make an election
                    under this paragraph during the same calendar year in which
                    an election has been made under paragraph (1).

               (3)  A Member who is still an Employee and has attained age 65 or
                    a who has elected deferred distribution pursuant to section
                    7.2(b) may elect once each calendar quarter to have the
                    total value or a portion (in 5% increments) of the total
                    value of all Units in the Boeing Company Stock Fund,
                    transferred, in 5% increments, into any one or more of the
                    Investment Funds; provided, however, amounts may not be
                    transferred into the Stable Value Fund before April 1, 1997.
                    If, as a result of an election made pursuant to this
                    paragraph, 100% of the Member's interest in the Boeing
                    Company Stock Fund has been transferred to other Investment
                    Funds, all subsequent Company Matching Contributions, if
                    any, made to the Member's Company Contributions Account
                    after the effective date of said election shall be made in
                    cash and shall be invested in the same manner as the
                    Member's Compensation Deferral and Deduction Contributions.
                    If less than 100% of the Member's interest in the Boeing
                    Company Stock Fund has been so transferred, Company Matching
                    Contributions shall continue to be invested in the Boeing
                    Company Stock Fund.

               (4)  The effective date of an election under this subsection
                    shall be, and the value of all Units elected to be converted
                    hereunder shall be determined as of, the first Valuation
                    Date following the date on which such election is received
                    by the Plan Administrator. Such conversion shall be effected
                    by the conversion of such Units into cash and the transfer
                    of such cash to the designated Investment Fund(s). Such
                    transfer shall be effected by the Trustee on or before the
                    Valuation Date in the second month succeeding the month in
                    which the election was received.

           (c) All elections under this section shall be irrevocable and shall
               not affect the Member's right to exercise any other election
               provided by the Plan.



- - 26 -
<PAGE>   32
           (d) Upon making an election to transfer investments under this
               section, the Member shall also either confirm or change his
               election under section 4.1 or 4.2 with respect to future
               Compensation Deferral Contributions, Compensation Deduction
               Contributions, and Company Matching Contributions.

4.4        Independent Control

           An election or change of election made pursuant to this section shall
           be within the independent control of the Member. Neither the Trustee,
           the Parent, nor the Company shall be liable for any loss which may
           result from the exercise of such control by the Member. If, at any
           time, no election under this section is in effect for any portion of
           a Member's Accounts or contributions, such portion shall be invested
           in the manner determined by the Plan Administrator on a uniform and
           nondiscriminatory basis with respect to all Members. An election or
           change of election deemed to have been made under this section shall
           not be counted for purposes of the provisions of those sections which
           impose restrictions on the frequency of changes.

                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>   33
                                    Article 5
                                 Trust Agreement

5.1        Establishment of Trust Fund

           The property resulting from contributions made on behalf of all
           Members, including contributions made by the Company, shall be held
           in a Trust Fund by a Trustee or Trustees selected by the Plan
           Administrator pursuant to a Trust Agreement entered into between such
           Trustee and the Plan Administrator. References in the Plan to Trustee
           shall be deemed to be applicable with equal force to co-Trustees or
           successor Trustees who may be so designated.

5.2        Investment Funds

           The Trust Agreement will provide that at the direction of the Plan
           Administrator, the Trustee shall establish investment funds, each
           with investment objectives determined by the Plan Administrator. The
           Plan Administrator shall provide information to Members regarding the
           Investment Funds available under the Plan, including a description of
           the investment objectives and types of investments of each such fund.
           As of the Effective Date, the following Investment Funds shall be
           established:

           (a) S&P 500 Index Fund. The assets of this fund are invested in the
               same stocks and in substantially the same percentages as the
               Standard and Poor's (S&P) 500 Index.

           (b) Short-Term Income Fund. The assets of this fund are invested in a
               variety of investment-grade instruments with maturities generally
               between 1 and 365 days with an average maturity between 30 and 60
               days. These instruments may include: United States government and
               agency obligations, bank obligations, short-term corporate debt
               instruments, repurchase agreements, unsecured loan
               participations, and registered investment companies which invest
               in such instruments.

           (c) Stable Value Fund. The assets of this fund are invested in
               investment contracts with one or more insurance companies which
               guarantee the principal and interest thereon for a specified
               period of time.

           (d) Intermediate-Term Bond Fund. The assets of this fund are invested
               in debt obligations issued by the United States government and
               its agencies and instrumentalities. The maximum maturity of any
               issue in the fund is five years.

           (e) Boeing Company Stock Fund. The assets of this fund are invested
               in cash and Common Stock of The Boeing Company.



                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>   34
5.3        Voting Rights

           Each Member who has Common Stock of The Boeing Company held in the
           Boeing Company Stock Fund allocated to his Accounts shall be entitled
           to instruct the Trustee regarding the voting of the number of such
           shares allocated to the Accounts (determined by the proportionate
           share of the Member's investment in the Fund) at all stockholders'
           meetings of the Company, determined as of the record date for such
           stockholders' meetings. The Company will send, or cause to be sent,
           to each Member who has Common Stock of the Company allocated to the
           Member's Accounts a voting instruction form and the same proxy
           solicitation material as is sent to stockholders generally.

5.4        Tender Offer

           Not withstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary:

           (a) If any person shall make a tender offer (as defined in subsection
               (c) below) to acquire (by purchase or exchange) Common Stock of
               the Company, including shares of such Common Stock that are held
               in the Company Stock Fund, the Trustee and the Company shall act
               as follows:

               (1)  The Company shall ensure that the materials made available
                    to shareholders generally in connection with the tender
                    offer are provided to each Member who has shares of Common
                    Stock of the Company held in the Company Stock Fund
                    allocated to his Member's Accounts, and the response of the
                    Trustee as to whether to accept or reject the tender offer
                    with respect to the full and fractional shares of such
                    Common Stock that are so allocated shall be made in
                    accordance with the instructions of the Member given to the
                    Trustee on forms provided for that purpose.

               (2)  If the Trustee fails to receive clear and timely
                    instructions from a Member in a case where instructions have
                    been sought by the Trustee as provided in paragraph (1), the
                    Trustee shall have no discretion in such matter and shall
                    reject the tender offer with respect to the affected full
                    and fractional shares of Common Stock of the Company that
                    are allocated to the Accounts of such Members.

           (b) With respect to full and fractional shares of Common Stock of the
               Company that have been acquired by the Plan and are not yet
               allocated (including any such Common Stock held in a suspense
               account because it cannot be allocated currently due to the Code
               Section 415 limits), the Trustee shall have no discretion in such
               matter and shall reject the tender offer with respect to such
               Common Stock.



                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>   35
           (c) If any tender offer is accepted (in whole or in part) pursuant to
               subsection (a), the Trustee shall have the power to transfer
               Common Stock of the Company in order to effect such acceptance.

           (d) For purposes of this section, "tender offer" shall mean any offer
               to acquire Common Stock of the Company which is subject to either
               section 13(e) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
               which under applicable rules and regulations is required to be
               the subject of a filing with the Securities and Exchange
               Commission on either Schedule 13E-4 or Schedule 14D-9.

           (e) The foregoing notwithstanding, nothing herein shall serve to
               modify the related rules of the Trust Agreement or to expand the
               duties of the Trustee unless and until the Trustee gives its
               consent in the manner provided in the Trust Agreement.

5.5        Trust Agreement

           The Plan Administrator has entered into a Trust Agreement with the
           Trustee of the Trust Fund under which the Trustee will hold, invest
           and distribute the assets of the Trust Fund as required by the Trust
           Agreement. The Plan Administrator may remove the Trustee at any time
           upon reasonable notice. The Trust Agreement shall provide that upon
           the removal or resignation of the Trustee the assets shall be
           transferred to another Trustee to be designated by the Plan
           Administrator under the terms of the Trust Agreement satisfying the
           conditions herein set forth.

5.6        Rights in the Trust Fund

           No part of the Trust Fund shall be used for, or diverted to, purposes
           other than the exclusive benefit of Members and their beneficiaries
           under the Plan. No person shall have any interest in or right to any
           part of the Trust Fund except as and to the extent expressly provided
           in the Plan.

                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>   36
                                    Article 6
                        Maintenance of Members' Accounts

6.1        Accounts Maintained

           The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain for each Member a
           Compensation Deduction Account, a Compensation Deferral Account, and
           a Company Contributions Account under each Investment Fund to
           represent all amounts (if any), adjusted for gains or losses thereon,
           which have been contributed by or on behalf of the Member as
           Compensation Deduction Contributions, Compensation Deferral
           Contributions, and Company Matching Contributions. Such separate
           Accounts shall contain sufficient information to permit, with respect
           to the Boeing Company Stock Fund, a determination of the number of
           Common Units in such Member's Accounts, and with respect to the
           Company Contributions Account, a determination of the portion which
           is attributable to Compensation Deduction Contributions and the
           portion which is attributable to Compensation Deferral Contributions.

6.2        Crediting Units to Accounts

           (a) The interest of each Member in the Investment Funds shall be
               represented by Units allocated to his Accounts. The value of each
               Unit shall be $1.00 for the contributions deposited on behalf of
               each Member prior to the first Valuation Date following the
               effective date of the particular Fund.

           (b) Each contribution on behalf of a Member to, or payment made to a
               Member from, an Investment Fund shall result in a credit or
               charge to the Account representing his interest in such Fund
               under his Company Contributions Account, Compensation Deferral
               Account, or Compensation Deduction Account, as applicable, and
               shall be equal to the number of Units contributed or paid, as the
               case may be.

           (c) Dividends on Common Stock held in the Boeing Company Stock Fund
               shall result in an appropriate increase in the Unit values of
               said Fund.

6.3        Units Valuations

           Except as otherwise provided in section 6.2, as of each Valuation
           Date, an amount equal to the fair market value of all property in the
           Investment Funds (other than dividends received which are
           attributable to whole shares of Common Stock which were or are to be
           transferred to Members subsequent to the record date for such
           dividend) or under a contract, in the case of the Stable Value Fund,
           shall be determined by the Trustee in such manner and on such basis
           as it shall deem appropriate. Such amount shall be divided by the
           total number of Units credited to all the Members in the Fund or
           under the contract concerned on the particular Valuation Date,
           thereby establishing a new Unit value. With respect to each
           Investment Fund, each contribution or other payment thereto or
           payment 


                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>   37
           therefrom after such Valuation Date and prior to or on the next 
           Valuation Date shall be converted to Units (in the case of the 
           Boeing Company Stock Fund to Common Units to the extent appropriate)
           by dividing such new Unit value into the amount of such contribution
           or payment, and the individual Account of each affected Member 
           representing his interest in the Investment Fund under his Company 
           Contributions Account, Compensation Deferral Account, and 
           Compensation Deduction Account, as applicable, shall be credited or
           charged, as the case may be, with the portion of the number of Units
           so attributable to such Member. The value of each contract under the
           Stable Value Fund shall be equal to the principal amount held in such
           fund plus accrued interest.

6.4        Balance of Member's Accounts

           As of any specified date, the dollar balance of the Accounts of each
           Member representing the interest of each Member in each Investment
           Fund under his Company Contributions Account, Compensation Deferral
           Account, and Compensation Deduction Account, as applicable, shall be
           determined by multiplying the number of Units in his current balance
           by the Unit value as of the last preceding Valuation Date in
           accordance with the foregoing and adding to the resulting dollar
           balance the amount of contributions made with respect to such Account
           since the last valuation date for which Units have not yet been
           credited. Only those contributions actually received by the Trustee
           will be considered in making valuations and determining Account
           balances.

6.5        Member Account Statements

           After the end of each calendar year or more frequently as the Plan
           Administrator shall determine, the Plan Administrator shall forward
           by mail to each Member a statement, in such form as the Plan
           Administrator shall determine, setting forth pertinent information
           relative to the Member's Accounts. Such statement shall, for all
           purposes, be deemed to have been accepted as correct unless the Plan
           Administrator is notified to the contrary by mail within 60 days of
           the mailing thereof to the Member.

                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>   38
                                    Article 7
                                   Retirement

7.1        Eligibility

           This article will apply to any Member who terminates employment on or
           after his 65th birthday or who retires before his 65th birthday
           pursuant to a retirement plan sponsored by the Company or an
           Affiliate or Subsidiary.

7.2        Lump Sum Distribution

           (a) If the balance in the Member's Accounts is $3,500 or less, such
               amount will be paid to the Member in a lump sum as soon as
               practicable after his Termination of Employment in the manner
               described in section 7.5.

           (b) If the balance in the Member's Accounts exceeds $3,500, the
               Member may elect (1) to receive such amount in a lump sum as soon
               as practicable after his Termination of Employment in the manner
               described in section 7.5 or (2) to defer any distribution from
               his Accounts. If the Member elects to defer distribution, his
               Accounts will be retained in the Plan and maintained and valued
               in accordance with Article 6. The amount of such deferred
               distribution(s) will be based on the value of the Member's
               Accounts determined as of the Valuation Date preceding the
               deferred distribution date. If the vested balance in the Member's
               Accounts at the time of a distribution exceeds $3,500, then the
               vested balance at any subsequent time shall be deemed to exceed
               $3,500.

           (c) A Member who has deferred receiving his distribution may elect to
               receive the balance in his Accounts in a lump sum payable as soon
               as practicable after the request for such distribution is
               received by the Plan Administrator in the manner described in
               section 7.5. Such request shall be in the manner prescribed by
               the Plan Administrator for this purpose.

7.3        Installment Form of Payment

           (a) If the balance in the Member's Accounts exceeds $3,500, the
               Member may elect to have his benefit paid in annual installments
               over 10 or fewer years; provided, however, that the Member may
               not elect installments to be paid over a period which exceeds the
               life expectancy of the Member or the combined life expectancies
               of the Member and his Beneficiary determined as of the date
               payments are to commence. The amount of such installments will be
               the value of the Member's Accounts as of the Valuation Date
               immediately preceding the installment payment, divided by the
               number of installment payments remaining at the time of the
               payment. The initial installment payment will be made as soon as
               practicable after the effective date of the Member's election.
               Subsequent installment payments during the elected installment
               payment period will be made


                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>   39
               as of the annual anniversary date of the initial installment 
               payment.  If the vested balance in the Member's Accounts at the
               time of a distribution exceeds $3,500, then the vested balance 
               at any subsequent time shall be deemed to exceed $3,500.

           (b) A Member who is still an Employee on the required beginning date
               described in section 7.4(b) and is, therefore, required to
               commence distribution, shall receive his distribution in annual
               installments over the period of the Member's life expectancy
               (pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9)). Upon the Member's
               subsequent Termination of Employment, the Member shall be
               entitled to elect either a lump sum distribution as provided in
               section 7.2(b) or installment payments as provided in section
               7.3(a) with respect to his remaining Account balance at that
               time.

           (c) Subsection (a) notwithstanding, if a Member who is no longer an
               Employee has elected to defer receiving his distribution pursuant
               to section 7.2(b) and the Plan Administrator has not received an
               election concerning the form of distribution by the end of the
               calendar year in which the Member attains age 70 1/2, the
               distribution shall be made in the form of a lump sum distribution
               payable no later than the required beginning date described in
               section 7.4(b).

           (d) If a Member who had previously elected and commenced receipt of
               installment payments pursuant to subsection (a) returns to
               employment with the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary (other
               than as a member of the Company's flexible work force), such
               installment payments shall be suspended until the Member's
               subsequent retirement, at which time he shall be permitted again
               to make the election described in this section.

           (e) A Member who had previously elected and commenced receipt of
               installment payments pursuant to subsection (a) shall be
               permitted to revoke such election at a later date and accelerate
               receipt of the distribution by electing distribution of the
               remaining Account balances in a lump sum payment.

7.4        Limitations on Payment Date

           (a) Payment will begin not later than the 60th day after the end of
               the Plan Year in which:

               (1)  the Member's 65th birthday occurs, or

               (2)  the Member's Termination of Employment occurs, whichever is
                    later.

               However, payment under this subsection will not begin until the
               Member has filed a claim for such payment in the manner
               prescribed by the Plan Administrator for that purpose.



                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>   40
           (b) The required beginning date described in this subsection (b) will
               apply regardless of any election made by the Member.

               (1)  Benefit payments for a Member who attained age 70 1/2 before
                    January 1, 1996, will begin January 1, 1997, whether or not
                    such Member's employment has terminated.

               (2)  Benefit payments for a Member who attained age 70 1/2 in
                    1996, will begin not later than April 1, 1997, whether or
                    not such Member's employment has terminated.

               (3)  Benefit payments for a Member who is not a 5% owner who
                    attains age 70 1/2 after December 31, 1996 will begin not
                    later than April 1 of the calendar year following the later
                    of (A) the calendar year in which the Member attains age 70
                    1/2, or (B) the calendar year in which the Member retires.

               (4)  Benefit payments for a Member who is a 5% owner will begin
                    not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the
                    later of (A) the calendar year in which the Member attained
                    age 70 1/2, or (B) the earlier of (iii) the calendar year
                    within which ends the Plan Year in which the Member becomes
                    a 5% owner, or (iv) the calendar year in which the Member
                    retires.

               (5)  A Member is treated as a 5% owner for purposes of this
                    subsection (b), if such Member is a 5% owner as defined in
                    Code Section 416(i) at any time during the Plan Year ending
                    within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 66
                    1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year. Once a Member is described
                    in this paragraph, distributions will continue to such
                    Member even if such Member ceases to own more than 5% of the
                    Company in a subsequent year.

               (6)  If a Member receives payments under this subsection (b),
                    such payments will be determined as if the Member's
                    retirement date were the date by which benefit payments must
                    be made under this subsection (b). If the Member continues
                    to have contributions made to his Accounts after this date,
                    the additional benefit for each Plan Year will be paid in a
                    lump sum after the following January 1.

7.5        Manner of Distribution

           A Member's distribution(s) shall be made as follows:

           (a) With respect to Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company
               Stock Fund, the Member entitled to a lump sum distribution
               pursuant to section 7.2 shall receive the full dollar balance of
               his Accounts in such Funds. A Member electing 

                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>   41
               installment payments pursuant to section 7.3 shall receive the
               full dollar balance divided by the remaining number of
               installment payments. Such balance shall be determined in the
               manner provided in section 6.4, by reference to the value of
               Units in such Member's Accounts on the Valuation Date coinciding
               with or immediately preceding the date of the distribution.

           (b) With respect to the Boeing Company Stock Fund, the full dollar
               balance (for a Member electing installment payments pursuant to
               section 7.3, the full dollar balance divided by the remaining
               number of installment payments) in the Member's Accounts in the
               fund as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately
               preceding the date of the distribution (determined in the manner
               provided in section 6.4, separately by reference to the Common
               Units in the Account on such Valuation Date and the respective
               Unit values on such Valuation Date) shall be applied to Common
               Stock to the extent attributable to Common Units. The Member
               shall receive shares of Common Stock equal to the maximum number
               of whole shares of Common Stock which could be purchased at the
               closing price of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange--
               Composite Transactions listing on such Valuation Date (or, in the
               event such Valuation Date falls on a date on which there are no
               trades of such stock reflected on such listing, the last trading
               day preceding such Valuation Date) with the portion of such
               dollar balance attributable to Common Units in the Account. The
               Member shall be paid in cash the amount of such dollar balance
               remaining after reduction by the value of the whole shares
               previously described, based upon such closing price. In addition,
               the Member shall be paid in cash the amount of any cash dividends
               received since such Valuation Date attributable to the number of
               whole shares of Common Stock distributed to him and the dollar
               value of any contributions to the Company Stock Fund in respect
               of such Member between such Valuation Date and the Termination of
               Employment.

                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>   42
                                    Article 8
                              Termination or Death

8.1        Vesting

           (a) A Member will always have a 100% vested interest in his
               Compensation Deduction Account and Compensation Deferral Account.

           (b) A Member who has completed at least five years of Vesting Service
               will have a 100% vested interest in his Company Contributions
               Account.

           (c) No Units in a Member's Company Contributions Account shall vest
               subsequent to the Member's termination of employment, except as
               provided in section 8.7.

           (d) Regardless of his years of Vesting Service, a Member will have a
               100% vested interest in his Company Contributions Account upon
               the occurrence of any of the following events:

               (1)  65th birthday,

               (2)  retirement before his 65th birthday pursuant to a retirement
                    plan sponsored by the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary,

               (3)  termination of employment to enter into the Armed Forces of
                    the United States, except temporary service of 90 days or
                    less, or to accept employment with the Government of the
                    United States,

               (4)  determination of Total Disability,

               (5)  termination of employment because of inability to meet
                    Company medical standards,

               (6)  Layoff, or

               (7)  death.

8.2        Distribution Upon Termination

           (a) This section will apply to any Member whose Termination of
               Employment occurs before he has satisfied the eligibility
               conditions for retirement as described in section 7.1 and who is
               not an Employee of a divested component covered by section 8.5.

           (b) Subject to the provisions of subsection (c), the Member shall
               receive as a lump sum all amounts described in section 8.4 as
               soon as practicable after his


                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>   43
           Termination of Employment, but not later than 60 days after the end
           of the Plan Year in which his Termination of Employment occurred.

           (c) If the vested balance in the Member's Accounts exceeds $3,500, no
               distribution of benefits under the Plan shall be made unless the
               Plan Administrator has first obtained the Member's written
               consent thereto. In the event such written consent is not
               obtained, the vested portion of the Member's Accounts will be
               retained by the Plan and will be maintained and valued in
               accordance with Article 6. Distribution of the Member's Accounts
               pursuant to this section shall be made following the date on
               which the Plan Administrator obtains the Member's written consent
               to the distribution or, if earlier, the required beginning date
               described in section 7.4. The amount of distribution will be
               determined as provided in section 8.4, except that the balance of
               the Member's Accounts will be determined by reference to the Unit
               Values on the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately
               preceding the date of distribution. If the Member is reemployed
               as an Employee prior to the date on which the Plan Administrator
               receives his written consent to the distribution, the Member
               shall not have any further right to receive a distribution of
               benefits as a result of his prior termination of employment.
               Under no circumstances shall a Member have any right to withdraw
               a portion of the balance of his Accounts under Article 9 prior to
               the deferred distribution date. If the vested balance in the
               Member's Accounts at the time of a distribution exceeds $3,500,
               then the vested balance at any subsequent time shall be deemed to
               exceed $3,500.

8.3        Distribution Upon Death

           (a) If a Member dies before payment of benefits begins, his
               Beneficiary(ies) shall receive all amounts described in section
               8.4 as soon as practicable after the Member's death, but not
               later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which the
               Member's death occurred.

           (b) If a Member dies after installment payments have commenced
               pursuant to section 7.3, payments will continue to the
               Beneficiary under the form of payment in effect at the time of
               the Member's death.

8.4        Amount of Distribution

           The amounts which a Member or Beneficiary will receive under section
           8.2 or 8.3 shall be as follows:

           (a) With respect to Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company
               Stock Fund, the Member shall receive the vested dollar balance of
               his Accounts in such Funds. Such balance shall be determined in
               the manner provided in section 6.4, by reference to the value of
               Units in such Member's Accounts on the Valuation Date coinciding
               with or immediately preceding his Termination of Employment or,
               in


                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>   44
               the case of death or Total Disability, the date all documentation
               necessary to effect the distribution is received by the Plan
               Administrator.

           (b) With respect to the Boeing Company Stock Fund, the vested dollar
               balance in the Member's Accounts in the fund as of the Valuation
               Date coinciding with or immediately preceding his Termination of
               Employment or, in the case of death or Total Disability, the date
               all documentation necessary to effect the distribution is
               received by the Plan Administrator (determined in the manner
               provided in section 6.4, separately by reference to the Common
               Units in the Account on such Valuation Date and the respective
               Unit values on such Valuation Date) shall be applied to Common
               Stock to the extent attributable to Common Units. The Member
               shall receive shares of Common Stock equal to the maximum number
               of whole shares of Common Stock which could be purchased at the
               closing price of Common Stock on the New York Stock
               Exchange--Composite Transactions listing on such Valuation Date
               (or, in the event such Valuation Date falls on a date on which
               there are no trades of such stock reflected on such listing, the
               last trading day preceding such Valuation Date) with the portion
               of such vested dollar balance attributable to Common Units in the
               Account. The Member shall be paid in cash the vested dollar
               amount remaining in his Accounts invested in the Boeing Company
               Stock Fund after reduction of each such Account by the value of
               the whole shares previously described, based upon such closing
               price. In addition, the Member shall be paid in cash the amount
               of any cash dividends received since such Valuation Date
               attributable to the number of whole shares of Common Stock
               distributed to him and the dollar value of any contributions to
               the Company Stock Fund in respect of such Member between such
               Valuation Date and his Termination of Employment.

8.5        Employees of Divested Components

           (a) This section shall apply to any Member who is employed by a
               Divested Component immediately prior to its divestiture. For
               purposes of this section, "Divested Component" means a component
               of the Company or of an Affiliate or Subsidiary which ceases to
               be a component of the Company or of an Affiliate or Subsidiary,
               by reason of its divestiture or any action incident thereto.

           (b) The Member shall be fully vested in his Company Contributions
               Account, regardless of his years of Vesting Service.

           (c) If the Member does not continue employment with the Divested
               Component, his Accounts shall be distributed to him as provided
               in Article 7 or section 8.2, whichever is applicable.

           (d) If the Member continues employment with the Divested Component,
               his Account shall be distributable as provided in Article 7 or
               section 8.2, whichever is applicable, or shall be transferred by
               the Trustee to the trustee of the other funding 


                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>   45
               agent of any appropriate plan established or otherwise maintained
               by the acquiror of the Divested Component in such a manner as to
               ensure that no portion of the Member's Accounts shall be subject
               to forfeiture.

8.6        Forfeitures

           (a) If a Member terminates employment and receives a distribution of
               the vested portion of his Accounts pursuant to section 8.2, the
               nonvested portion of his Company Contributions Account, if any,
               will be forfeited at the time such distribution is made. Such
               forfeiture will be applied as soon as practicable to reduce
               Company Matching Contributions otherwise payable under 3.4.

           (b) If a Member who has not completed five years of Vesting Service
               becomes eligible to receive a distribution under section 8.2(c)
               but fails to provide written consent to such distribution, the
               nonvested portion of the Member's Company Contributions Account
               shall be forfeited when the Member incurs five consecutive
               One-Year Breaks in Service, unless the Member is reemployed as an
               Employee prior to incurring five consecutive One-Year Breaks in
               Service. . Such forfeiture will be applied as soon as practicable
               to reduce Company Matching Contributions otherwise payable under
               3.4.

8.7        Repayment After Reemployment

           If a Member who has forfeited a nonvested balance is reemployed as an
           Employee, the previously forfeited nonvested portion of his Company
           Contributions Account will be
           restored to the dollar amount on the date the Member received a
           distribution under this article if the Member makes a cash repayment
           to the Plan of the amounts which were distributed from his
           Compensation Deduction and Compensation Deferral Accounts on or
           before the earlier of:

           (a) the last day of the month containing the fifth anniversary of his
               Reemployment Date or

           (b) the date the Member incurs five consecutive One-Year Breaks in
               Service.

           The Company Contributions Account balance will be restored by an
           additional Company contribution. The amount of the Member's repayment
           (which shall not reflect interest) will be credited to the Member's
           Compensation Deduction Account. The repayment and the restored
           Company Contributions Account will be allocated to the Investment
           Funds in the same proportion as the Member's current Compensation
           Deduction or Deferral Contributions. The nonvested portion of the
           member's Company Contributions Account restored pursuant to this
           section shall vest as provided in section 8.1.

                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>   46
                                    Article 9
                              Withdrawals and Loans

9.1        Withdrawals from Accounts by Members under Age 59 1/2

           (a) Subject to sections 9.4 and 9.5, a Member who has not yet
               attained age 59 1/2 may elect while still employed to withdraw
               certain amounts from his Accounts. As soon as practicable after
               the Plan Administrator's receipt of such an election, there shall
               be paid or transferred to such Member cash and, if applicable,
               shares of Common Stock from his Accounts in the following order:

               (1)  first, from his Compensation Deduction Account;

               (2)  second, from that portion (if vested) of his Company
                    Contributions Account, which is attributable to Compensation
                    Deduction Contributions;

               (3)  third, from his Compensation Deferral Account.

           (b) If a Member receives a withdrawal pursuant to section 9.1(a)(1),
               the nonvested portion of his Company Contributions Account
               associated with the amounts withdrawn shall be forfeited as
               provided in section 9.3; and the withdrawal limitations of
               section 9.3 shall apply. If a Member receives a withdrawal
               pursuant to section 9.1(a)(2), his Compensation Deferral
               Contributions, Compensation Deduction Contributions, and Company
               Matching Contributions shall be suspended for a period of 26
               weeks.

           (c) A Member shall be permitted to withdraw from his Compensation
               Deferral Account, as described in section 9.1(a)(3), only upon
               providing adequate evidence of a hardship, as provided in section
               9.5, and such a hardship withdrawal shall be governed by the
               provisions of that section.

           (d) The portion of the Member's Company Contributions Account which
               is attributable to Compensation Deferral Contributions shall not
               be available for withdrawal prior to the Member's attainment of
               age 59 1/2.

           (e) In determining withdrawal amounts, the value of available Units
               in the Member's Accounts shall be determined as of the Valuation
               Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date of the
               election.

9.2        Withdrawal from Accounts by Members Over Age 59 1/2

           (a) A Member who has attained age 59 1/2 while still employed by the
               Company may elect to withdraw any or all vested amounts from his
               Accounts. A Member making such an election shall receive the
               amount of cash or, if applicable, stock to be withdrawn from his
               Accounts in the following order:



                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>   47
               (1)  first, from his Compensation Deduction Account;

               (2)  second, from his Compensation Deferral Account;

               (3)  third, from that portion (if vested) of his Company
                    Contributions Account, which is attributable to Compensation
                    Deduction Contributions; and

               (4)  fourth, from that portion (if vested) of his Company
                    Contributions Account, which is attributable to Compensation
                    Deferral Contributions.

           (b) If a Member receives a withdrawal pursuant to section 9.2(a)(1),
               the nonvested portion of his Company Contributions Account
               associated with the amounts withdrawn shall be forfeited as
               provided in section 9.3, but the withdrawal limitations of
               section 9.3(d) shall not apply and his Compensation Deferral
               Contributions, Compensation Deduction Contributions, and Company
               Matching Contributions shall not be suspended.

           (c) In determining the distribution amounts, the value of available
               Units in the Member's Accounts shall be determined as of the
               Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding the date
               of the election.

9.3        Forfeitures and Limitation on Withdrawals

           (a) When applicable, any nonvested portion of a Member's Company
               Contributions Account associated with a withdrawal from his
               Compensation Deduction Account shall be forfeited at the time of
               such withdrawal.

               (1)  The forfeitable Units, if any, of a Member's Company
                    Contributions Account which are attributable to Compensation
                    Deduction Contributions shall be determined by multiplying
                    the dollar balance of the Member's Company Contributions
                    Account which is attributable to Compensation Deduction
                    Contributions by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal
                    to the dollar value of the Compensation Deduction
                    Contributions which were withdrawn by the Member and the
                    denominator of which is the total dollar value of the
                    Member's Compensation Deduction Account (both such dollar
                    values to be determined as of the last Valuation Date
                    preceding the date of withdrawal).

               (2)  An Employee who has suffered a forfeiture described in this
                    subsection (a) may elect to restore his interest in the Plan
                    by making a cash repayment to the Plan in the amount and in
                    the manner described in subsections (b) and (c).

           (b) In order to restore a forfeiture described in subsection (a), a
               repayment of the amount withdrawn by the Employee from his
               Compensation Deduction Account must be made within 60 months
               after such withdrawal. For purposes of


                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>   48
               this subsection (b), the amount distributed to an Employee means
               the sum of the cash distributed to such Employee plus the dollar
               value of the Common Stock distributed to such Employee,
               determined at the closing price for Common Stock as reflected on
               the New York Stock Exchange--Composite Transactions listing on
               the Valuation Date applicable to the distribution or withdrawal
               (or if such Valuation Date falls on a date on which, for any
               reason, there are no trades of such stock reflected on such
               listing, the last trading day preceding such Valuation Date).
               Such amount shall not be increased to reflect interest.

           (c) As soon as practicable after an Employee makes a repayment
               described in subsection (b), there shall be credited to the
               Employee's Company Contributions Account the dollar amount of any
               amounts forfeited as a result of the withdrawals. The amount
               repaid under this subsection (c) shall be credited to the
               Employee's Compensation Deduction Account or, if applicable, his
               Compensation Deferral Account and shall be allocated to the
               Investment Funds in the same proportion as the Member's current
               Compensation Deduction Contributions or Compensation Deferral
               Contributions. The previously forfeited amount which is credited
               under this subsection shall subsequently vest as provided in
               section 8.1.

           (d) Withdrawals shall be in a minimum amount of $100. A Member who
               has not yet attained age 59 1/2 may not make a request for a
               partial withdrawal within 26 weeks of any prior request for a
               partial withdrawal; provided, however, that this limitation upon
               the ability of such Member to make a partial withdrawal
               (including hardship withdrawals pursuant to the provisions of
               section 9.5) within 26 weeks of any prior request for a partial
               withdrawal shall be waived by the Plan Administrator for the
               six-month period immediately following any due declaration by the
               President of the United States under applicable federal law that
               a particular occurrence or situation constitutes a national
               disaster condition, if such partial withdrawal is requested for a
               reason associated with financial need of the Member resulting
               from the effects of the said condition.

9.4        Allocation of Withdrawals Among Investment Funds

           (a) Withdrawals pursuant to sections 9.1 and 9.2 shall be taken from
               the Member's Accounts in the Investment Funds in a pro rata
               fashion, based upon the relative size of such Accounts.

           (b) Notwithstanding the above subsection (a), a Member may elect to
               have any such withdrawal taken:

               (1)  first from the Member's Accounts in the Boeing Company Stock
                    Fund, with any additional withdrawal amount to be taken on a
                    pro rata basis from the Member's Accounts in the remaining
                    Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company Stock Fund;
                    or.



                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>   49
               (2)  first on a pro rata basis from the Member's Accounts in
                    Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company Stock Fund,
                    with any additional withdrawal amount to then be taken from
                    the Member's Accounts in the Boeing Company Stock Fund.

9.5        Hardship Withdrawals from Compensation Deferral Accounts

           Subject to any restrictions the Plan Administrator may establish
           pursuant to section 9.6:

           (a) A Member who has not attained age 59 1/2 may request approval of
               the Company to withdraw some or all of the Units of his
               Compensation Deferral Account if the Member demonstrates that the
               withdrawal is required as a result of a hardship and for payment
               of any federal, state or local income taxes and penalties
               reasonably anticipated to result from such withdrawal.

               (1)  For the purposes of this subsection (a) the term "hardship"
                    shall mean an immediate and heavy financial need of the
                    Member for which the amount required is not reasonably
                    available to the Member from other sources and which arises
                    for one of the following reasons:

                    (A)  the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) or
                         construction of a principal residence for the Member,
                         or to prevent eviction from, or foreclosure on the
                         mortgage on, the Member's principal residence;

                    (B)  the incurring of obligations for:

                         (i)  tuition, related educational fees and room and
                              board expenses for post-secondary education for
                              the Member, his spouse or one or more of his
                              children or other dependents (as defined in
                              section 152 of the Code) to be incurred during the
                              12-month period immediately following the date of
                              his request for distribution; or

                         (ii) expenses not covered by insurance which either
                              have been previously incurred by the Member for,
                              or are necessary in order for the Member to
                              obtain, medical care (as described in section
                              213(d) of the Code) for himself, his spouse or one
                              or more of his dependents (as defined in section
                              152 of the Code);

                    (C)  any other reason permitted under section
                         401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code and approved by the
                         Plan Administrator.

               (2)  Any determination of the existence of hardship, the
                    reasonable availability to the Member of funds from other
                    sources and the amount to be withdrawn on account of such
                    hardship shall be made by the Plan


                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>   50
                    Administrator on the basis of all relevant facts and
                    circumstances and in accordance with the foregoing rules, as
                    applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. In making
                    such determination, the Plan Administrator may, if it is
                    reasonable to do so in the light of all relevant and known
                    facts and circumstances, rely on the Member's representation
                    that the hardship cannot be relieved:

                    (A)  through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or
                         otherwise;

                    (B)  by reasonable liquidation of the Member's assets, to
                         the extent that such liquidation would not itself cause
                         an immediate and heavy financial need;

                    (C)  by suspension of Compensation Deferral or Compensation
                         Deduction Contributions; or

                    (D)  by other distributions (other than hardship
                         distributions) or loans (which meet the requirements of
                         section 72(p) of the Code) from the Plan and any other
                         plan maintained by an Affiliate or Subsidiary or by any
                         former employer or by borrowing from commercial sources
                         at reasonable commercial rates.

           (b) Withdrawals pursuant to subsection (a) shall not result in the
               forfeiture of a Member's interest in his Company Contributions
               Account.

           (c) Withdrawals pursuant to subsection (a) shall be taken from the
               Member's Accounts in the Investment Funds in a pro rata fashion,
               based upon the relative size of such Accounts.

           (d) Notwithstanding the above subsection (c), a Member may elect to
               have any such withdrawal taken:

               (1)  first from the Member's Accounts in the Boeing Company Stock
                    Fund, with any additional withdrawal amount to be taken on a
                    pro rata basis from the Member's Accounts in the remaining
                    Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company Stock Fund;
                    or

               (2)  first on a pro rata basis from the Member's Accounts in
                    Investment Funds other than the Boeing Company Stock Fund,
                    with any additional withdrawal amount to then be taken from
                    the Member's Accounts in the Boeing Company Stock Fund.

           (e) Withdrawals (including those from the Boeing Company Stock Fund)
               shall be in cash and for a minimum amount of $100. A Member may
               not make a request for partial withdrawal within 26 weeks of any
               prior request for partial withdrawal; provided, however, that
               this limitation upon the ability of a Member to make a


                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>   51
               partial withdrawal (including hardship withdrawals pursuant to
               the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section ) within 26 
               weeks of any prior request for a partial withdrawal shall be 
               waived by the Plan Administrator for the six-month period 
               immediately following any due declaration by the President of the
               United States under applicable federal law that a particular 
               occurrence or situation constitutes a national disaster 
               condition, if such partial withdrawal is requested for a reason 
               associated with financial need of the Member resulting from the 
               effects of such condition.

9.6        Loans

           The Plan Administrator shall establish, and may from time to time
           modify, procedures pursuant to which any Member or other "party in
           interest" (as defined in ERISA section 3(14)) may apply for and
           receive a loan from the Plan; provided, however, no loans shall be
           made pursuant to this section before July 1, 1997. The amount of the
           loan may not exceed the least of (a), (b), (c), or (d):

           (a) the aggregate of the balances in the borrower's Compensation
               Deferral and Compensation Deduction Accounts;

           (b) an amount which, when combined with all outstanding loans to the
               borrower from all other plans of all Affiliate or Subsidiary,
               equals $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of

               (1)  the highest outstanding and unpaid balances of all prior
                    loans to the borrower from the Plan and such other plans
                    during the 12-month period immediately preceding the date on
                    which such loan is made, over

               (2)  the outstanding balance of any loan to the borrower from the
                    Plan or such other plans on the date on which the loan is
                    made;

           (c) one-half of the aggregate of the fully vested and nonforfeitable
               interests in the balances of the borrower's Accounts; or

           (d) such amount, not exceeding the amounts described in (a) through
               (c) above, as the Plan Administrator shall determine.

           In addition to the above limitation, no such Member or other party in
           interest shall be permitted to have more than a single loan
           outstanding at any one time from this Plan and all other plans
           sponsored by Affiliate or Subsidiary.

           All such loans shall be made available to all eligible Members and
           other parties in interest on a reasonably equivalent and
           non-discriminatory basis and shall be governed by the provisions of
           Appendix A, as such Appendix is from time to time constituted,
           pursuant to determination of the Plan Administrator.

                                     - 46 -
<PAGE>   52
                                   Article 10
                               Termination of Plan

10.1       Termination of Plan

           The Company expects to continue the Plan indefinitely but reserves
           the right to terminate the Plan in whole or in part upon giving prior
           written notice to the Trustee and the Plan Administrator.

10.2       Procedures Upon Termination of Plan

           Upon a complete or partial termination of the Plan or upon a complete
           discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, the interests of the
           Members in their Company Contributions Accounts (or, in the case of a
           partial termination, the interests of those Members for whom the Plan
           has terminated), shall be fully vested. Upon such termination, the
           Plan Administrator shall perform a valuation of the Plan assets. Upon
           completion of such valuation, the full balances in the Accounts of
           Members (or, in the case of a partial termination, the Members for
           whom the Plan has terminated), shall be distributed to them.

                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>   53
                                   Article 11
                              Top Heavy Provisions

11.1       Top-Heavy Plan

           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary,
           this article will apply if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. The Plan
           will be a Top-Heavy Plan if, as of the Determination Date, the
           cumulative account balances of Key Employees exceeds 60% of the
           cumulative account balances under the Plan of all Employees and Key
           Employees (but excluding the account balances of former Key Employees
           and individuals who have not performed any services for the Company
           at any time during the five year period ending on the Determination
           Date). This percentage will be computed in accordance with Code
           Section 416(g).

           In determining whether this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, all employers
           that are aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) shall be
           treated as a single employer. In addition, all plans that are part of
           the Aggregation Group shall be treated as a single plan. In
           determining present values, mortality shall be based on the 1971
           Group Annuity Mortality Table and the interest rate utilized shall be
           five percent.

11.2       Definition of Terms

           For purposes of this article only, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:

           (a) "Aggregation Group" means the Required Aggregation Group or, at
               the election of the Company, the Permissive Aggregation Group.

           (b) "Compensation" for purposes of this article and 13.9 only means a
               Member's wages, salaries, fees for professional service and other
               amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is
               paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the
               course of employment with the Company to the extent that the
               amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not
               limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services
               on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
               premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, reimbursements, and
               expense allowances). Compensation will not include the following:

               (1)  Company contributions to a plan of deferred compensation
                    which are not included in the Employee's gross income for
                    the taxable year in which contributed (before the
                    application of the Code Section 415 limitation to that plan)
                    or Company contributions to a simplified employee pension
                    plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the
                    Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred
                    compensation;



                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>   54
               (2)  amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock
                    option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
                    Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
                    subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

               (3)  amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
                    disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                    option; and

               (4)  other amounts which receive special tax benefits, such as
                    premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the
                    extent that the premiums are not includible in the
                    Employee's gross income).

                    Compensation shall not exceed $150,000 for 1994. On January
                    1 of each calendar year in which the Secretary of the
                    Treasury prescribes a new dollar limit, this $150,000 limit
                    will automatically be adjusted to that new limit.

          (c)  "Determination Date" means the last day of the preceding Plan
               Year. This date will also be the valuation date for determining
               present values. For the first Plan Year, the Determination Date
               will be the last day of that Plan Year.

          (d)  "Key Employee" means an Employee, a former Employee, or the
               Beneficiary of a former Employee who, in the Plan Year containing
               the Determination Date, or any of the four preceding Plan Years,
               is:

               (1)  An officer of the Company having an annual compensation from
                    the Company greater than 50 percent of the amount in effect
                    under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for the calendar year in
                    which any such Plan Year ends. Not more than fifty Employees
                    (or, if fewer, the greater of three Employees or ten percent
                    of the Employees not excluded under Code Section 414(q)(8),
                    as in effect on December 31, 1996), including those
                    Employees included under paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) below,
                    shall be considered as officers for purposes of this
                    paragraph.

               (2)  One of the ten Employees having an annual Compensation from
                    the Company greater than the amount in effect under Code
                    Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the calendar year in which any such
                    Plan Year ends and owning (or considered as owning within
                    the meaning of Code Section 318) both more than a one-half
                    percent interest and the largest interests in the Company.

               (3)  A five-percent owner of the Company.

               (4)  A one-percent owner of the Company having an annual
                    Compensation from the Company of more than $150,000 for a
                    Plan Year.

               (5)  For purposes of this subsection (d), Compensation shall
                    include amounts contributed by the Company pursuant to a
                    salary reduction agreement


                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>   55
                   which are excludable from gross income under Code Sections 
                   125, 402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b).

               Whether an Employee is a five-percent owner or a one-percent
               owner shall be determined in accordance with Code Section 416(i).

               (e)  "Non-key Employee" means an Employee (and any Beneficiary of
                    an Employee) who is not a Key Employee.

               (f)  "Permissive Aggregation Group" means the Required
                    Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of
                    the Company which, when considered as a group with the
                    Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the
                    requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

               (g)  "Required Aggregation Group" means:

                    (1)  Each stock bonus, pension, or profit sharing plan of
                         the Company in which a Key Employee participates in the
                         Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of
                         the four preceding Plan Years which is intended to
                         qualify under Code Section 401(a); and

                    (2)  Each other such stock bonus, pension or profit sharing
                         plan of an employer which enables any plan in which a
                         Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of
                         Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.

               (h)  "Top-Heavy Group" means the Aggregation Group if the sum of
                    (1) and (2) below exceeds sixty percent of a similar sum
                    determined for all Employees (excluding former Key Employees
                    and individuals who have not performed any services for the
                    Company at any time during the five year period ending on
                    the Determination Date):

                    (1)  The present value of the cumulative accrued benefit for
                         Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included
                         in such group.

                    (2)  The aggregate of the accounts of Key Employees under
                         all defined contribution plans included in such group.

                    In a Top-Heavy Group, all plans in the Required Aggregation
                    Group are Top-Heavy regardless of whether or not the
                    individual plans are Top-Heavy.

11.3       Modification of Vesting Schedule

           If the Plan is Top-Heavy in a Plan Year, a Participant who is
           credited with an Hour of Service in such Plan Year shall have his
           vested interest determined in accordance with the following schedule
           if it produces a higher vesting interest than the schedule in section
           8.1.



                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>   56
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

           Vesting Service                      Vested Interest
           ---------------                      ---------------
<S>                                                 <C>
    Less than 2 years                                 0%
    2 but less than 3 years                          20%
    3 but less than 4 years                          40%
    4 but less than 5 years                          60%
    5 or more years                                 100%
</TABLE>

          A Participant's vested interest shall not be less than that
          determined as of the last day of the last Plan Year in which the Plan
          was a Top-Heavy Plan.

          If the Plan ceases to be Top-Heavy, each Participant with three or
          more years of Vesting Service (determined as of the first day of the
          Plan Year in which the Plan ceases to be Top-Heavy) shall continue to
          have his vested interest determined in accordance with this section.

11.4      Minimum Contribution

          If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in a Plan Year, a Member, other
          than a Key Employee, who is employed in such Plan Year or who is on an
          authorized period of absence shall be credited with a Company
          contribution as of the last day of such Plan Year not less than 3% of
          compensation or, if less, the largest percentage contribution made or
          required to be made for any Key Employee. Amounts contributed as a
          result of a salary reduction agreement shall be included in
          determining the largest percentage contribution made or required to be
          made for Key Employees.

          The minimum contribution under this section shall not apply to an
          Employee during any year in which he is entitled to a minimum benefit
          under a Top-Heavy defined benefit pension plan maintained by the
          Company.

11.5      Modification of Maximum Contribution

          If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan in a Plan Year, 13.9(e) shall be
          amended for such Plan Year by substitution of "1.0" for "1.25" where
          such factor appears in Code Section 415(e).

11.6      Collective Bargaining Agreements

          The provisions shall not apply to any Employee who is included in a
          group of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement which
          the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement
          between employee representatives and one or more employers, including
          the Company, if there is evidence that retirement benefits were the
          subject of good faith bargaining between such employee
          representatives and such employer or employers.

                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>   57
                                   Article 12
                             Administration of Plan

12.1      Administration

          (a)  The Plan Administrator will serve as the named fiduciary pursuant
               to ERISA. The Plan Administrator will have complete control of
               the administration of the Plan, subject to the provisions hereof,
               with all powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties
               properly in that respect. Not in limitation, but in amplification
               of the foregoing, it will have the power to interpret the Plan
               and to determine all questions that may arise hereunder,
               including all questions relating to the eligibility of Employees
               to participate in the Plan and the amount of benefit to which any
               Member or Beneficiary may become entitled. Its decisions upon all
               matters within the scope of its authority will be final.

          (b)  The Plan Administrator will establish rules and procedures to be
               followed by Members and Beneficiaries in filing applications for
               benefits, in furnishing and verifying proofs necessary to
               determine age or marital status, and in any other matters
               required to administer the Plan.

          (c)  The Plan Administrator will receive all applications for benefits
               and will determine all facts necessary to establish the right of
               the applicant to benefits under the provisions of the Plan and
               the amount thereof.

          (d)  The Plan Administrator shall maintain accounts showing the fiscal
               transactions of the Plan, and shall keep data required for the
               valuation of the assets and liabilities of the Plan. The Plan
               Administrator shall also prepare an annual report showing in
               reasonable detail the assets and liabilities of the Plan and
               giving a brief account of the operation of the Plan for each
               year. The Plan Administrator shall make the annual report
               available to each Member as required by law.

          (e)  The Plan Administrator may appoint such accountants, counsel,
               consultants, actuaries and other persons the Plan Administrator
               deems necessary or desirable in connection with the
               administration of the Plan.

          (f)  The Plan Administrator will have the power to appoint or remove
               any Investment Manager or Managers and to manage (including the
               power to acquire and dispose of) any assets of the Plan.

          (g)  The Plan Administrator will have the power to appoint or remove
               the Trustee.

          (h)  The Plan Administrator will be entitled to rely upon all tables,
               valuations, certificates and reports furnished by the accountant,
               consultant or actuary appointed by the Plan Administrator and
               upon all opinions given by any counsel selected or approved by
               it.



                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>   58
12.2       Records

           All acts and determinations of the Plan Administrator and the Company
           regarding this Plan will be duly recorded and all such records,
           together with such other documents as may be necessary for the
           administration of the Plan, will be preserved in the custody of the
           Plan Administrator.

12.3       Payment of Expenses

           Necessary and proper expenses of administration of the Plan shall be
           paid from assets of the Trust Fund except for those expenses the
           Company is required by law to pay or chooses to pay. Brokerage and
           other fees incurred in the purchase or sale of securities will be
           charged to the Investment Fund in which the transaction occurred.
           Fees charged by the Trustee for supervision and administration of
           Plan assets will be charged to the Investment Fund to which such fees
           are properly allocable. Any expense charged by an insurance company
           under the provision of an investment contract will be charged to the
           Investment Fund which holds such contract.

12.4       Delegation of Authority

           The administrative duties and responsibilities set forth in 12.1 may
           be delegated by the Plan Administrator in whatever manner and extent
           it chooses to such person or persons as it selects. It will notify
           the Company and the Trustee of the authority conferred upon such
           person or persons.

12.5       Information Available

           Any Member of the Plan or any Beneficiary receiving benefits under
           the Plan may examine copies of the Plan description, latest annual
           report, any bargaining agreement, the Plan, the Trust Agreement or
           any other instrument under which the Plan was established or is
           operated. The Plan Administrator will maintain all of these items in
           its office, or in such other place or places as it may designate from
           time to time for examination during reasonable business hours. Upon
           the written request of a Member or Beneficiary receiving benefits
           under the Plan, the Plan Administrator will furnish a copy of any
           item listed in this section. The Plan Administrator may make a
           reasonable charge to the requesting person for the copy furnished.

12.6       Appeal Procedure

           The Plan Administrator shall adopt procedures for the presentation of
           claims for benefits and for the review of the denial of such claims
           by the Plan Administrator. Detailed information regarding such
           procedures may be obtained by writing to the Plan Administrator, The
           Boeing Company, M.S. 11-59, P.O. Box 3707, Seattle, Washington 98124.
           The decision of the Plan Administrator upon such review shall be
           final, subject to appeal rights provided by law.



                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>   59
12.7       Fiduciary Capacity

           Any person may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect
           to this Plan.

12.8       Committee Liability

           The members of the Voluntary Investment Plan Committee shall use
           ordinary care and diligence in the performance of their duties, but
           no member will be personally liable by virtue of any contract,
           agreement, or other instrument made or executed as a member of the
           Committee, nor for any mistake of judgment made by him or by any
           other member, nor for any loss unless resulting from willful
           misconduct or failure to exercise good faith. No member of the
           Committee will be liable for the neglect, omission, or wrongdoing of
           any other member or of the agents or counsel of the Committee. The
           Company shall indemnify each member of the Committee against, and
           hold him harmless from any and all expenses and liabilities arising
           out of any act or omission to act as a member of the Committee,
           except such liabilities and expenses as are due to willful misconduct
           or failure to exercise good faith.

                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>   60
                                   Article 13
                               General Provisions

13.1       Amendment of Plan

          (a)  The Company may amend the Plan at any time. Such amendments may
               include any remedial retroactive changes to comply with the
               requirements of any law or regulation issued by any governmental
               agency to which the Company is subject. The Company may delegate
               to the Voluntary Investment Plan Committee, or to any member
               thereof, its authority to amend the Plan. No amendment will
               diminish or adversely affect any accrued interest or benefit of
               Members or their Beneficiaries, except as may be required to
               comply with the requirements of any law or regulation issued by
               any governmental agency to which the Company is subject.

          (b)  If any amendment to the Plan changes the vesting schedule, each
               Member who is an Employee and has completed three years of
               Vesting Service may elect to remain under the vesting schedule of
               the Plan prior to such amendment. If the Member does not make the
               election within a reasonable time (as may be determined pursuant
               to governmental regulations from time to time), he will be
               subject to the vesting schedule under the Plan as amended. In no
               event will the vesting percentage attained by a Member be reduced
               below the percentage attained prior to such amendment.

          (c)  If any amendment to the Plan eliminates an optional form of
               payment, a Member may continue to elect such form of payment with
               respect to any Account balance earned prior to the effective date
               of such amendment.

13.2       Qualification

           Each contribution of the Company to the Trust Fund is conditioned
           upon the initial qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401. If
           the deduction of any such contribution is disallowed, it shall be
           returned to the Company (to the extent disallowed), within one year
           after the date of such disallowance.

13.3       Employment Status

           Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed to give any Employee the
           right to be retained in the employ of the Company or to interfere
           with the rights of the Company to discharge any Employee at any time.

13.4       Mergers or Consolidations

           If this Plan merges or consolidates with, or transfers its assets or
           liabilities to any other qualified plan of deferred compensation, no
           Member will, as a result of such merger, consolidation or transfer,
           be entitled to a benefit on the day following such event which


                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>   61
           is less than the benefit to which he is entitled on the day preceding
           such event. For purposes of this section, the benefit to which a
           Member is entitled shall be calculated based upon the assumption that
           a Plan termination and distribution of assets occurred on the day as
           of which the Member's entitlement is being determined.

13.5       Provision Against Anticipation

           No benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to
           anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
           encumbrance, charge or other legal process, and any attempt to do so
           shall be void. The preceding sentence will not apply to a qualified
           domestic relations order pursuant to Code Section 414(p).

13.6       Facility of Payment

           If any Member or Beneficiary is physically or mentally incapable of
           giving a valid receipt for any payment due him and no legal
           representative has been appointed for him, the Plan Administrator may
           direct the Trustee to make such payment to any person or institution
           maintaining such Member or Beneficiary and the release of such person
           or institution will be a valid and complete discharge for such
           payment. Any final payment or distribution of any Member, to the
           legal representative of the Member or to any Beneficiaries of such
           Member in accordance with the provisions herein will be in full
           satisfaction of all claims against the Plan, the Plan Administrator,
           the Trustee, the Company and the Parent arising under or by virtue of
           the Plan.

13.7       Construction

           The validity of the Plan or any of its provisions will be determined
           under and will be construed according to federal law and, to the
           extent permissible, according to the laws of the state of Washington.
           If any provision of the Plan is held illegal or invalid for any
           reason, such determination will not affect the remaining provisions
           of the Plan and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if said
           illegal or invalid provision had never been included.

13.8       Legal Actions

           The Plan Administrator will be the necessary party to any action or
           proceeding involving the assets held with respect to the Plan or the
           administration thereof. No Employee, Member, former Member or their
           Beneficiaries, or any other person having or claiming to have an
           interest in the Plan will be entitled to any notice or process. Any
           final judgment that may be entered in any such action or proceeding
           will be binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming to
           have any interest in the Plan.

13.9       Limitations on Contributions

           (a)   For purposes of this section only, the following definitions 
                 shall apply:



                                     - 56 -
<PAGE>   62
               (1)  "Additions" means the sum of (A) Company Matching
                    Contributions, (B) Elective Contributions, (C) forfeitures,
                    if any, allocated to the Member's Accounts, (D) amounts
                    allocated after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical
                    account (defined in Code Section 415(l)(2)) which is part of
                    a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Company
                    (provided that the 25% limitation in 13.9(b) shall not
                    apply), and (E) amounts allocated after December 31, 1985,
                    to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in
                    Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as
                    defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the Company.

               (2)  "Compensation" has the meaning defined in 11.2(b).

               (3)  "Limitation Year" means a Plan Year.

          (b)  The total Additions made to the Accounts of a Member for any Plan
               Year shall not exceed the lesser of 25% of the Member's
               Compensation or the greater of $30,000 or one-quarter of the
               dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) as
               adjusted for cost of living increases by the Secretary of the
               Treasury.

          (c)  If Additions exceed the limitation for any Plan Year as a result
               of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in
               estimating a Member's annual compensation, or under such facts
               and circumstances as the Commissioner may allow, such excess
               Additions will be applied in accordance with subdivisions (ii)
               and (iv) of Treasury Regulation section 1.415-6(b)(6).

          (d)  All defined contribution plans of the Company, terminated or not,
               will be considered as one plan for purposes of the limitations
               specified under this section, and all entities of a controlled
               group of entities will be considered as one employer.

          (e)  In any case in which a person is a Member of both a defined
               benefit plan and a defined contribution plan maintained by the
               Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Company, then the
               provisions of Code Section 415(e) shall apply. If for any Plan
               Year, the limits described in Code Section 415(e) are exceeded,
               the projected annual retirement income benefit under the defined
               benefit plan shall be limited, to the extent necessary, to reduce
               the defined benefit plan fraction (as defined in Code Section 
               415(e)(2)) so that the sum of the defined contribution plan
               fraction (as defined in Code Section 415(e)(3)) and the defined
               benefit plan fraction does not exceed 1.0. Notwithstanding the
               foregoing, if the defined benefit plan of the Company or
               Affiliate or Subsidiary specifically provides that the defined
               benefit plan fraction is not reduced, the Member's Additions will
               be adjusted as described 13.9(c) to the extent necessary, to
               reduce the defined contribution plan fraction so that the sum of
               the defined contribution plan fraction and the defined benefit
               plan fraction does not exceed 1.0.



                                     - 57 -
<PAGE>   63
13.10     Qualified Domestic Relations Order

          (a)  The Plan Administrator shall promptly notify a Member and any
               other alternate payee of the receipt of a domestic relations
               order and of the Plan's procedure for determining whether the
               order qualifies as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as
               defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(A). Within a reasonable period
               of time after the receipt of such order, the Plan Administrator
               shall determine whether such order qualifies as a Qualified
               Domestic Relations Order and shall notify the Member and each
               alternate payee of such determination.

          (b)  During any period in which the issue of qualification of a
               domestic relations order is being determined, the Plan
               Administrator shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan
               the amounts, if any, which would have been payable to the
               alternate payee during such period if the order had been
               determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. If the
               domestic relations order is determined to be qualified, the Plan
               Administrator shall pay the balance of such account to the person
               or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen months it is
               determined that the domestic relations order is not qualified, or
               if the issue is not resolved, then, as of the Valuation Date next
               following the close of such period, the balance in the segregated
               account shall either be credited to the account of the Member,
               or, if the Member has terminated employment, distributed to the
               Member, or, in the event of the Member's death, to his
               Beneficiary. Any subsequent determination that the domestic
               relations order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall
               apply prospectively only.

          (c)  If a domestic relations order is determined to be qualified, then
               the Plan Administrator shall make distribution to the alternate
               payee as required by that Qualified Domestic Relations Order. No
               payment shall be made under this section which is in excess of
               the balance of a Member's Accounts as determined pursuant to the
               provisions of the Plan.

          (d)  In the event that the Plan Administrator shall determine that a
               distribution or a withdrawal of a Member's Account pursuant to
               Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, or Article 10 has been delayed
               as a result of a pending or threatened domestic relations order,
               the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date on which such
               withdrawal or distribution is approved by the Plan Administrator
               pursuant to such order shall be substituted for the Valuation
               Date which would otherwise be applicable to such distribution or
               withdrawal.

13.11     Pronouns

          Masculine pronouns as used in this Plan will include both masculine
          and feminine gender unless the context indicates otherwise.



                                     - 58 -
<PAGE>   64
13.12     Eligible Rollover Distribution

          (a)  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that
               would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this
               section, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
               prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an
               eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible
               retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct
               rollover. Prior to effecting such transfer, the Plan
               Administrator shall required evidence reasonably satisfactory to
               him that the entity to which such transfer is to be made is, in
               fact, and eligible retirement plan and such plan may receive the
               distribution in the forms required under Article 7, Article 8, or
               Article 9, as applicable.

          (b)  Definitions.

               (1)  Eligible rollover distribution: An eligible rollover
                    distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of
                    the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an
                    eligible rollover distribution does not include: any
                    distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
                    periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made
                    for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the
                    joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee
                    and the distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a
                    specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to
                    the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 
                    401(a)(9); and the portion of any distribution that is not
                    includible in gross income (determined without regard to the
                    exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
                    employer securities).

               (2)  Eligible retirement plan: An eligible retirement plan is an
                    individual retirement account described in Code Section 
                    408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code
                    Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 
                    403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 
                    401(a), that accepts the distributee's eligible rollover
                    distribution in the forms required under Article 7, Article
                    8, or Article 9, as applicable. However, in the case of an
                    eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an
                    eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account
                    or individual retirement annuity.

               (3)  Distributee: A distributee includes an employee or former
                    employee. In addition, the employee's or former employee's
                    surviving spouse and the employee's or former employee's
                    spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a
                    qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code
                    Section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest
                    of the spouse or former spouse.



                                     - 59 -
<PAGE>   65
               (4)  Direct rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by the plan
                    to the eligible retirement plan specified by the
                    distributee.

                                     - 60 -
<PAGE>   66
                                   Appendix A
                   Procedures, Terms, and Conditions of Loans

ELIGIBILITY FOR LOANS. The individuals eligible to obtain loans from the Plan
("Borrowers") are limited to:

(1)      Employees, and

(2)      non-Employees who are "parties in interest" (as defined in section 
         3(14) of ERISA)

who have Plan Account balances. An Employee who wishes to obtain a loan must be
employed on an active payroll of the Company or an Affiliate or Subsidiary at
the time of the loan application. A party in interest who is not an Employee
will be eligible to obtain a loan only if an agreement can be provided by the
party's current employer to deduct and remit the required loan repayments to the
Plan.

LIMITATION ON NUMBER AND MINIMUM AMOUNT OF LOANS. Only one loan to a Borrower is
permitted to be outstanding from all Company sponsored savings plans at any one
time. Any Borrower who has an outstanding loan from the Plan will be required to
repay that loan in full before applying for another loan. Each loan which is
approved must be for a minimum of $1,000.

MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF LOAN. The amount which a Borrower will be permitted to borrow
from the Plan is based on the aggregate value of the Borrower's Accounts,
determined in accordance with section 6.4 of the Plan, and may not exceed the
least of the amounts described in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of section 9.6 of
the Plan. The maximum amount of any loan will be further limited to ensure that,
after applying the appropriate interest rate and taking into account all
applicable deductions, the resulting periodic repayments will not exceed the
Borrower's net earnings. The deductions referred to in the preceding sentence
include statutory withholdings, deductions for employee benefits and all pre-tax
contributions to the Plan, but exclude credit union, savings bond, charitable
contribution and other similar deductions.

LOAN APPLICATIONS. Loan applications by prospective Borrowers will be made via
telephone to the Plan Administrator or such third party administrator as may be
designated by the Plan Administrator (either of whom is hereafter referred to as
the "Loan Administrator"). The Loan Administrator will then review the
telephonic application and determine eligibility for the loan. If the loan is
approved, the Loan Administrator will prepare and forward to the Borrower a
letter notifying the Borrower of the approval, together with a Truth in Lending
Statement and a check for the loan amount, all in the form approved by the Plan
Administrator. The Borrower's endorsement of the loan check will be considered
to be the Borrower's agreement to the terms of the loan. Failure by the Borrower
to endorse the check within 30 days after the date of the check will be deemed
to be a withdrawal by the Borrower of the loan application.



                                     - 61 -
<PAGE>   67
SOURCE OF LOAN FUNDS. Each loan will be funded by withdrawing the required
amounts from the Plan Account(s) of the Borrower in the following order:

         First      --      from the Borrower's Compensation Deferral Account;

         Second --          from the Borrower's Compensation Deduction Account.

Subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the loan amount will be
funded by the Borrower's Investment Funds in the applicable Accounts, in a pro
rata fashion, based upon the relative size of the balance of each such Fund in
the Accounts.

Alternatively, a Borrower may elect to have the loan funded first from the
Borrower's interest in Stock Fund B, with any additional funding to be on a pro
rata basis from the remaining Investment Funds.

Any pro rata loan funding from the Borrower's interest in the Guaranteed Return
Fund will be taken in reverse sequence by accessing the Fund's contracts on a
last-in first-out basis.

To the extent a loan is made against the Borrower's Stock Fund B Account, the
Borrower will receive cash in lieu of shares of Common Stock. The Trustee will
not be permitted to sell shares of Common Stock in order to provide the cash
with which to finance loan applications.

If, at any time, the Trustee does not have sufficient cash on hand to finance
all outstanding loan applications, processing of each application for which
sufficient cash is not available will be deferred until sufficient cash becomes
available to process such loans on a first-come, first-serve basis.

DETERMINATION OF LOAN INTEREST RATE. The interest rate to be charged for loans
will be 1% over the prime rate, which is defined for this Appendix as the base
rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the largest 30 U.S. banks, as
such rate is identified in the edition of The Wall Street Journal published on
the last business day of the month prior to the approval of a loan.

TERM OF LOANS. Loans will be permitted for terms of 12, 24, 36, 48 or 60 months
for loans other than those for the purpose of purchasing a primary residence,
which will be permitted for a term of 120 months.

REPAYMENTS. Loan repayments by Employees will be deducted from the Employee's
pay check each pay period. If a pay check is insufficient to cover the full
amount of the loan repayment, no deduction will be made, and the repayment will
be deducted from the Employee's next pay check. Loan repayment schedules for
Borrowers who are not Employees will be developed on an individual basis, but
will parallel as closely as possible the loan repayment schedules for Employees.

PREPAYMENTS. The full unpaid balance of a loan may be prepaid at any time by a
Borrower. Partial prepayments in excess of scheduled payroll deductions will not
be accepted. No


                                     - 62 -
<PAGE>   68
prepayments will be accepted within 12 months after the date of the loan, unless
the Borrower is an Employee and terminates employment within such 12 month
period.

MISSED PAYMENTS. If any payment is not made, interest will continue to accrue on
such missed payment and subsequent payments will be applied first to accrued and
unpaid interest on the missed payment and then to principal. A notice will be
mailed to the last known address of the Borrower stating that if three
consecutive months of payments are missed, the loan will be considered to be in
default.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. If a Borrower who is an Employee terminates
employment or is on an unpaid leave of absence, or if a Borrower who is not an
Employee is no longer able to repay a loan through payroll deductions, the
Borrower may continue to make loan repayments by personal check. Such repayments
to the Plan will be made through the Loan Administrator at an address to be
provided to the Borrower by the Loan Administrator.

DEFAULT. A loan will be considered to be in default after three consecutive
months of payments have been missed during the term of the loan or when a
Borrower revokes a payroll deduction authorization. In the event of such a
default, a distribution of the loan amount, including both unpaid principal and
accrued but unpaid interest, will be deemed to have occurred (as described in
section 1.401(k)-1(d)(6)(ii) of the Treasury Regulations) and an information
return reflecting the tax consequences, if any, to the Borrower will be issued.
Upon the occurrence of an event permitting actual distribution of the Borrower's
Account pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 401(k) (whether distribution
of the Borrower's entire Plan Account will actually be made or will be deferred
pursuant to applicable provisions of the Plan), the unpaid balance of a
defaulted loan will be charged off against the Borrower's Account. If no
distribution event has occurred, which would otherwise permit payment to the
Borrower under Code Section 401(k), the unpaid balance of the loan will be
retained in the Account until such time as payment would be permitted under that
Code Section , at which time the unpaid balance of the loan, including any
accrued and unpaid interest, will be charged off against the Borrower's Account.

                                     - 63 -


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 99.3

                                   APPENDIX A




                       ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION

                                  SAVINGS PLAN

                    FOR CERTAIN REPRESENTED HOURLY EMPLOYEES




                                    PREAMBLE



The Plan and Effective Date

The Plan hereinafter described constitutes a savings plan in the form of a
qualified cash or deferred arrangement under section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for employees on the hourly payrolls of the
Company who are covered by collective bargaining agreements that provide for
participation in the Plan. The effective date of the Plan is November 30, 1985.
The Plan as restated herein is effective January 1, 1993. The provisions of the
Plan as in effect from time to time prior to January 1, 1993, apply to the
related periods prior to such date for all purposes, except as specifically
provided in the Plan.
<PAGE>   2
                            ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

1.010    "Account" or "Compensation Deferral Account" means the Participant's
         account maintained under the Plan.

1.020    "Administrative Committee" means the committee appointed by the Plan
         Committee and assigned power and authority under Sections 2.030 and
         5.010.

1.030    "Affiliated Company" means Rockwell International Corporation and:

         (1)      any corporation incorporated under the laws of one of the
                  United States of America of which Rockwell International
                  Corporation, a Delaware corporation, owns, directly or
                  indirectly, eighty percent (80%) or more of the combined
                  voting power of all classes of stock or eighty percent (80%)
                  or more of the total value of the shares of all classes of
                  stock (all within the meaning of section 1563 of the Code);

         (2)      any partnership or other business entity organized under such
                  laws, of which Rockwell International Corporation owns,
                  directly or indirectly, eighty percent (80%) or more of the
                  voting power or eighty percent (80%) or more of the total
                  value (all within the meaning of section 414(c) of the Code);
                  and

         (3)      any other company deemed to be an Affiliated Company by the
                  Board of Directors of Rockwell International Corporation.

1.040    "Beneficiary" means the one or more persons or trusts designated by a
         Participant pursuant to Article VII of the Plan; provided, however,
         that notwithstanding the foregoing and any provision to the contrary in
         Article VII, in the case of a Participant who has been married for a
         one (1) year period within the meaning of section 417(d) of the Code
         who dies prior to complete distribution of his Account pursuant to
         Section 7.010 of the Plan, the Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the
         Participant's spouse regardless of any contrary designation unless the
         Participant has filed with the Plan Administrator a written designation
         of a person or persons other than such spouse as a Beneficiary or
         Beneficiaries with respect to all or any part of the Participant's
         Accounts and such written designation is accompanied by the consent of
         the Participant's spouse or it is established to the satisfaction of
         the Plan Administrator that such consent cannot be obtained because
         there is no spouse or the spouse cannot be located or because of other
         circumstances permitted under section 417(a)(2) of the Code. Such
         consent shall be in writing on a form furnished to the Participant by
         the Plan Administrator and shall acknowledge the effect of such
         consent. The spouse's signature must be witnessed by a notary public
         not an Employee of the Company. Such consent shall apply only to the
         signatory spouse. In the event the Participant has a new spouse to whom
         he has been married for a one (1) year period within the meaning of
         section 417(d) of the Code, the written designation shall be void, and
         such new spouse shall be deemed to be the Participant's Beneficiary
         until such time as the Participant makes a written designation 

                                        2
<PAGE>   3
         of a person or persons other than such spouse in accordance with the
         provisions of this Section 1.040.

1.050    "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of Rockwell
         International Corporation; provided that any action of the Board of
         Directors contemplated by Sections 1.030, 1.070, and 1.120, may be
         taken by the Board of Directors or by any officer or officers of
         Rockwell International Corporation authorized by the Board of Directors
         to take such action.

1.060    "Class A Stock" means the Class A Common Stock of Rockwell
         International Corporation.

1.065    "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended
         from time to time. References to sections of the Code are to such
         sections as of January 1, 1987, and shall include any subsequent
         modifications or successor sections thereto.

1.070    "Common Stock" means the common stock of Rockwell International
         Corporation other than the Class A Stock.

1.080    "Company" means Rockwell International Corporation and any other entity
         to which the Board of Directors has extended the benefits of the Plan.

1.090    "Compensation" means regular, straight-time base pay received by a
         Participant from the Company with respect to all hourly-rate employment
         during a calendar week. The term Compensation shall not include:

         (a)      any premium pay received for overtime hours, night shift or
                  seven-day premiums;

         (b)      payments under patent contracts, employee suggestion programs,
                  tuition refund payments, travel and/or relocation allowances;

         (c)      grievance payments for lost earning (except back pay awarded
                  in cases of reinstatement to a payroll) or any other special
                  payments, fees or allowances; and

         (d)      amounts in excess of $200,000 ($150,000, effective as of
                  January 1, 1994) or such other sum as may be established for
                  any year pursuant to section 401(a)(17) of the Code;

         provided, however, that the rules of section 414(q)(6) of the Code
         (which section is incorporated herein by reference) shall apply in
         determining a Participant's Compensation, except that the term "family"
         shall only include the Participant's spouse and any lineal descendants
         of the Participant who have not attained age 19 before the close of the
         applicable year

                                       3
<PAGE>   4
1.100    "Compensation Deferral Contributions" means the amounts contributed to
         the Plan on behalf of Participants on and after November 30, 1985
         pursuant to Participants' elections under Section 2.020(a).

1.110    "Divested Component" means a component of the Company or of an
         Affiliated Company which ceases to be a component of the Company or of
         an Affiliated Company, by reason of its divestiture, or any action
         taken incident thereto.

1.120    "Effective Date" with respect to any hourly payroll described in
         Section 1.130 means the date set forth in Appendix A with respect to
         such payroll.

1.130    "Eligible Employee" means any Employee employed on an hourly payroll in
         a component of the Company or of an Affiliated Company to which the
         benefits of the Plan have been extended by the Board of Directors
         pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement which provides for
         participation in the Plan. Such payrolls and the effective dates on
         which the benefits of the Plan are extended to such payrolls are listed
         on Appendix A to the Plan.

1.135    "Eligible Retirement Plan" means:

         (a)      an individual retirement account described in section 408(a)
                  of the Code,

         (b)      an individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b)
                  of the Code,

         (c)      an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or

         (d)      a qualified plan (which is a defined contribution plan)
                  described in section 401(a) of the Code;

         which accepts an individual's eligible rollover distributions;
         provided, however, that in the case of an eligible rollover
         distribution to a Participant's surviving Spouse, only an individual
         retirement account or individual retirement annuity described in (a)
         and (b) above shall be deemed to be an Eligible Retirement Plan.

1.140    "Employee" means any person who is employed by the Company or by an
         Affiliated Company, including an Eligible Employee. Employee shall to
         the extent permitted by section 406 of the Code, be deemed to include
         any United States citizen regularly employed by a foreign subsidiary or
         affiliate of the Company.

1.150    "Equity Fund" means the fund established by the Trustee pursuant to
         Section 8.020(a).

1.160    "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as it
         may be amended from time to time.

1.170    "Guaranteed Investment Fund" means the fund established by the Trustee
         pursuant to Section 8.020(b).

                                       4
<PAGE>   5
1.180    "Money Market Fund" means the fund established by the Trustee pursuant
         to Section 8.020(c).

1.190    "Named Fiduciary" means the Plan Committee, the Plan Administrator, the
         Administrative Committee and the Trustee(s).

1.200    "Participant" means a person who has elected to participate in the Plan
         in accordance with Article II; provided, however, that such term shall
         include a person who no longer has an effective election under Article
         II only so long as he retains, under the provisions of the Plan, a
         nonforfeited interest in an Account under the Plan.

1.210    "Plan" means the Rockwell International Corporation Savings Plan for
         Certain Represented Hourly Employees as it may be amended from time to
         time.

1.220    "Plan Administrator" means the person so designated by name or
         corporate office by resolution of the Board of Directors.

1.230    "Plan Committee" means the Rockwell International Corporation Employee
         Benefit Plan Committee.

1.240    "Plan Year" means each twelve-month period ending on the last day of
         September, except that the first Plan Year with respect to any hourly
         payroll shall be the period from the Effective Date for such payroll
         through the last day of September, and the last Plan Year with respect
         to any hourly payroll shall be the period from the last preceding
         October 1 to the date on which the Plan shall be terminated with
         respect to such payroll.

1.250    "Rockwell Stock Fund" means the funds established by the Trustee
         pursuant to Section 8.020(d), including, effective February 23, 1987,
         the "Rockwell Common Stock Fund" and the "Rockwell Class A Stock Fund"
         unless the context otherwise requires.

1.255    "Transfer Contributions" means the amounts described in Section
         2.020(c) which are transferred to a Participant's Account in the manner
         provided in said Section 2.020(c).

1.260    "Trust Agreement" means the trust agreement established pursuant to
         Section 8.010 of the Plan.

1.270    "Trust Fund" means the fund, including the earnings thereon, held by
         the Trustee into which all contributions on behalf of the Participant
         are deposited pursuant to the Plan. The Trust Fund shall be divided
         into an Equity Fund, a Guaranteed Investment Fund, a Money Market Fund
         and a Rockwell Stock Fund.

1.280    "Trustee" means the trustee or trustees of the trust to be established
         pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan.

                                       5
<PAGE>   6
1.285    "Unit" means the unit of measurement of a Participant's interest in the
         Trust Fund. "Common Unit" means a Unit of the Rockwell Common Stock
         Fund attributable to Common Stock. "Class A Unit" means a Unit of the
         Rockwell Class A Stock Fund attributable to Class A Stock. Where
         appropriate, "Units" includes Common Units and Class A Units.

1.290    "Valuation Date" means any business day for which the Trustee shall
         determine the fair market value of Units of the Equity Fund, the Money
         Market, the Rockwell Stock Fund and each contract under the Guaranteed
         Investment Fund. The final stock-trading day of each month shall
         constitute the Valuation Date for that month.

                                       6
<PAGE>   7
                           ARTICLE II -- PARTICIPATION


2.010 PARTICIPATION

         (a)      An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in the Plan if
                  he has completed at least six months of employment.

         (b)      No contributions shall be made with respect to any Participant
                  after any of the following events until such Participant again
                  makes an election that is effective under subsection (a):

                  (i)      The Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee;

                  (ii)     The Participant receives a distribution of the entire
                           balance of his Account under Section 5.010(a) or (b);

                  (iii)    Contributions have been suspended under Article VI.

         (c)      No contributions shall be made with respect to any Participant
                  during any period of suspension of contributions described in
                  Section 6.010 or Section 6.020.

2.020 CONTRIBUTION ELECTIONS

An Eligible Employee who has notified the Company of his election to become a
Participant shall also:

         (a)      Elect to defer receipt of an amount (in whole percentages
                  only) equal to 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7% or 8% of
                  Compensation, which amounts shall be contributed as a
                  Compensation Deferral Contribution to the Participant's
                  Compensation Deferral Account; and

         (b)      Elect as provided in Section 2.050 whether the amount of such
                  Compensation Deferral Contributions shall be contributed to
                  one of the following investment options: (i) entirely to the
                  Equity Fund; (ii) entirely to the Guaranteed Investment Fund;
                  (iii) entirely to the Money Market Fund; (iv) entirely to the
                  Rockwell Stock Fund; or (v) one-half to the Money Market Fund
                  and one-half to the Rockwell Stock Fund.

         (c)      (i) With the consent of the Plan Administrator, whose consent

                  (1)      shall be given only in connection with the
                           termination of a qualified individual account plan
                           and related trust of a business organization the
                           stock, assets or business of which has been acquired
                           by the Company, and the extension of the Plan to such
                           business organization pursuant to Section 1.130, and

                                       7
<PAGE>   8
                  (2)      when given, shall extend to all participants in said
                           individual account plan, an Eligible Employee may, in
                           accordance with and subject to applicable provisions
                           of the Code, cause to be transferred to the Plan and
                           Trust Fund any portion of the balance credited to him
                           in such individual account plan and related trust if
                           any portion of such balance would have been payable
                           to him as a rollover amount under section 402(a)(5)
                           of the Code but for such transfer. Such balance shall
                           be transferred to the Plan entirely in cash and shall
                           constitute a Transfer Contribution. Transfer
                           Contributions shall not constitute Compensation
                           Deferral Contributions under this Section 2.020.

                  (ii)     Transfer Contributions shall be credited to the
                           Eligible Employee's Account as follows:

                           (1)      that portion of such balance attributable to
                                    employer contributions made pursuant to
                                    deferral elections under section 401(k) of
                                    the Code, which contributions remain subject
                                    to the provisions of said section 401(k)
                                    following transfer to the Plan, shall be
                                    credited to the Eligible Employee's
                                    Compensation Deferral Account and shall be
                                    designated as such in a manner determined by
                                    the Plan Administrator in order to ensure
                                    compliance with the requirements of said
                                    section 401(k);

            (d)     In addition to the elections and authorization set forth in
                    (a), (b) and (c), the Participant shall elect, as provided
                    in Section 2.060, whether the amount of any such
                    Compensation Deferral Contributions or Transfer
                    Contributions shall be contributed under one of the
                    following investment options: (i) entirely to the Equity
                    Fund; (ii) entirely to the Guaranteed Investment Fund; (iii)
                    entirely to the Money Market Fund; (iv) entirely to the
                    Rockwell Stock Fund; or (v) one-half to the Money Market
                    Fund and one-half to the Rockwell Stock Fund.

                                       8
<PAGE>   9
2.030 LIMITATION ON COMPENSATION DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

         (a)      Commencing January 1, 1987, with the respect to any
                  Participant, the aggregate amount in any calendar year of:

                  (i)      Compensation Deferral Contributions to the Plan,

                  (ii)     all elective deferrals under any other cash or
                           deferred arrangement as defined in section 402(g) of
                           the Code which are maintained by an Affiliated
                           Company, and

                  (iii)    all elective employer contributions to any simplified
                           employee pension as defined in and pursuant to
                           sections 408(k)(1) and (6), respectively, of the Code
                           which are maintained by an Affiliated Company,

                  may not exceed Seven Thousand Dollars ($7,000.00) or such
                  larger sum as may be established pursuant to section 402(g)(5)
                  of the Code.

         (b)      For purposes of this Section 2.030:

                  (i)      the term "Highly Compensated Eligible Employees"
                           means those Eligible Employees who are "highly
                           compensate employees" within the meaning of Code
                           section 414(q), which is incorporated herein by
                           reference. The Plan Administrator may determine those
                           Employees who are "highly compensated employees" for
                           purposes of this Section 2.030 in any manner
                           permitted by the said section 414(q) or by any
                           regulations duly promulgated thereunder, which are
                           together also incorporated herein by reference.

                  (ii)     the term "Average Deferral Percentage" for each group
                           of Eligible Employees with deferral elections under
                           Section 2.020(a) shall be the average of the
                           percentages, calculated separately for each Eligible
                           Employee in such group, of each such Eligible
                           Employee's compensation (as such term is defined in
                           section 414(s) of the Code) that he has elected to
                           defer pursuant to Section 2.020(a) for the Plan Year.
                           Eligible Employees who do not elect to make
                           Compensation Deferral Contributions shall be included
                           at zero percent (0%) in the Average Deferral
                           Percentage of each group.

                  (iii)    the term "Limitation Deferral Percentage" shall mean
                           the maximum deferral percentage in each Plan Year for
                           the group of Highly Compensated Eligible Employees
                           and shall be that percentage amount which does not
                           exceed the greater of:

                                       9
<PAGE>   10
                           (1)      the Average Deferral Percentage for all
                                    Eligible Employees other than Highly
                                    Compensated Eligible Employees multiplied by
                                    one and twenty five hundredths (1.25); or

                           (2)      the lesser of

                                    (A)      an amount which does not exceed the
                                             Average Deferral Percentage for all
                                             Eligible Employees other than
                                             Highly Compensated Eligible
                                             Employees by more than two (2)
                                             percentage points, or

                                    (B)      the Average Deferral Percentage for
                                             all Eligible Employees other than
                                             Highly Compensated Eligible
                                             Employees multiplied by two (2).

                           If any Highly Compensated Eligible Employee is a
                           participant in any other cash or deferred arrangement
                           within the meaning of section 401(k) of the Code
                           established or maintained by an Affiliated Company,
                           for the purpose of determining the Limitation
                           Deferral Percentage with respect to such Highly
                           Compensated Eligible Employee such other cash or
                           deferred arrangement shall be a part of this Plan.

         (c)      Prior to the beginning of, and periodically during, each Plan
                  Year the Administrative Committee shall test deferral
                  elections under Section 2.020(a) in order to determine whether
                  the Average Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated
                  Eligible Employees exceeds the Limitation Deferral Percentage.

         (d)      In the event that the Administrative Committee should
                  determine that Compensation Deferral Contributions made for
                  any Plan Year on behalf of the Highly Compensated Eligible
                  Employees would (if not reduced) cause the Average Deferral
                  Percentage of such Employees to exceed the Limitation Deferral
                  Percentage, the Administrative Committee shall report such
                  determination to the Plan Administrator, who shall refer such
                  determination to the Plan Committee. In such event, the Plan
                  Committee shall reduce the Compensation Deferral Contributions
                  elected by the Highly Compensated Eligible Employees so that
                  the Limitation Deferral Percentage is not exceeded for any
                  Plan Year. Such reduction shall be effective as of the first
                  payroll payment date in the month following such determination
                  and shall be made as set forth in subsection (d)(i) below, and
                  if necessary, subsection (d)(ii):

                  (i)      Highly Compensated Eligible Employees electing
                           Compensation Deferral Contributions in an amount
                           equal to 8% of Compensation under Section 2.020(a)
                           shall have their election reduced by 1%;

                  (ii)     Highly Compensated Eligible Employees electing
                           Compensation Deferral Contributions in an amount
                           equal to 7% of Compensation (including any 

                                       10
<PAGE>   11
                           Highly Compensated Employees whose elections were
                           reduced under subsection (d)(i)) shall have their
                           elections reduced by 1%. This process shall continue
                           until the Average Deferral Percentage for the Highly
                           Compensated Eligible Employees does not exceed the
                           Limitation Deferral Percentage.

         (e)      The reduced election of a Participant under Section
                  2.030(d)(i) or (ii), as applicable, shall be substituted for
                  the actual election of the Participant under Section 2.020(a)
                  and shall represent the percentage of Compensation that shall
                  be paid into the Plan on his behalf as Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions.

         (f)      The amount representing the additional amount of Compensation
                  that would have been contributed as Compensation Deferral
                  Contributions on behalf of the Participant absent the
                  limitations set forth in the Section 2.030 shall be paid to
                  the Participant.

         (g)      Reductions in Compensation Deferral Contributions made under
                  subsection (d) shall remain in effect for the remainder of the
                  Plan Year unless the Administrative Committee determines that
                  changed circumstances permit an increase in Compensation
                  Deferral Contributions. If the Administrative Committee makes
                  such a determination, the Plan Committee shall determine the
                  amount by which Compensation Deferral Contributions shall be
                  increased for the balance of the Plan Year.

         (h)      The Plan shall comply with the limitation on multiple use of
                  the alternative limitation as described in Treasury Regulation
                  1.401(m)-(2)(b).

         (i)      If multiple use of the alternative limitation does occur, it
                  will be corrected by requiring reduction in actual
                  contribution ratios of Highly Compensated Eligible Employees
                  who are eligible to participate in both arrangements in
                  accordance with subsections (d) through (g) of this Section
                  2.030.

2.040 CHANGES IN RATE OF COMPENSATION DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS

         Upon fifteen (15) days' notice a Participant may from time to time
         change his rate of Compensation Deferral Contribution. Such change
         shall be effective on the first payroll payment date following the
         expiration of the fifteen (15) days' notice period.

                                       11
<PAGE>   12
2.050 CHANGES IN INVESTMENT ELECTIONS.

            A Participant may make an election pursuant to Section 2.020(b)
            above or change such election effective with the first payroll
            payment date in April of any year by giving the Company notice
            thereof during the month of February of that year, and effective
            with the first payroll payment date in October of any year by giving
            the Company notice thereof during the month of August of that year.
            In such election, the Participant may also specify that all or any
            part of his Account then currently invested in any fund described in
            Section 8.020 shall be transferred from such fund to any other such
            fund; provided, however, that no such transfer of existing
            investments may be made to or from the Guaranteed Investment Fund
            except under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.060; and
            provided further, that any transfer from the Rockwell Stock Fund
            shall first be made from the Rockwell Common Stock Fund.

2.060 CONVERSION OF GUARANTEED INVESTMENT FUND ACCOUNT.

            A Participant with Units in the Guaranteed Investment Fund may
            elect, by providing written notice on a form provided by the
            Company, at least thirty (30) days prior to the Valuation Date upon
            which any contract under the Guaranteed Investment Fund or any
            interest guarantee period under any such contract expires, to
            convert his interest under such contract to Units in the Equity
            Fund, the Money Market Fund or the Rockwell Stock Fund. Such
            conversion shall be based on the value of Units in such respective
            funds as of the date of such expiration or the Valuation Date
            immediately preceding the transfer of funds, whichever is later. The
            transfer of funds pursuant to this Section shall be made by the
            Trustee within a reasonable period after such expiration or receipt
            of the funds. An election under this Section shall be irrevocable. A
            Participant making an election under this Section shall also
            indicate his election under Section 2.020(b) regarding investment of
            contributions made subsequent to the conversion described in this
            Section. The interest under a Guaranteed Investment Fund contract of
            a Participant who does not make an election under this Section shall
            continue to be invested in the Guaranteed Investment Fund.

2.070 DEPOSITS IN TRUST FUND.

            Contributions made hereunder shall be deposited in the Trust Fund
            and credited to the Participant's Account as soon as practicable.

2.080 NON-REVERSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

             At no time shall any part of the Plan revert to or be recoverable
             by the Company or be used for or diverted to purposes other than
             for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries.


                                       12
<PAGE>   13
              ARTICLE III -- MAINTENANCE AND VALUATION OF ACCOUNTS

3.010 PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNTS.

         A separate Account representing each Participant's interest in the
         Equity Fund, the Money Market Fund, the Rockwell Stock Fund and each
         contract under the Guaranteed Investment Fund shall be maintained by
         the Trustee (or by such other person or persons as the Plan Committee
         shall designate). Such separate Account shall contain sufficient
         information to permit, with respect to the Equity Fund, the Money
         Market Fund, the Rockwell Stock Fund and each contract under the
         Guaranteed Investment Fund, a determination of the dollar balance of
         such Participant's Account at any time in accordance with the
         provisions of Section 3.020 through 3.040 of this Article. Each such
         Account shall contain sufficient information to permit such other
         determinations as may be required to carry out the provisions of the
         Plan.

3.020 CREDITING OF UNITS TO ACCOUNTS; INITIAL UNIT VALUATIONS.

         The interest of each Participant in the Equity Fund, the Money Market
         Fund, the Rockwell Stock Fund and each contract under the Guaranteed
         Investment Fund shall be represented by Units allocated to his Account.
         The initial value of each Unit of the Equity Fund, the Money Market
         Fund and each contract under the Guaranteed Investment Fund shall be
         equal to the price at which such Units are offered by the Trustee or
         its affiliates to the public (in the case of the Guaranteed Investment
         Fund, to institutional investors) as of a date no later than the first
         Valuation Date following the day on which the initial investment is
         received by the Trustee in proper form for investment. The initial
         value of each Unit of the Rockwell Stock Fund shall be ten dollars
         ($10.00), and the initial number of shares of Common Stock which shall
         be represented by each Unit in the Rockwell Stock Fund shall be
         determined by the number of shares of Common Stock purchased by the
         Trustee with the initial investment in the Rockwell Stock Fund.
         Effective February 23, 1987:

         (a)      the Rockwell Stock Fund shall be divided into the Rockwell
                  Common Stock Fund and the Rockwell Class A Stock Fund.
                  Effective as of such date and each Valuation Date thereafter
                  until the date on which distribution of the stock dividend to
                  holders of Common Stock of record on February 23, 1987, shall
                  occur, the value of each Unit of the Rockwell Common Stock
                  Fund shall be determined in the manner provided in Section
                  3.030 as if such stock dividend had been distributed on
                  February 23, 1987.

         (b)      each Participant who has Units of the Rockwell Common Stock
                  Fund shall receive an equal number of Units of the Rockwell
                  Class A Stock Fund which shall be represented by the number of
                  shares of Class A Stock which the Trustee shall be entitled to
                  receive pursuant to the stock dividend to holders of Common
                  Stock of record on February 23, 1987, in respect of the shares
                  of Common Stock held of record in the Rockwell Common Stock
                  Fund on such date. Effective as of 

                                       13
<PAGE>   14
                  such date and each Valuation Date thereafter until the date on
                  which distribution of such stock dividend shall occur, the
                  value of each Unit of the Rockwell Class A Stock Fund shall be
                  determined in the manner provided in Section 3.030 as if such
                  stock dividend had been distributed on February 23, 1987.

         Contributions to and withdrawals from the Participant's Account shall
         be made by purchasing or selling Units of the Equity Fund, the Money
         Market Fund, the Rockwell Stock Fund and/or each contract under the
         Guaranteed Return Fund, as designated by the Participant in the manner
         provided by the Plan, and dividends on shares of Class A Stock which
         represent the Participant's interest in the Rockwell Class A Stock Fund
         shall be used to purchase Units of the Rockwell Common Stock Fund for
         him in accordance with such interest. The number of such Units which
         shall be purchased or sold, as the case may be, shall be that number of
         such Units which have a value as of the last preceding Valuation Date
         equal to the dollar amount of such contribution or dividend to, or
         withdrawal from, such fund, as the case may be.


3.030 UNIT VALUATIONS.

         No later than the first Valuation Date following the date of receipt by
         the Trustee of each deposit in proper form for investment in the fund
         concerned (or under the contract concerned, in the case of the
         Guaranteed Investment Fund) and as of each succeeding Valuation Date an
         amount equal to the fair market value of all property in such fund
         (other than dividends received that are attributable to whole shares of
         Common Stock or Class A Stock that were or are to be transferred to
         Participants subsequent to the record date for such dividend) or under
         such contract, in the case of the Guaranteed Investment Fund, shall be
         determined by the Trustee in such manner and on such basis as it shall
         deem appropriate, except that Class A Stock shall be deemed to have the
         same value per share as Common Stock. Such amount shall be divided by
         the total number of outstanding Units of such fund or under the
         contract concerned on the particular Valuation Date, thereby
         establishing a new Unit value. With respect to each fund, each
         contribution or other payment thereto or payment therefrom (or in the
         case of the Rockwell Common Stock Fund, each dividend on shares of
         Class A Stock held in the Rockwell Class A Stock Fund) after such
         Valuation Date and prior to or on the next Valuation Date shall be
         converted to Units of such fund by dividing such new Unit value into
         the amount of such contribution or payment (or, in the case of the
         Rockwell Common Stock Fund, dividend), and the individual Account of
         each affected Participant representing his interest in the fund or
         contract under his Account shall be credited or charged, as the case
         may be, with the Units so computed. The fair market value of each
         contract under the Guaranteed Investment Fund shall be equal to the
         principal amount held in such fund plus accrued interest.

                                       14
<PAGE>   15
3.040 BALANCE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT.

            As of any specified date, the dollar balance of the Account of each
            Participant representing the interest of each Participant in each
            fund or contract under his Account shall be determined by
            multiplying the number of Units in his current balance by the Unit
            value as of the last preceding Valuation Date in accordance with the
            foregoing. Only those contributions actually received by the Trustee
            will be considered in making valuations and determining account
            balances.

3.050 STATEMENTS OF PARTICIPANTS.

            Twice during each Plan Year the Plan Administrator (or if the Plan
            Administrator shall so determine, the Trustee) shall forward by mail
            to each Participant a statement, in such form as the Plan
            Administrator shall determine, setting forth pertinent information
            relative to each Participant's Account. Such statement shall, for
            all purposes, be deemed to have been accepted as correct unless the
            Plan Administrator (or the Trustee, as the case may be) is notified
            to the contrary by mail within sixty (60) days of the mailing
            thereof to the Participant.

                                       15
<PAGE>   16
           ARTICLE IV -- BENEFITS PAYABLE UPON TERMINATING EMPLOYMENT

4.010 VESTING.

         Each Participant shall at all times be fully vested in his Account.

4.020 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

         (a)      (i)      As soon as practicable after the Participant 
                           terminates employment with the Company and all
                           Affiliated Companies for any reason, including
                           disability which has continued for a period of at
                           least six (6) months, but in no event later than
                           sixty (60) days after the end of the Plan Year in
                           which such termination occurs, the Participant (or
                           his Beneficiary in the case of death) shall receive
                           all amounts described in paragraph (ii) of this
                           subsection.

                  (ii)     The amounts that the Participant (or his Beneficiary
                           in the case of death) shall receive under paragraph
                           (i) shall be as follows:

                           (1)      With respect to the Equity Fund, the
                                    Guaranteed Investment Fund, the Money Market
                                    Fund and, except as otherwise provided in
                                    subparagraph (2) below, the Rockwell Stock
                                    Fund, the Participant shall receive the full
                                    dollar balance of his Account in such funds.
                                    Such balance shall be determined in the
                                    manner provided by Section 3.040, by
                                    reference to the Units in such Participant's
                                    Account on the first Valuation Date
                                    following receipt by the Trustee of written
                                    notice of such termination, or in the case
                                    of disability, on the date all documentation
                                    determined by the Plan Administrator to be
                                    necessary to effect distribution from the
                                    Plan shall have been received by the Plan
                                    Administrator and the value of each Unit on
                                    such Valuation Date; provided, however, that
                                    in the case of Participants who hold one or
                                    more contracts under the Guaranteed
                                    Investment Fund such balance shall be
                                    determined in the manner provided by Section
                                    3.040 by reference to the Units in such
                                    Participant's Account on the Valuation Date
                                    for the first regularly scheduled
                                    distribution date from the Guaranteed
                                    Investment Fund following receipt by the
                                    Trustee of written notification of the
                                    Participant's termination and the value of
                                    each Unit on such Valuation Date.

                           (2)      With respect to the Rockwell Stock Fund, the
                                    Participant may notify the Company in
                                    writing no later than his effective date of
                                    termination of employment, or in the case of
                                    disability, the date all documentation
                                    determined by the Plan Administrator to be
                                    necessary to effect distribution from the
                                    Plan shall have been received by the Plan
                                    Administrator of his election to receive the

                                       16
<PAGE>   17
                                    dollar balances of his account in the
                                    Rockwell Common Stock Fund in shares of
                                    Common Stock and in the Rockwell Class A
                                    Stock Fund in shares of Class A Stock. In
                                    such event, the dollar balances that were in
                                    such Participant's accounts in such Rockwell
                                    Common and Class A Stock Funds as of the
                                    Valuation Date described in subparagraph (1)
                                    above (determined, in the manner provided by
                                    Section 3.040 by reference to the Units in
                                    the Participant's Account on such Valuation
                                    Date and the value of each Unit on such
                                    Valuation Date) shall be applied to Common
                                    Stock and Class A Stock, respectively. The
                                    Participant shall receive the maximum number
                                    of whole shares of Common Stock which could
                                    be purchased with such balance of his
                                    account in the Rockwell Common Stock Fund,
                                    and the maximum number of whole shares of
                                    Class A Stock which could be purchased with
                                    such balance of his account in the Rockwell
                                    Class A Stock Fund, both at the closing
                                    price of Common Stock as reflected on the
                                    New York Stock Exchange Composite listing on
                                    such Valuation Date (or, in the event such
                                    Valuation Date falls on a date on which for
                                    any reason there are no trades of Common
                                    Stock reflected on such listing, the last
                                    trading day preceding such Valuation Date).
                                    The Participant shall be paid in cash the
                                    amount remaining in such balances of his
                                    accounts in the Rockwell Common and Class A
                                    Stock Funds after reduction by the value,
                                    based on such closing price, of the whole
                                    shares previously described. In addition,
                                    the Participant shall be paid the dollar
                                    value of dividends received since such
                                    Valuation Date attributable to the number of
                                    whole shares of Common Stock and Class A
                                    Stock as described in this paragraph (2) and
                                    the dollar amount of any contributions to
                                    the Rockwell Stock Fund between such
                                    Valuation Date and the date of such
                                    termination.

                  (iii)    A Participant may make an irrevocable election at any
                           time during the thirty (30) day period ending on the
                           day immediately prior to the effective date of his
                           retirement pursuant to a retirement plan of the
                           Company or any Affiliated Company to remain in the
                           Plan without any further Compensation Deferral
                           Contribution until January 1 of the calendar year
                           following the effective date of such retirement, at
                           which time he shall receive all amounts provided in
                           paragraph (ii) above, valued as of the valuation date
                           immediately prior to such January 1.

                  (iv)     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
                           Section 4.020(a) or any other provisions of the Plan,
                           if the aggregate value of a Participant's Account is
                           in excess of Three Thousand Five Hundred Dollars
                           ($3,500) and the Participant shall not have attained
                           age seventy and one-half (70-1/2) at the time
                           distribution of his Account would otherwise be made
                           pursuant to paragraph (i) of this subsection, no such

                                       17
<PAGE>   18
                           distribution shall be made unless the Plan
                           Administrator shall first have obtained the
                           Participant's written consent thereto. In the event
                           such written consent shall not have been so obtained
                           by the time such distribution would otherwise have
                           been made pursuant to paragraph (i) of this
                           subsection, the Participant's Account shall be
                           retained by the Plan and the Participant, from and
                           after the date of his termination of employment,
                           shall be deemed to be a Participant whose
                           Compensation Deferral Contributions have been
                           suspended under Section 6.020, except that the
                           Participant shall not have the right to withdraw any
                           portion of the balance of his Account under Article
                           V. Distribution of the entire balance of the
                           Participant's Account pursuant to paragraphs (i) and
                           (ii) of this subsection shall be made following the
                           earlier of the date on which the Participant's
                           written consent to such distribution shall have been
                           obtained by the Plan Administrator or the date on
                           which the Participant shall have attained age seventy
                           and one-half (70-1/2), in the same manner as if the
                           Participant had terminated employment on such date.

                  (b)      Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.020 and
                           5.010(a) and (b), if an Employee attains age 70-1/2
                           on or after January 1, 1988, distribution of the
                           amounts described in paragraph (a)(ii) of this
                           Section 4.020 to such Employee shall be made not
                           later than April 1 of the calendar year following the
                           calendar year in which the Employee shall have
                           attained age 70-1/2. If such a Participant shall so
                           request in writing, the Plan Administrator shall
                           cause all or a portion of the amounts and shares of
                           Common and Class A Stock with respect to which the
                           Participant would be taxable under section 402 of the
                           Code (other than amounts and/or shares required to be
                           distributed at that time pursuant to the provisions
                           of section 401(a)(9)(A) of the Code) to be
                           transferred from the Trustee directly to the
                           custodian of an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by
                           the Participant. Such request shall be made by such
                           date as the Plan Administrator shall determine, but
                           in no event later than the said April 1 date. Prior
                           to effecting such transfer the Plan Administrator
                           shall require evidence reasonably satisfactory to him
                           that the entity to which such transfer is to be made
                           is in fact an Eligible Retirement Plan and that such
                           Eligible Retirement Plan may receive the distribution
                           in the forms required under this Section.

4.025 TRANSFER OF DISTRIBUTION DIRECTLY TO ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN.

         If a Participant, a Participant's spouse entitled to distribution
         pursuant to Article VII in the case of a Participant's death, or former
         spouse entitled to distribution pursuant to Section 9.150 shall so
         request in writing, the Plan Administrator shall cause all or a portion
         of the amounts and shares of Common and Class A Stock with respect to
         which the Participant would be taxable under section 402 of the Code to
         be transferred from the Trustee directly to the custodian of an
         Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant. Such request
         shall be made, in the case of a Participant, at the time his consent to
         such distribution shall be given to the Plan Administrator pursuant to
         Section 4.020(a)(iv), or at such later date as the Plan Administrator
         shall permit, or, in the case

                                       18
<PAGE>   19
         of the Participant's spouse or former spouse, at such time as the Plan
         Administrator shall determine. Prior to effecting such transfer the
         Plan Administrator shall require evidence reasonably satisfactory to
         him that the entity to which such transfer is to be made is in fact an
         Eligible Retirement Plan and that such Eligible Retirement Plan may
         receive the distribution in the forms required under this Article IV.

4.030    RESUMPTION OF PARTICIPATION.

         An Employee who has received a distribution under this Article shall be
         eligible to resume participation in the Plan only as provided in
         Section 2.010.

4.040    VALUATION DATES FOR WITHDRAWALS AND DISTRIBUTIONS PURSUANT TO DOMESTIC
         RELATIONS ORDERS.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IV or Article V, in
         the event that the Plan Administrator shall determine that a
         distribution of a Participant's Account pursuant to this Article IV or
         Article V has been delayed as a result of a pending or threatened
         domestic relations order, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the
         date on which such withdrawal or distribution is approved by the Plan
         Administrator pursuant to such order shall be substituted for the
         Valuation Date which would otherwise be applicable to such withdrawal
         or distribution pursuant to this Article IV or Article V.

                                       19
<PAGE>   20
                 ARTICLE V -- WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED; LOANS

5.010    WITHDRAWALS FROM PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT.

         (a)      Subject to such restrictions as the Plan Committee may
                  establish pursuant to Section 5.020, a Participant may
                  withdraw all or a portion of the balance of his Account if he
                  has attained age fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2).

         (b)      Subject to such restrictions as the Plan Committee may
                  establish pursuant to Section 5.020, an Employee who has not
                  attained age fifty-nine and one-half (59-1/2) may request
                  approval of the Administrative Committee to withdraw some or
                  all of the Units of his Compensation Deferral Account
                  attributable solely to his Compensation Deferral Contributions
                  and/or Transfer Contributions, excluding those Units thereof
                  which are attributable to earnings under the individual
                  account plan from which such Transfer Contributions were
                  transferred or distributed.

         (c)      In no event, however, may any Units attributable to income
                  allocated to his Compensation Deferral Account on and after
                  October 1, 1989 be withdrawn pursuant to subsections (b) and
                  (d) of this Section 5.010.

         (d)  (i) The Trustee shall, upon the direction of the
                  Administrative Committee, distribute all or a portion of the
                  Compensation Deferral Account of an Employee requesting a
                  withdrawal under subsection (b) prior to the time such Account
                  is distributable in accordance with Article IV hereof;
                  provided, however, that any such withdrawal shall be made only
                  if, and the amount of such withdrawal shall be limited to the
                  extent that, the Employee demonstrates that the withdrawal is
                  required as a result of a hardship and to pay any federal,
                  state or local income taxes and penalties reasonably
                  anticipated to result from such withdrawal. For the purposes
                  of this subsection (d) the term "hardship" shall mean an
                  immediate and heavy financial need of the Employee for which
                  the amount required is not reasonably available to the
                  Employee from other sources and which arises for one of the
                  following reasons:

                  (1)      the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) or
                           construction of a principal residence for the
                           Employee, or to prevent eviction from, or foreclosure
                           on the mortgage on, the Employee's principal
                           residence;

                  (2)      the incurring of obligations for

                           (A)      tuition, related educational fees and room
                                    and board expenses for post-secondary
                                    education of the Employee, his spouse or one
                                    or more of his children or other dependents
                                    (as defined in section 152 of the Code) to
                                    be incurred 

                                       20
<PAGE>   21
                                    during the twelve (12) month period
                                    immediately following the date of his
                                    request for distribution; or

                           (B)      expenses not covered by insurance which
                                    either have been previously incurred by the
                                    Employee for, or are necessary in order for
                                    the Employee to obtain, medical care (as
                                    described in section 213(d) of the Code) for
                                    himself, his spouse or one or more of his
                                    dependents (as defined in section 152 of the
                                    Code);

                           (C)      any other reason permitted under section
                                    401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code and is
                                    approved by the Administrative Committee.

         (ii)     Any determination of the existence of hardship, the reasonable
                  availability to the Employee of funds from other sources and
                  the amount to be withdrawn on account of such hardship shall
                  be made by the Administrative Committee on the basis of all
                  relevant facts and circumstances and in accordance with the
                  foregoing rules, as applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
                  manner. In making such determination, the Administrative
                  Committee may, if it is reasonable to do so in the light of
                  all relevant and known facts and circumstances, rely on the
                  Employee's representation that the hardship cannot be
                  relieved:

                  (1)      through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or
                           otherwise;

                  (2)      by reasonable liquidation of the Employee's assets,
                           to the extent that such liquidation would not itself
                           cause an immediate and heavy financial need;

                  (3)      by suspension of Compensation Deferral Contributions;
                           or

                  (4)      by other distributions (other than hardship
                           distributions) or loans (which meet the requirements
                           of section 72(p) of the Code) from the Plan and any
                           other plan maintained by an Affiliated Company or by
                           any former employer or by borrowing from commercial
                           sources at reasonable commercial rates.

(e)      A Participant may elect to have any withdrawal taken from his account
         in the Equity Fund, the Money Market Fund, the Guaranteed Investment
         Fund, or the Rockwell Stock Fund, or to have specified portions taken
         from his accounts in the Equity Fund, the Money Market Fund, the
         Guaranteed Investment Fund, the Rockwell Stock Fund; provided that any
         withdrawal from the Rockwell Stock Fund shall first be taken from the
         Rockwell Common Stock Fund. As soon as practicable after a withdrawal
         election is made, there shall be paid or transferred 

                                       21
<PAGE>   22
                  to the Participant cash determined in the same manner as under
                  Section 4.020 above (except that the date of withdrawal shall
                  be used for such determination in lieu of the date of
                  termination). In the absence of such election, such withdrawal
                  shall be made from his accounts in such Funds in the following
                  order: first, from his account, if any, in the Money Market
                  Fund; next, from his account, if any, in the Equity Fund;
                  next, from his account or accounts, if any, in the Guaranteed
                  Investment Fund; and finally, from his account, if any, in the
                  Rockwell Stock Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
                  of this paragraph (e), any withdrawal from his account or
                  accounts in the Guaranteed Investment Fund shall be taken in
                  reverse sequence by first exhausting his accounts in the most
                  recent contracts under such Fund.

         (f)      Withdrawals shall be in a minimum amount of $100 with respect
                  to the Equity Fund, the Money Market Fund, the Rockwell Stock
                  Fund or Guaranteed Investment Fund. A Participant may not make
                  a request for withdrawal within twenty-six (26) weeks of any
                  prior request for withdrawal; provided, however, that this
                  limitation upon the ability of such Participant to make a
                  partial withdrawal (including hardship withdrawals pursuant to
                  the provisions of Section 5.010) within twenty-six (26) weeks
                  of any prior request for a partial withdrawal shall be waived
                  by the Plan Administrator for the six-month period immediately
                  following any due declaration by the President of the United
                  States under applicable federal law that a particular
                  occurrence or situation constitutes a national disaster
                  condition, if such partial withdrawal is requested for a
                  reason associated with financial need of the Participant
                  resulting from the effects of the said condition. Payment of
                  withdrawal requests shall be made to the Participant as soon
                  as practicable.

5.015    TRANSFER OF DISTRIBUTION OR WITHDRAWAL TO ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN

         If a Participant entitled to a distribution or withdrawal under this
         Article V shall so request in writing at the time his election to
         receive such distribution or withdrawal is made or at such later date
         as the Plan Administrator may permit, the Plan Administrator shall
         cause all or a portion of the amounts and shares of Common and Class A
         Stock with respect to which the Participant would be taxable under
         section 402 of the Code to be transferred from the Trustee directly to
         the custodian of an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
         Participant. Prior to effecting such transfer the Plan Administrator
         shall require evidence reasonably satisfactory to him that the entity
         to which such transfer is to be made is in fact an Eligible Retirement
         Plan and that such Eligible Retirement Plan may receive the
         distribution in the forms required under this Article V.


                                       22
<PAGE>   23
5.020       LOANS

            As soon as practicable after January 1, 1990, the Plan Administrator
            shall establish written procedures pursuant to which any Employee or
            other "party in interest" (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) may
            apply for and receive from the Plan loans in accordance with such
            terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator may prescribe in
            writing consistent with the provisions of the Plan and applicable
            provisions of the Code and ERISA. Such procedures, terms and
            conditions shall require, in addition to such other written
            procedures, terms and conditions as may be established by the Plan
            Administrator not inconsistent herewith, that

            (a)     the amount which any Employee or other party in interest
                    shall be permitted to borrow from the Plan shall be based on
                    the aggregate of the value of his Account determined in
                    accordance with Section 3.030;

            (b)     no Employee or other party in interest shall be permitted to
                    obtain a loan from the Plan of less than One Thousand
                    Dollars ($1,000) or in an amount exceeding the lesser of

                    (i)       an amount which, when combined with all
                              outstanding loans to such Employee or other party
                              in interest from all other plans of all Affiliated
                              Companies, equals Fifty Thousand Dollars
                              ($50,000), reduced by the highest outstanding and
                              unpaid balances during the twelve (12) month
                              period immediately preceding the date on which
                              such loan is made of all prior loans to such
                              Employee or other party in interest from the Plan
                              and such other plans;

                    (ii)      one-half (1/2) the aggregate of the balances of 
                              his Account; or

                    (iii)     such amount, not exceeding the amounts described 
                              in (i) and (ii) above, as the Plan Administrator 
                              shall determine.

                    or to have more than a single loan from the Plan and all
                    other "qualified employer plans" (as such term is defined in
                    section 72(p)(4) of the Code) of the Company outstanding at
                    any one time.

            At such time as the Plan Administrator shall have established such
            written procedures, terms and conditions the Plan Administrator
            shall cause (1) an announcement thereof to be disseminated to all
            eligible Employees and other parties in interest, and (2) a copy of
            such written procedures, terms and conditions to be attached to and
            made a part of this Plan as Appendix C. Until the Plan Administrator
            shall have established such procedures, terms and conditions no
            Employee or other party in interest shall have any right to obtain a
            loan from the Plan. Once available to eligible Employees, however,
            all such loans shall be made available to all eligible Employees and
            other parties in interest on a reasonably equivalent and
            non-discriminatory basis.

                                       23
<PAGE>   24
                   ARTICLE VI -- SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS

6.010       VOLUNTARY SUSPENSION

            (a)     A Participant may at any time, upon fifteen (15) days'
                    notice, elect to have contributions suspended until further
                    notice. Suspension shall become effective not later than the
                    first payroll payment date following the expiration of the
                    fifteen (15) days' notice period.

            (b)     Subject to Section 2.010 and Section 2.020, a Participant
                    who has elected to have contributions suspended, may elect
                    to have contributions resumed upon fifteen (15) days'
                    written notice to the Company, effective the first payroll
                    payment date following the expiration of the fifteen (15)
                    days' notice period.

6.020       INVOLUNTARY SUSPENSION

            A Participant's Compensation Deferral Contributions for purposes of
            the Plan shall be suspended whenever:

            (a)     No payment of Compensation is made by the Company to the
                    Participant.

            (b)     The Participant, although an Employee, is not an Eligible
                    Employee.

            (c)     The Participant is transferred to a component of the Company
                    to which the benefits of the Plan have not been extended.

            (d)     The Participant's employment is terminated in order to
                    accept employment with any subsidiary or affiliate of the
                    Company to which the benefits of the Plan have not been
                    extended.

6.030       GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO SUSPENSIONS

            (a)     Suspensions of a Participant's Compensation Deferral
                    Contributions, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall not
                    affect his benefit and withdrawal rights, which shall be
                    determined in accordance with the provisions of Article IV
                    and V of the Plan.

            (b)     During the period of a Participant's suspension the Trustee
                    shall continue to adjust the Participant's Account as of
                    each Valuation Date during such period in accordance with
                    the provisions of Article III of the Plan.

            (c)     A Participant may not make up suspended Compensation
                    Deferral Contributions.

                                       24
<PAGE>   25
           ARTICLE VII -- DESIGNATION OF AND PAYMENT TO A BENEFICIARY

7.010       DESIGNATION OF A BENEFICIARY.

            Subject to the provisions of Section 1.040,

            (a)     if a Participant dies, payment of the benefits provided
                    under the Plan shall be made to such person or persons as he
                    has designated as his Beneficiary to receive such benefits
                    in the event of his death.

            (b)     a Participant may change his designation of Beneficiary at
                    any time by filing with the Plan Administrator (or such
                    other person as is designated by the Plan Administrator) a
                    request for such change. Such change shall become effective
                    only upon receipt of the request by the Plan Administrator
                    (or such other person as is designated by the Plan
                    Administrator) but upon such receipt the change shall relate
                    back to and take effect as of the date the Participant
                    signed such request; provided, however, that neither the
                    Company, the Trustee, the Plan Committee, the Plan
                    Administrator, any other named or unnamed fiduciary, nor the
                    Trust Fund shall be liable by reason of any payment made to
                    the Beneficiary theretofore designated before receipt of
                    such request.

            (c)     if no designation is effective pursuant to this Article or
                    if the Plan Administrator or Trustee shall have any doubt as
                    to the right of any Beneficiary or if the Beneficiary shall
                    predecease the Participant, the amount of such benefits may
                    be paid to the estate of the Participant, in which event
                    neither the Company, the Trustee, the Plan Committee, the
                    Plan Administrator, any other named or unnamed fiduciary,
                    nor the Trust Fund shall be liable to any other person or
                    entity with respect to such payment.

7.020       PAYMENT TO A BENEFICIARY.

            Upon receipt by the Plan Administrator (or such other person as is
            designated by the Plan Administrator) of evidence satisfactory to
            such person of the death of a Participant and of the identity and
            existence at the time of such death of the Participant's
            Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to pay
            the Participant's Account to the Beneficiary.

                                       25
<PAGE>   26
                        ARTICLE VIII -- TRUST AGREEMENT

8.010       ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST FUND.

            The property resulting from contributions made on behalf of all
            Participants shall be held as a Trust Fund by a corporate Trustee or
            Trustees selected by the Plan Committee pursuant to a Trust
            Agreement entered into between such Trustee and the Plan Committee.
            References in the Plan to the Trustee shall be deemed to be
            applicable with equal force to co-Trustees or successor Trustees who
            may be so designated.

8.020       INVESTMENTS.

            The Trustee shall establish:

            (a)     an Equity Fund which shall include all contributions made
                    with respect to Participants under the Plan and designated
                    as contributions to the Equity Fund, all property purchased
                    therewith and the proceeds and income from such
                    contributions and property, which property may consist of
                    any kind of property (real, personal or mixed) and every
                    kind of investment (specifically including, but not by way
                    of limitation, corporate obligations of every kind and
                    common or preferred stocks);

            (b)     a Guaranteed Investment Fund which shall include the Trust
                    Fund's interest in a contract or contracts providing a
                    guarantee of principal and a defined rate or rates of
                    earnings or interest on principal held pursuant to such
                    contract or contracts for a specified period of time, which
                    guaranteed earnings or interest is accrued monthly, and
                    which interest and principal are repaid to the Trustee in
                    accordance with the provisions of the Plan and such contract
                    or contracts;

            (c)     a Money Market Fund which shall include all contributions
                    made with respect to Participants under the Plan and
                    designated as contributions to the Money Market Fund, all
                    property purchased therewith and the proceeds and income of
                    such contributions and property, which property may consist
                    of treasury bills, treasury notes, treasury bonds, federal
                    agency obligations and other instruments of federal, state
                    or local government debt, all the foregoing to the extent
                    the same have stated maturities of not more than one (1)
                    year; and

            (d)     a Rockwell Stock Fund consisting of all cash contributed to
                    purchase Common Stock, all Common Stock so purchased and the
                    proceeds and income therefrom; provided, that effective
                    February 23, 1987, (i) the Rockwell Stock Fund shall be
                    divided into the Rockwell Common Stock Fund and the Rockwell
                    Class A Stock Fund, (ii) the Rockwell Common Stock Fund
                    shall consist of all cash contributed, and dividends on
                    shares of Class A Stock applied, to purchase Common Stock;
                    all Common Stock so purchased and the proceeds and income
                    therefrom, and (iii) the Rockwell Class A Stock Fund shall
                    consist of shares of Class A Stock received by the Trustee
                    as dividends on shares of Common Stock held in the 

                                       26
<PAGE>   27
                    Rockwell Common Stock Fund or on Class A Stock held in the
                    Class A Stock Fund. The Trustee shall use all cash in the
                    Rockwell Stock Fund only to purchase Common Stock. Purchases
                    may be made from or through any source (other than the
                    Company) including a Participant. Rights, options, or
                    warrants offered to purchase Common Stock may be exercised
                    but only to the extent that there is cash available in the
                    Rockwell Stock Fund for investment. To the extent they are
                    not exercised, the same shall be sold on the open market.
                    Rights, options, or warrants to purchase securities of
                    Rockwell International Corporation or its subsidiaries or
                    affiliates other than Common Stock shall be sold by the
                    Trustee on the open market.

            The Trustee shall keep records so as to segregate with respect to
            each Participant benefits derived from contributions on behalf of
            such Participant.

8.030       DUTY OF TRUSTEE AS TO COMMON STOCK AND CLASS A STOCK IN THE ROCKWELL
            STOCK FUND.

            (a)     Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8.030, the
                    Trust Agreement shall provide that the duty with respect to
                    the voting, retention, and tendering of Common Stock and
                    Class A Stock held in the Rockwell Stock Fund shall be
                    solely that of the Trustee, to be exercised solely in the
                    Trustee's discretion.

            (b)     The Trust Agreement shall provide that, with respect to any
                    matter as to which a vote of the outstanding shares of
                    Common Stock or Class A Stock is solicited by proxies,
                    consents or authorizations:

                    (i)       Each Participant shall be entitled to direct the
                              Trustee, and the Trustee shall solicit the
                              direction in writing of each Participant, as to
                              the manner in which voting rights of shares of
                              Common Stock or Class A Stock held in the Rockwell
                              Stock Fund as of the record date fixed for
                              determining the holders of Common Stock or Class A
                              Stock entitled to vote on such matter are to be
                              exercised with respect to such matter, and the
                              Trustee shall exercise the voting rights of such
                              shares with respect to such matter in accordance
                              with the last-dated timely written direction, if
                              any, of such Participant. In connection with the
                              solicitation of written directions from
                              Participants, the Company will cause to be
                              furnished to each Participant and the Trustee
                              notice of each occasion for the exercise of such
                              voting rights, an appropriate form on which such
                              written direction may be given, and a statement
                              containing the information that the Company
                              distributes to stockholders generally regarding
                              the exercise of such voting rights; and

                    (ii)      The Trustee shall vote (A) shares of Common Stock
                              held in the Rockwell Common Stock Fund as to which
                              no timely direction in writing has been received
                              pursuant to paragraph (i) of this subsection
                              proportionately in the same manner as the Trustee
                              votes the aggregate of 

                                       27
<PAGE>   28
                              all shares of Common Stock held in the Rockwell
                              Stock Fund as to which timely direction in writing
                              has been received pursuant to paragraph (i) of
                              this subsection (b), and (B) shares of Class A
                              Stock held in the Rockwell Class A Stock Fund as
                              to which no timely direction in writing has been
                              received pursuant to paragraph (i) of this
                              subsection (b) proportionately in the same manner
                              as the Trustee votes the aggregate of all shares
                              of Class A Stock held in the Rockwell Class A
                              Stock Fund as to which timely direction in writing
                              has been received pursuant to paragraph (i) of
                              this subsection (b).

            (c)     The Trust Agreement shall provide that, in the event of any
                    Tender Offer (as defined in Section 15.010):

                    (i)       Each Participant shall be entitled to direct the
                              Trustee, and the Trustee shall solicit the
                              direction in writing of each Participant, as to
                              the tendering or depositing of any shares of
                              Common Stock or Class A Stock held, and any shares
                              of Common Stock issuable on conversion of Class A
                              Stock held, in the Rockwell Stock Fund which
                              represents the interest of such Participant in the
                              Rockwell Stock Fund as of the Tender Date (as
                              defined herein) with respect to such Participant
                              and, except as limited by paragraph (iii) hereof,
                              the Trustee shall tender or deposit such shares
                              pursuant to any such Tender Offer in accordance
                              with the last dated timely written direction, if
                              any, of such Participant;

                    (ii)      Except as limited by paragraph (iii) hereof, the
                              duty with respect to the retention, tendering or
                              depositing of shares of Common Stock or Class A
                              Stock held in the Rockwell Stock Fund as to which
                              no timely direction in writing has been received
                              pursuant to paragraph (i) hereof shall be solely
                              that of the Trustee to be exercised solely in the
                              Trustee's discretion; and

                    (iii)     Shares of Common Stock or Class A Stock held, and
                              any shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion
                              of Class A Stock held, in the Rockwell Stock Fund
                              shall not be tendered or deposited by the Trustee
                              pursuant to any such Tender Offer until the
                              earlier of (A) immediately preceding the scheduled
                              expiration of the Tender Offer pursuant to which
                              such shares are to be tendered or deposited or (B)
                              immediately preceding the expiration of the period
                              during which such shares of Common Stock
                              (including shares of Common Stock issuable on
                              conversion of Class A Stock) or Class A Stock will
                              be taken up and paid for on a pro rata basis
                              pursuant to such Tender Offer or (C) the
                              expiration of 30 days from the date of the
                              Trustee's solicitation of Participants' written
                              direction pursuant to paragraph (i) hereof; and

                    (iv)      The duty with respect to the withdrawing of, or
                              other exercise of any right to withdraw, shares of
                              Common Stock held, and any shares of 

                                       28
<PAGE>   29
                              Common Stock issuable on conversion of Class A
                              Stock held, in the Rockwell Stock Fund which have
                              been tendered or deposited pursuant to any such
                              Tender Offer shall be solely that of the Trustee,
                              provided that the Trustee may solicit the
                              direction in writing of each Participant with
                              respect to whom any such shares of Common Stock
                              (including shares of Common Stock issued on
                              conversion of Class A Stock) or Class A Stock have
                              been tendered or deposited pursuant to any such
                              Tender Offer as to the withdrawing of, or other
                              exercise of any right to withdraw, such shares of
                              Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock
                              issued on conversion of Class A Stock) or Class A
                              Stock, and if such solicitation is made, the
                              Trustee shall act in accordance with the last
                              dated timely written direction, if any, of each
                              such Participant.

                    As used in this subsection (c) with respect to a
                    Participant, the term "Tender Date" means the date on which
                    the Trustee tenders or deposits any shares of the Common
                    Stock (including shares of Common Stock issued on conversion
                    of Class A Stock) or Class A Stock representing interests of
                    such Participant in the Rockwell Stock Fund in accordance
                    with this subsection (c).

8.040       FORM OF TRUST AGREEMENT.

            The Trust Agreement shall be in such form and contain such
            provisions as the Plan Committee may deem appropriate (consistent
            with the provisions of Section 8.020, Section 8.030 and Section
            15.030), including, but not limited to, provisions with respect to
            the powers and authority of the Trustee, the authority of the Plan
            Committee to amend the Trust Agreement and to terminate the trust,
            and a provision that at no time shall any part of the Trust Fund
            revert to or be recoverable by the Company (within the taxable year
            or thereafter) or be used for or diverted to purposes other than for
            the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries. The
            Trust Agreement shall be deemed to form a part of the Plan, and all
            rights and benefits that may accrue to any person under the Plan
            shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of the Trust
            Agreement. The Trustee may deposit amounts held in any of the funds
            comprising the Trust Fund in an interest bearing account or accounts
            including short-term fixed income commingled and collective
            investment funds in a bank or similar financial institution
            including without limitation the commercial banking department of
            the Trustee on a temporary basis pending either (1) investment of
            such amounts or (2) distribution of funds to Plan Participants.


                                       29
<PAGE>   30
8.050       RIGHTS IN THE TRUST FUND.

            Nothing in the Plan or in the Trust Agreement shall be deemed to
            confer any legal or equitable right or interest in the Trust Fund in
            favor of any Participant, Beneficiary or other person, except to the
            extent expressly provided in the Plan.

8.060       TRUST FUND VALUES.

            Neither the Company, the Board of Directors, the Plan Committee, the
            Plan Administrator nor the Trustee warrants or represents in any way
            that the value of Participants' Accounts shall increase or not
            decrease, each Participant assuming this risk as to his own Account.

8.070       TAXES, FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE TRUSTEE.

            (a)     Except as provided in subsection (b) below, the fees and
                    expenses of the Trustee and expenses of the Trustee's
                    counsel shall be borne by the Company and shall constitute a
                    charge on the Trust Fund until so paid; provided that unless
                    the Board of Directors shall by resolution provide to the
                    contrary the Company shall not, and in no event shall the
                    Trust Fund, pay any such Trustee or Trustee's counsel fees
                    or expenses incurred (1) in preparing for or prosecuting any
                    action against the Company, any member of the Plan Committee
                    or the Plan Administrator or (2) in defending or settling,
                    or satisfying a judgment relating to any proceeding either
                    arising out of any alleged misfeasance or nonfeasance in any
                    person's performance of duties with respect to the Plan or
                    arising out of any alleged wrongful act against the Plan.
                    Neither the Plan Administrator nor the members of the Plan
                    Committee shall be compensated from the Plan but may be
                    compensated for services rendered on behalf of the Plan by
                    the Company.

            (b)     Brokerage fees, investment management fees, commissions,
                    stock transfer taxes and other charges and expenses incurred
                    in connection with the management of the Trust Fund or
                    transactions relating to the acquisition or disposition of
                    property for or of the Trust Fund, or distributions
                    therefrom, shall be paid from the Trust Fund. Taxes, if any,
                    payable by the Trustee on the assets at any time held in the
                    Trust Fund or on the income thereof shall be paid from the
                    Trust Fund. Other expenses incurred hereunder to the extent
                    not paid by the Company, shall be paid from the Trust Fund.

                                       30
<PAGE>   31
                          ARTICLE IX -- ADMINISTRATION

9.010       GENERAL ADMINISTRATION.

            Authority to control and manage the operation and administration of
            the Plan shall be vested in the Plan Committee except to the extent
            that: (1) the Plan Administrator or the Administrative Committee is
            allocated any such authority under the Plan; or (2) any Trustee
            appointed pursuant to Section 8.010 may, pursuant to Article VIII,
            be granted exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control
            all or any portion of the assets of the Plan. The Plan Committee,
            the Plan Administrator, the Administrative Committee, and the
            Trustee(s) shall constitute the Named Fiduciaries of the Plan for
            purposes of ERISA.

9.020       PLAN COMMITTEE.

            The Board of Directors shall, from time to time, determine the size
            of the Plan Committee and appoint its individual members. The Plan
            Committee shall act, with or without a meeting, in a manner
            consistent with the rules and regulations adopted pursuant to
            Section 9.060(c).

9.030       PLAN COMMITTEE RECORDS.

            The Plan Committee shall keep such records and data as it shall deem
            appropriate and it shall from time to time file with the Board of
            Directors such reports as the latter may request. It shall be a
            function of the Plan Committee to keep records of the assets of the
            Trust Fund, based upon reports furnished by the Trustee, and the
            evaluations placed thereon by the Committee shall be final and
            conclusive. The records of the Plan shall be kept on the basis of a
            Plan Year beginning October 1.

9.040       FUNDING POLICY.

            The Plan Committee shall be responsible for determining a funding
            policy of the Plan consistent with the objectives for the Equity
            Fund, the Guaranteed Investment Fund, the Money Market Fund and the
            Rockwell Stock Fund and shall from time to time advise the Trustee
            of such policy.

9.050       ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF DUTIES UNDER PLAN.

            The Plan Committee, the Plan Administrator and the Administrative
            Committee shall each have the following powers and authorities:

            (a)     To designate agents to carry out responsibilities relating 
                    to the Plan, other than fiduciary responsibilities.

            (b)     To employ such legal, consultant, medical, accounting,
                    clerical and other assistance as it may deem appropriate in
                    carrying out the provisions of the Plan 

                                       31
<PAGE>   32
                    including one or more persons to render advice with regard
                    to any responsibility any Named Fiduciary or any other
                    fiduciary may have under the Plan.

9.060       PLAN COMMITTEE POWERS.

            In addition to any powers and authority conferred on the Plan
            Committee elsewhere in the Plan or by law, the Plan Committee shall
            have the following powers and authority:

            (a)     To allocate fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee
                    responsibilities) to one or more members of the Plan
                    Committee or to the Plan Administrator and to designate one
                    or more persons (other than the Trustee) to carry out
                    fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee
                    responsibilities). The term "trustee responsibilities" as
                    used herein shall mean responsibilities provided in the
                    Trust Agreement to manage or control the assets of the Plan.

            (b)     To determine the manner in which the assets of the Plan, or
                    any part thereof, shall be disbursed by the Trustee, except
                    that the making and retention of investments shall be solely
                    governed by the Trust Agreement.

            (c)     To establish rules and regulations from time to time for the
                    conduct of the Plan Committee's business and for the
                    administration and effectuation of its responsibilities
                    under the Plan.

9.070       PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

            In addition to any powers and authority conferred on the Plan
            Administrator elsewhere in the Plan or by law, the Plan
            Administrator shall have the following powers and authority:

            (a)     To administer, interpret, construe and apply the Plan and to
                    decide all questions which may arise or which may be raised
                    by any Employee, Participant, Beneficiary, or other person
                    whatsoever, and the actions or decisions of the Plan
                    Administrator in regard thereto, or in regard to anything or
                    matter otherwise within his discretion, shall be conclusive
                    and binding on all Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries,
                    and other persons whatsoever.

            (b)     To designate one or more persons (other than the Trustee) to
                    carry out fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee
                    responsibilities). The term "trustee responsibilities" as
                    used herein shall mean responsibilities provided in the
                    Trust Agreement to manage or control the assets of the Plan.

            (c)     To establish rules and regulations from time to time for the
                    administration and effectuation of his responsibilities
                    under the Plan including but not limited to, adoption of
                    forms under Section 9.170.

                                       32
<PAGE>   33
            (d)     The Plan Administrator shall have such other responsibility
                    as is designated by ERISA as the responsibility of the
                    administrator of the Plan and shall have such other power
                    and authority as is necessary to fulfill his
                    responsibilities under ERISA or under the Plan.

9.080       RELIANCE UPON DOCUMENTS AND OPINIONS.

            The members of the Plan Committee and the Administrative Committee,
            the Plan Administrator, the Board of Directors and the Company shall
            be entitled to rely upon any tables, valuations, computations,
            estimates, certificates and reports furnished by any consultant or
            firm or corporation which employs one or more consultants, upon any
            opinions furnished by legal counsel, upon any computation,
            estimates, and reports furnished by any consultants or consulting
            firms, and upon any reports furnished by the Trustee, and the
            members of the Plan Committee, the Plan Administrator, the Board of
            Directors and the Company shall be fully protected and shall not be
            liable in any manner whatsoever except as otherwise specifically
            provided by law for anything done or action taken or suffered in
            reliance upon any such consultant or firm or corporation which
            employs one or more consultants, Trustee, or counsel, and any and
            all such things done or such actions taken or suffered by the Plan
            Committee, the Plan Administrator, the Board of Directors and the
            Company shall be conclusive and binding on all Employees,
            Participants, Beneficiaries, and other persons whatsoever except as
            otherwise specifically provided by law. The Plan Committee and the
            Plan Administrator may, but are not required to, rely upon all
            records of the Company with respect to any matter or thing
            whatsoever, and to the extent they rely thereon, such records shall
            be conclusive with respect to all Employees, Participants, and
            Beneficiaries, except as otherwise provided by law.

9.090       REQUIREMENT OF PROOF.

            The Plan Committee, the Plan Administrator, the Administrative
            Committee, the Board of Directors or the Company may require
            satisfactory proof of any matter under the Plan from or with respect
            to any Employee, Participant, or Beneficiary, and no such person
            shall acquire any rights or be entitled to receive any benefits
            under the Plan until such proof shall be furnished as so required.

9.100       LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.

            (a)     Except as provided in Part 4 of Title l of ERISA, no person
                    shall be subject to any liability with respect to his duties
                    under the Plan, unless he acts fraudulently or in bad faith.

            (b)     No person shall be liable for any breach of fiduciary
                    responsibility resulting from the act or omission of any
                    other fiduciary or any person to whom fiduciary
                    responsibilities have been allocated or delegated, except as
                    provided in 

                                       33
<PAGE>   34
                    sections 405(a) and 405(c)(2)(A) or (B) of ERISA. No action
                    or responsibility shall be deemed to be a fiduciary action
                    or responsibility except to the extent required by ERISA.

9.110       INDEMNIFICATION.

            To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify the
            Board of Directors, the Plan Administrator, each member of the Plan
            Committee, each member of the Administrative Committee and any other
            employee of the Company with duties under the Plan against expenses
            (including any amount paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by him
            in connection with any claims against him by reason of his conduct
            in the performance of his duties under the Plan. Except in relation
            to matters as to which he has been guilty of willful misconduct in
            the performance of such duties, the foregoing right of
            indemnification shall be in addition to any other right to which any
            such Plan Committee member, Plan Administrator, Administrative
            Committee member, or other person may be entitled as a matter of law
            or otherwise.

9.120       MULTIPLE FIDUCIARY CAPACITY.

            Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary
            capacity with respect to the Plan.

9.130       EXPENSES.

            All costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan
            including the expenses incurred by the Plan Committee, the
            Administrative Committee and Plan Administrator shall be paid by the
            Company.

9.140       MAILING AND LAPSE OF PAYMENTS.

            All payments under the Plan shall be delivered in person or mailed
            to the last address of the Participant (or, in the case of the death
            of the Participant, to that of any other person entitled to such
            payments under the terms of the Plan) furnished pursuant to Section
            9.160 below. If the Plan Administrator cannot, by making a
            reasonably diligent attempt by mail, locate either the Participant
            or his Beneficiary, as the case may be, for a period of seven years,
            such Participant or Beneficiary shall be presumed dead. If payment
            cannot be made alternately to the estate of either and no surviving
            spouse, child, grandchild, parent, brother or sister of the
            Participant or his Beneficiary are known to the Plan Administrator
            or the Trustee or, if known, cannot with reasonable diligence be
            located, the amount payable shall be retained by the Trustee until
            the same can be distributed as required by applicable law.

9.150       NON-ALIENATION.

            (a)     Except as provided in subsection (b), no right or benefit
                    provided for in the Plan shall be subject in any manner to
                    anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, 

                                       34
<PAGE>   35
                    assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt
                    to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge,
                    encumber or charge the same shall be void. Except as may
                    otherwise be required or permitted by the Internal Revenue
                    Service, no such right or benefit shall be in any manner
                    liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities,
                    engagements or torts of any person entitled to such right or
                    benefit. No such right or benefit shall be subject to
                    garnishment, attachment, execution or levy of any kind. If
                    any Participant or Beneficiary shall become bankrupt or
                    shall attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer,
                    assign, pledge, encumber or charge such right or benefit, or
                    if the right or benefit to which such person may be entitled
                    should be held by any court to be subject to garnishment,
                    attachment, execution or levy of any kind, then in the
                    discretion of the Plan Administrator such right or benefits
                    shall cease and determine and the same shall be held or
                    applied, in whole or in part, to or for the benefit of such
                    Participant or Beneficiary or his spouse, children or other
                    dependents, or any of them, in such manner and in such
                    proportion as the Plan Administrator shall deem proper. Any
                    payment so made or applied shall be conclusively deemed to
                    have been made for the benefit of such Participant or
                    Beneficiary as the case may be.

            (b)     (i)       The non-alienation rule of subsection (a) shall 
                              apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition
                              of a right to any benefit payable with respect to
                              a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations
                              order (as defined in section 414(p)(1)(B) of the
                              Code), except that subsection (a) shall not apply
                              if the Plan Administrator determines that such
                              order is a qualified domestic relations order
                              under section 414(p) of the Code.

                    (ii)      Upon receipt of a domestic relations order, the
                              Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the
                              Participant and any other alternative payee of the
                              receipt of such order and the Plan's procedures
                              for determining the qualified status of domestic
                              relations orders.

                    (iii)     Within a reasonable period after the receipt of a
                              domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator
                              shall determine the qualified status of such
                              order, and thereafter notify the Participant and
                              each alternate payee of such determination. During
                              any period in which the issue of whether a
                              domestic relations order is a qualified domestic
                              relations order is being determined by the Plan
                              Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall
                              segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in
                              an escrow account the amounts which would have
                              been payable to the alternate payee during such
                              period if the order had been determined to be a
                              qualified domestic relations order.

                    (iv)      If within 18 months after issuance of the order,
                              the order is determined to be a qualified domestic
                              relations order, the Plan Administrator shall pay
                              the segregated amounts (plus interest thereon, if
                              any) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If
                              within 18 months (A) it is determined that the
                              order is not a qualified domestic relations order,
                              or (B) the issue as 

                                       35
<PAGE>   36
                              to whether such order is a qualified domestic
                              relations order is not resolved, the Plan
                              Administrator shall pay the segregated amounts
                              (plus interest thereon, if any) to the person or
                              persons who would have been entitled to such
                              amounts if there had been no order. Any
                              determination that an order is a qualified
                              domestic relations order which is made after the
                              close of the 18 month period shall be applied
                              prospectively only from the date of such
                              determination.

9.160       ADDRESSES.

            Each Participant shall be responsible for furnishing the Plan
            Administrator with his current address and the correct current name
            and address of his Beneficiary.

9.170       NOTICES AND COMMUNICATIONS.

            (a)     All applications, notices, designations, elections, and
                    other communications from Participants shall be in writing,
                    on forms prescribed by the Plan Administrator and shall be
                    mailed or delivered to such office as may be designated by
                    the Plan Administrator, and shall be deemed to have been
                    given to the Company when received by such office.

            (b)     Each notice, report, remittance, statement and other
                    communication directed to a Participant or Beneficiary shall
                    be in writing and may be delivered in person or by mail, in
                    which latter event it shall be deemed to have been delivered
                    and received by him when so deposited in the United States
                    Mail with postage prepaid addressed to the Participant or
                    Beneficiary at his last address of record with the office
                    designated by the Plan Administrator.

9.180       COMPANY RIGHTS.

            Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of
            employment between the Company and any Participant, or as a right of
            any Participant to be continued in the employment of the Company, or
            as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge any
            Participant.

9.190       PAYMENTS ON BEHALF OF INCOMPETENT PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES.

            In the event that the Plan Administrator or his designee shall find
            that any Participant or Beneficiary to whom a benefit is payable
            under the terms of the Plan is unable to care for his affairs
            because of illness or accident, is otherwise mentally or physically
            incompetent, or unable to give a valid receipt, the Plan
            Administrator may cause the payment becoming due to such Participant
            or Beneficiary to be paid to another person for his benefit without
            responsibility on the part of the Plan Administrator, the Plan
            Committee, the Administrative Committee, the Company, or the
            Trustee, to follow the application of such payment. Any such payment
            shall be a payment for the account of the Participant or Beneficiary
            and shall operate as a complete discharge of all liability 


                                       36
<PAGE>   37
            therefor under the Plan of the Trustee, the Company, the Plan
            Administrator, the Administrative Committee, and the Plan Committee.

9.200       WITHHOLDING OF TAXES.

            Any payment out of the Trust Fund may be subject to withholding for
taxes as required by law.

                                       37
<PAGE>   38
                        ARTICLE X -- PARTICIPANT'S CLAIMS

10.010      REQUIREMENT TO FILE CLAIM.

            (a)     A Participant wishing to make a withdrawal from the Plan
                    under Section 5.010 must file a written claim with the
                    person designated by the Plan Administrator. A claimant who
                    fails to reduce a claim to writing shall be deemed not to
                    have made such claim.

            (b)     Except as otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator, a
                    claimant will not be required to file a claim to be entitled
                    to a distribution under the Plan for any reason other than
                    those identified in subsection (a). However, a person who
                    fails to receive a benefit to which he claims to be entitled
                    under the Plan may file a claim in the manner described in
                    subsection (a).

            (c)     The person designated by the Plan Administrator shall
                    approve or deny in writing within thirty (30) days any claim
                    which has been filed with it.

10.020      APPEAL OF DENIED CLAIM

            (a)     A Participant whose claim has been denied as set forth in
                    Section 10.010(c) may appeal the denial to the Plan
                    Administrator by filing a written appeal within sixty (60)
                    days of the date of the denial.

            (b)     The Participant or his representative shall, for the purpose
                    of preparation of such appeal, have the right to inspect any
                    document relied upon by the person designated by the Plan
                    Administrator in denying the claim.

            (c)     The Plan Administrator or his delegate shall make a final,
                    full and fair review of any such decision which is appealed
                    to him. A decision which is not appealed within the time
                    herein provided shall be final and conclusive as to any
                    matter which was presented to the person making such
                    decision.

                                       38
<PAGE>   39
         ARTICLE XI -- MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION, MERGER AND TERMINATION

11.010      AMENDMENT.

            The Board of Directors may, at any time and from time to time, amend
            the Plan in whole or in part. However, except as provided in Section
            14.030 below, no amendment shall be made the effect of which would
            be:

            (a)     To cause any contributions paid to the Trustee to be used
                    for or diverted to purposes other than providing benefits to
                    the Participants and their Beneficiaries, and defraying
                    reasonable expenses of administering the Plan, prior to
                    satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Participants
                    and their Beneficiaries;

            (b)     To have any retroactive effect so as to deprive any
                    Participant or Beneficiary of any benefit to which he would
                    be entitled under the Plan if his employment were terminated
                    immediately before such amendment; or

            (c)     To increase the responsibilities or liabilities of any 
                    Trustee without its written consent.

11.020      TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES.

            The Plan Committee at any time may in its sole discretion without
            the consent of the Participant or his representative cause the
            Trustee to segregate part of the assets of the Trust Fund into one
            or more separate trust funds and designate a group of Participants
            whose benefits shall be provided solely from each such segregated
            fund. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion without the
            consent of any Participant or his representative, establish a
            separate plan to cover any such group of Participants. The initial
            terms and conditions of any such plan shall be identical to the
            extent such terms and conditions affect the rights of Participants
            under the Plan. Amendment to the Plan shall not be necessary to
            carry out the provisions of this Section 11.020. Any such transfer
            of assets and liabilities to another plan shall be expressly
            conditioned on the qualification of such plan and trust under
            sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code.

11.030      MERGER RESTRICTION.

            Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, the Plan shall not
            in whole or in part merge or consolidate with, or transfer its
            assets or liabilities to any other plan unless each affected
            Participant in the Plan would (if the Plan then terminated) receive
            a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or transfer
            which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been
            entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or
            transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

                                       39
<PAGE>   40
11.040      SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

            The Company may, without amendment of the Plan and without the
            consent of any Participant or representative of any Participant,
            suspend Compensation Deferral Contributions to the Plan as to all or
            certain Participants by action of the Board of Directors. In any
            event, the Company will suspend Compensation Deferral Contributions
            at any time when the amount of any contribution by it would be in
            excess of the earnings, including retained earnings, of the Company.
            Upon a suspension, the Plan Committee may, in its sole discretion
            permit the Trust Fund to continue to be held by the Trustee, or may
            segregate one or more parts of the Trust Fund, as provided in
            Section 11.020.

11.050      DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

            The Company may, by action of the Board of Directors, without
            amendment of the Plan and without the consent of any Participant or
            representative of any Participant, discontinue Compensation Deferral
            Contributions to the Plan as to all or certain Participants. Upon
            such discontinuance the Plan Committee may in its sole discretion
            segregate one or more parts of the Trust Fund, as provided in
            Section 11.020.

11.060      TERMINATION.

            The Plan Committee may terminate or partially terminate the Plan at
            any time. In the event of termination or partial termination the
            Plan Committee may, without the consent of any Participant or other
            person, but subject to the rights of Participants and other persons
            under the Plan, (i) permit the Trustee to retain all or part of the
            Trust Fund or (ii) distribute all or part of the Trust Fund to the
            Participants or their spouses or Beneficiaries.

11.070       VESTING UPON PLAN TERMINATION OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

             Upon complete or partial termination of the Plan or upon the
             complete discontinuance of contributions to the Plan, the rights of
             all affected Participants to the amounts credited to their Accounts
             shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable.


                                       40
<PAGE>   41
                      ARTICLE XII -- STATUTORY LIMITATIONS

12.010      ANNUAL LIMITS OF PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNT INCREASES.

            The amount allocated in each calendar year to any Participant under
            the combination of defined contribution plans of all Affiliated
            Companies cannot exceed the lesser of $30,000.00 (or such larger
            amount as may be established under section 415(d)(1)(B) of the Code,
            to reflect an increase in the cost of living) or 25% of the
            Participant's total compensation.

12.020      LIMITS AS TO COMBINED PLANS.

            In the case of a Participant who also is a participant in a defined
            benefit pension plan which is or was maintained by the Company or an
            Affiliated Company and to which section 415 of the Code applies, the
            limitation set forth herein shall be further adjusted in compliance
            with section 415(e) of the Code. In making such adjustment, the
            maximum benefit allowable shall be paid hereunder before applying
            the limitations on the defined benefit plan.

12.030      COMBINING SIMILAR PLANS.

            For purposes of this Article, all defined contribution plans which
            are required to be aggregated under section 414(b) of the Code shall
            be so aggregated and the limitation set forth herein shall be
            applied to the total amounts allocated under all such plans.

12.040      ADJUSTMENT TO COMPENSATION DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

            To the extent the Compensation Deferral Contributions elected by a
            Participant under Section 2.020(a) would, if made, cause the total
            amount allocated to a Participant in any calendar year to exceed the
            limitations set forth in this Article, such amount shall be paid as
            compensation to the Participant.

                                       41
<PAGE>   42
                          ARTICLE XIII -- MISCELLANEOUS

13.010      BENEFITS PAYABLE ONLY FROM TRUST FUND.

            All benefits payable hereunder shall be provided solely from the
            trust, and the Company assumes no responsibility for the acts of the
            Trustee, except as provided in the Trust Agreement

13.020      REQUIREMENT FOR RELEASE.

            Any payment to any Participant or his Beneficiary in accordance with
            the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full
            satisfaction of all claims against the Trustee and the Company, and
            the Trustee may require such Participant or Beneficiary, as a
            condition precedent to such payment to execute a receipt and release
            to such effect. If in the opinion of the Plan Administrator any
            present, former or future spouse of a Participant shall by reason of
            the law of any jurisdiction appear to have paid interest in the
            benefits that might, but for any election made by such Participant
            pursuant to the Plan, be or become payable to such Participant or
            his Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may, as a condition
            precedent to the making of such an election or revocation of such an
            election or as a condition of the continued effectiveness of any
            such election or revocation of such election, require such written
            release or releases, or such other proof in lieu thereof, as in his
            discretion he shall determine to be necessary, desirable or
            appropriate either to protect the rights of any such present, former
            or future spouse or to prevent or avoid any conflict or multiplicity
            of claims with respect to the payment of any benefits under the
            Plan.

13.030      TRANSFERS OF STOCK TO PARTICIPANTS.

            Transfers of Common Stock and Class A Stock from the Trustee to
            Participants pursuant to Article IV or V shall be made as soon as
            practicable, but neither the Company, any Named Fiduciary nor the
            Trustee shall have any responsibility for any decrease in the value
            of such stock between the Valuation Date used for determination of
            the number of shares to which the Participant is entitled and the
            date of transfer to the Participant by the transfer agent, nor,
            except as provided in Articles IV and V, shall the Participant
            receive any dividends, rights, options or warrants on such stock
            other than those payable to shareholders of record as of a date on
            or after the date of transfer to the Participant.

13.040      INTERPRETATION.

            The masculine gender shall include the feminine and the singular
            shall include the plural unless the context clearly indicates
            otherwise.

                                       42
<PAGE>   43
        ARTICLE XIV -- APPROVAL OF THE COMMISSIONER OF INTERNAL REVENUE

14.010      QUALIFICATION OF THE PLAN.

            The Company intends to preserve the qualification with and approval
            by the Internal Revenue Service of the Plan as a plan, Company
            Contributions to which are deductible by the Company for Federal
            income tax purposes. Should any amendment to the Plan cause the Plan
            as amended to fail so to qualify and obtain such approval, then in
            such event, the amendment to the Plan shall be deemed revoked and,
            as soon as practicable thereafter, the Plan shall be amended to the
            extent necessary to preserve such qualification and approval.

14.020      CONTINUATION OF THE PLAN.

            Continuation of the Plan is contingent upon and subject to retaining
            such approval of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue as the Company
            may find necessary.

14.030      MODIFICATION OF THE PLAN.

            Any modification or amendment of the Plan or the Trust Agreement may
            be made retroactively by the Company, if necessary or appropriate,
            to qualify or maintain the Plan as a plan and trust, meeting the
            requirements of applicable sections of the Code and of other Federal
            and State laws, as now in effect or hereafter amended or enacted.

                                       43
<PAGE>   44
  ARTICLE XV -- PLAN ADMINISTRATION IN THE EVENT OF THIRD-PARTY TENDER OFFERS

15.010      APPLICABILITY.

            The provisions of this Article XV shall take effect only as of the
            date of the first tender or deposit by the Trustee of any share of
            Common Stock (including any share of Common Stock issued on
            conversion of Class A Stock) and Class A Stock pursuant to any
            Tender Offer (as herein defined) in accordance with the Trust
            Agreement as provided in Section 8.030(c) and shall remain in effect
            thereafter unless and until (a) each share of Common Stock
            (including any share of Common Stock issued on conversion of Class A
            Stock) and Class A Stock held in the Rockwell Stock Fund which has
            been tendered or deposited in accordance with the Trust Agreement as
            provided in Section 8.030(c) pursuant to such Tender Offer or any
            subsequent Tender Offer commenced while the provisions of this
            Article XV are in effect has been effectively withdrawn by or
            otherwise returned to the Trustee and (b) the certificate
            representing each share is in the possession of the Trustee. As used
            in this Article XV, the term "Tender Offer" means any tender offer
            for, or request or invitation for tenders of, the Common Stock
            and/or Class A Stock subject to Section 14(d)(1) of the Securities
            Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any regulation thereunder,
            except for any such tender offer or request or invitation for
            tenders made by the Company or any Affiliated Company.

15.020      ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.

            While the provisions of this Article XV are in effect:

            (a)   the term "Sub Fund" shall mean the fund established by the
                  Trustee pursuant to Section 15.030(a).

            (b)   in lieu of the definition set forth in Section 1.010, the term
                  "Account" or "Compensation Deferral Account" means the
                  account, with respect to a Participant, that is comprised of
                  or attributable to contributions made on behalf of or with
                  respect to the Participant under Article II, including, but
                  not limited to, Transfer Contributions as defined in Section
                  1.255, adjusted by gains or losses related to the investment
                  of such contributions.

            (c)   in lieu of the definition set forth in Section 1.270, the term
                  "Trust Fund" shall mean the fund, including the earnings
                  thereon, held by the Trustee into which all contributions
                  attributable to the Participant and the Company are deposited
                  pursuant to the Plan. The Trust Fund shall be divided into an
                  Equity Fund, Guaranteed Investment Fund, a Money Market Fund,
                  a Rockwell Stock Fund and a Sub Fund.

                                       44
<PAGE>   45
15.030      ESTABLISHMENT AND INVESTMENT OF THE SUB FUND.

            While the provisions of this Article XV are in effect:

            (a)   the Trustee shall establish a Sub Fund consisting of any cash,
                  securities or other consideration received by the Trustee as
                  payment for shares of Common Stock (including any shares of
                  Common Stock issued on conversion of Class A Stock) or Class A
                  Stock previously held in the Rockwell Stock Fund which were
                  tendered or deposited in accordance with the Trust Agreement
                  as provided in Section 8.030(c), all property purchased
                  therewith and the proceeds and income therefrom.

            (b)   the Trustee shall use all cash in the Sub Fund only to
                  purchase the kinds of instruments of debt with maturity of not
                  more than one year in which the Trustee may invest and
                  reinvest the principal and income of the Money Market Fund
                  pursuant to Section 8.020(c) and shall so invest and reinvest
                  the principal thereof and income thereon. Dividends, income
                  and other distributions received on, and proceeds from the
                  sale or other disposition of, any securities or other
                  consideration held by the Trustee for Participants in the Sub
                  Fund pursuant to a tender or deposit of shares of Common Stock
                  (including any shares of Common Stock issued on conversion of
                  Class A Stock) or Class A Stock in accordance with the Trust
                  Agreement as provided in Section 8.030(c) shall be similarly
                  invested and reinvested.

            (c)   the funding policy of the Plan determined by the Plan
                  Committee pursuant to Section 9.040 shall be consistent with
                  the objectives for the Sub Fund.

15.040      MAINTENANCE AND VALUATION OF SUB FUND; CORRESPONDING REDUCTIONS OF 
            ROCKWELL STOCK FUND.

            While the provisions of this Article XV are in effect:

            (a)   a separate account representing each Participant's interest in
                  the Sub Fund shall be maintained. Such separate account shall
                  contain sufficient information to permit with respect to the
                  Sub Fund a determination of the dollar balance of such
                  Participant's Account at any time in accordance with the Unit
                  valuation described in subsections (b), (c) and (d) hereof.
                  Such separate account shall contain sufficient information to
                  permit such other determinations as may be required to carry
                  out the provisions of the Plan.

            (b)   the interest of each Participant in the Sub Fund shall be
                  represented by Units allocated to his Account. The initial
                  value of each Unit to be allocated to his Account in respect
                  of amounts held by the Trustee in the Sub Fund shall be One
                  Dollar ($1.00), and Units shall be credited to each
                  Participant on such basis for amounts received by the Trustee
                  on his behalf prior to the first Valuation Date following the
                  first receipt by the Trustee of cash, securities or other
                  consideration 

                                       45
<PAGE>   46
                  for shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common
                  Stock issued on conversion of Class A Stock) or Class A Stock
                  previously representing his interest in the Rockwell Stock
                  Fund which were tendered or deposited in accordance with the
                  Trust Agreement as provided in Section 8.030(c). Each receipt
                  on behalf of a Participant of cash, securities or other
                  consideration for shares of Common Stock (including any shares
                  of Common Stock issued on conversion of Class A Stock) or
                  Class A Stock previously representing his interest in the
                  Rockwell Stock Fund which were tendered or deposited in
                  accordance with the Trust Agreement as provided in Section
                  8.030(c) or each payment to a Participant from the Sub Fund
                  shall result in a credit or charge to the affected Account of
                  the Participant equal to the number of Units received or paid
                  as the case may be.

            (c)   as of the Valuation Date next following the first deposit into
                  the Sub Fund and as of each succeeding Valuation Date, an
                  amount equal to the fair market value of all property in such
                  fund shall be determined by the Trustee in such manner and on
                  such basis as it shall deem appropriate. Such amount shall be
                  divided by the total number of Units credited to all
                  Participants in each such fund, thereby establishing a new
                  Unit value. With respect to such fund, each receipt therein or
                  payment therefrom after such Valuation Date shall be converted
                  to Units by dividing such new Unit value into the amount of
                  such receipt or payment and the Account of the Participant
                  shall be credited or charged, as the case may be, with the
                  portion of the number of Units so computed properly
                  attributable to such Participant.

            (d)   as of any specified date, the dollar balance of the individual
                  Account of each Participant in the Sub Fund shall be
                  determined in the same manner as under Section 3.040. (but
                  using for such determination amounts received by the Trustee
                  in respect of the Sub Fund in lieu of contributions).

            (e)   the Participant's Account in the Rockwell Stock Fund shall be
                  reduced as of each date on which the Trustee receives cash,
                  securities or other consideration for shares of Common Stock
                  (including any shares of Common Stock issued on conversion of
                  Class A Stock) or Class A Stock previously representing some
                  or all of his interest in the Rockwell Stock Fund which were
                  tendered or deposited in accordance with the Trust Agreement
                  as provided in Section 8.030(c) by the number of Units which
                  bears the same relation to the number of Units credited to
                  such Account immediately prior to the tender or deposit of
                  such shares as the portion of his interest in the Rockwell
                  Stock Fund in respect of which such shares were tendered bore
                  to his entire interest in the Rockwell Stock Fund immediately
                  prior to the tender or deposit of such shares.


                                       46
<PAGE>   47
15.050      BENEFITS PAYABLE FROM THE SUB FUND

            While the provisions of this Article XV are in effect:

            (a)   For purposes of Section 4.020(a):

                  (i)   The full dollar balance of the Participant's Accounts in
                        the Sub Fund shall be deemed to be described in
                        paragraph (2) thereof, and such balance shall be deemed
                        to be an amount that the Participant (or his Beneficiary
                        in the case of death) shall receive under paragraph (1)
                        thereof. Such balance shall be determined, in the manner
                        provided by Section 15.040(d), by reference to the Units
                        in each such Account on the date of the Participant's
                        termination of employment.

                  (ii)  The amounts set forth in subparagraph (ii) of paragraph
                        (a) of Section 4.020 shall be amounts that the
                        Participant (or his Beneficiary in the case of death,
                        shall receive under paragraph (1) thereof; provided,
                        however, that no share of Common Stock (including any
                        share of Common Stock issued on conversion of Class A
                        Stock) or Class A Stock representing a Participant's
                        interest in the Rockwell Stock Fund which, as of the
                        date of such Participant's termination of employment,
                        has been tendered or deposited in accordance with the
                        Trust Agreement as provided in Section 8.030(c) shall be
                        transferred to such Participant (or his Beneficiary in
                        the case of death) pursuant to Section 4.020(a)(i)
                        unless and until such share has been effectively
                        withdrawn by or otherwise returned to the Trustee and
                        the certificate representing such share is in the
                        possession of the Trustee; and provided, further,
                        however, that there shall be paid or transferred to such
                        Participant (or his Beneficiary in the case of death)
                        any and all cash, securities or other consideration
                        received by the Trustee for whole shares of Common Stock
                        (including any shares of Common Stock issued on
                        conversion of Class A Stock) or Class A Stock previously
                        representing such Participant's interest in the Rockwell
                        Stock Fund as of the Valuation Date immediately
                        preceding the date of such termination and which were
                        tendered or deposited in accordance with the Trust
                        Agreement as provided in Section 8.030(c) as soon as
                        practicable after the receipt of such cash, securities
                        or other consideration by the Trustee.

15.060      WITHDRAWALS FROM A PARTICIPANT'S COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ACCOUNT UNDER
            SECTION 5.010

            While the provisions of this Article XV are in effect:

            (a)   for purposes and subject to the provisions of Section
                  5.010(d), a Participant may elect to have any withdrawal from
                  his Compensation 

                                       47
<PAGE>   48
                  Deferral Account taken from any of the funds as set forth in
                  Section 5.010(e) or from his Compensation Deferral Account in
                  the Sub Fund, or to have a specified portion taken from any of
                  the funds as set forth in Section 5.010(e) and a specified
                  portion taken from any two or more of the above funds.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection
                  (2), and subject only to the provisions of Section 5.010(e),
                  any withdrawal from his account or accounts in the Guaranteed
                  Investment Fund shall be taken in reverse sequence by first
                  exhausting his accounts in the most recent contracts under
                  such Fund.

            (b)   partial withdrawals pursuant to Section 5.010 shall be in a
                  minimum amount of $100 with respect to the Sub Fund.

                                       48
<PAGE>   49
                          DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATOR

                       ROCKWELL INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION



                                ADVICE OF ACTION


To:  THOSE CONCERNED                                          Date   7/1/87

Subject:  REDESIGNATION OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

You are hereby notified of action taken as follows:

                  By                                     BOARD OF DIRECTORS


                  Place of Meeting                       Pittsburgh, PA


                  Date of Meeting                        July 1, 1987

RESOLVED, that, effective June 1, 1987, the Director, Benefits Administration,
be, and he hereby is, appointed for all purposes contemplated by the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, the "administrator" of each
of the Corporation's employee benefit plans, and in such capacity is hereby
designated Plan Administrator.

                                    * * * * *

I, Charles H. Harff, Secretary of Rockwell International Corporation, hereby
certify that the foregoing resolution was duly adopted by the Board of Directors
at a meeting held in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, on July 1, 1987 and that the same
is in full force and effect.



                                                         /s/ Charles H. Harff
                                                         Secretary

                                       49
<PAGE>   50
                                   APPENDIX A
               APPENDIX A -- ELIGIBLE PAYROLLS AND EFFECTIVE DATES


ELIGIBLE PAYROLL                                      EFFECTIVE DATE

UAW Los Angeles Area Unit (Local 887)               November 30, 1985
UAW Palmdale Area Unit (Local 887)                  November 30, 1985
UAW Weedpatch Area Unit (Local 887)                 November 30, 1985
UAW Manufacturing Planning and
            Tool Design Unit (Local 887)            November 30, 1985
UAW Tulsa Area Unit (Local 952)                     November 30, 1985
UAW Santa Susana Field Laboratory
            Area Unit (Local 1519)                  November 30, 1985
UAW Edwards Field Laboratory Area
            Unit (Local 1519)                       November 30, 1985
UAW McAlester Area Unit (Local 1558)                November 30, 1985
SMWIA Weldors (Local 461)                           November 30, 1985
IUOE Operating Engineers (Local 501)                November 30, 1985
UIPFA Police & Fireman                              November 30, 1985
Painters (Local 36)                                 November 30, 1985
Industrial Carpenters (Local 530)                   November 30, 1985
UPGWA Tulsa Guards (Local 801)                      November 30, 1985
IBT Teamsters (Locals 578 and 952)                  November 30, 1985
IBEW Electricians (Local 2295)                      November 30, 1985

                                       50
<PAGE>   51
                                   APPENDIX B
            PROCEDURES FOR DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AGE 70-1/2


This procedure applies only to Participants who have become age 70-1/2 on or
after January 1, 1988:

            1. Commencing no later than January 31, 1990, each such Participant
shall receive a complete distribution of his or her Account in the Plan in
accordance with Section 5.020 of the Plan valued as of December 31, 1989. No
later than January 31 of each year thereafter, each Participant who, as of
December 31 of that year has attained age 70-1/2 will also receive a complete
distribution of his or her Account in the Plan valued as of the immediately
preceding December 31.

            2. Applicable waivers for Federal and State income tax purposes must
be completed and returned to the Company's Administrative Services Center by no
later than ten (10) days prior to January 31 of each year in order to prevent
Federal and, if applicable, state income taxes from being withheld from
distributions.

            3. Distributions pursuant to Paragraph 1 shall not affect any
existing elections by such Participants to continue making contributions to the
Plan, all of which shall be invested in accordance with the provisions of
Article II. Compensation Deferral Contributions made to the Plan during each
calendar year by such Participants, together with earnings thereon, will be
distributed the following year in accordance with Paragraph 1.


Approved, 12/5, 1990:


     /s/  L. A. Felix, Jr.
    ------------------------------------
      L. A. Felix, Jr.
     Plan Administrator

                                       51
<PAGE>   52
                                   APPENDIX C
                   PROCEDURES, TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LOANS

Pursuant to Section 5.020 of the Plan, the Plan Administrator hereby adopts the
following amended procedures, terms and conditions for the granting and
administration of loans from the Plan to be effective October 1, 1993:

Eligibility for Loan: To be eligible to obtain a loan from the Plan, an Employee
must have an Account balance with the Plan and be employed on an active payroll
of an Affiliated Company at the time he applies for a loan. A "party in
interest" (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) who has an Account balance with
the Plan, but who is not an Employee, shall be eligible to obtain a loan only if
he can provide an agreement by his current employer to deduct and remit to
Savings Plan Loan Administration the required loan repayments. However, an
Employee or other party in interest may not obtain a loan from the Plan prior to
the expiration of the greater of the following periods of time following a
default on another loan from the Plan or any other Company sponsored savings
plan: one (1) year or a period of time equal to the original term of the
defaulted loan.

Number of Loans Permitted at Any One Time; Minimum Amount of Loan: Only a single
loan is permitted to be outstanding from all Company sponsored savings plans at
any one time. Any Employee or other party in interest who has an outstanding
loan with the Plan or any other Company sponsored savings plan will be required
to repay the loan in full before applying for another loan from the Plan. Each
loan must be in the minimum amount of $1,000.

Maximum Amount of Loan: The amount which any Employee or other party in interest
shall be permitted to borrow from the Plan shall be based on the aggregate of
the value of his Account determined in accordance with Section 3.030 of the Plan
and may not exceed the lesser of an amount which, when combined with all
outstanding loans to such Employee or other party in interest from all other
plans of all Affiliated Companies, equals Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000),
reduced by the highest outstanding and unpaid balances during the twelve (12)
month period immediately preceding the date on which such loan is made of all
prior loans to such Employee or other party in interest from the Plan and such
other plans; or one-half (1/2) the aggregate of the balances of his Account.

The maximum amount of any loan will be further limited to an amount which, at
the applicable rate of interest, will result in a monthly repayment collected in
four (4) weekly deductions not in excess of the net earnings, after all
applicable statutory withholdings, deductions for employee benefits and pre-tax
contributions to the Plan, but before other deductions for credit union, savings
bond and other savings and charitable deductions, of the Employee or other party
in interest for the weeks in which the loan repayment is to be deducted.

Loan Applications: Initial loan application forms will consist of an application
form and a repayment worksheet, both in form approved by the Plan Administrator,
and may be obtained from any Benefits Representative or Payroll Department. The
loan application form must be completed and signed by the Employee or other
party in interest and returned to the applicable 

                                       52
<PAGE>   53
Benefits Representative or Payroll Department, which will review the forms to
determine eligibility and, if approved, forward them to:

            Savings Plan Loan Administration
            Rockwell International Corporation
            P. O. Box 2837
            Seal Beach, California   90740

for processing. If the loan is approved by the Savings Plan Loan Administrator,
a promissory note, payroll deduction authorization and Truth In Lending
statement, together with a letter notifying the applicant of the approval of the
loan, all in form approved by the Plan Administrator, will be prepared and
forwarded to the applicant for execution. These forms must be executed by the
applicant and returned to Savings Plan Loan Administration within thirty (30)
days after the date of the letter approving the loan or the application will be
deemed withdrawn.

Source of Loan Funds: Each loan will be funded by withdrawing the required
amounts from the Plan account(s) of the Employee or other party in interest
specified in his loan application form. Each such account will be credited with
a receivable equal to the amount withdrawn, the aggregate of which receivables
will be evidenced by the promissory note of the Employee or other party in
interest for the amount of the loan.

Determination of Interest Rate to be Charged for Loans: The interest rate to be
charged for loans will be the rate determined by the Plan Administrator as
equivalent to the rate of interest charged by Wells Fargo for secured loans
comparable to loans from the Plan at the time the loan from the Plan is
approved. The Plan Administrator has determined that Wells Fargo's prime rate of
interest plus 1% represents an appropriate rate of interest under this standard.

Term of Loan: Loans will be permitted for terms of 12, 24, 36, 48 or 60 months
for loans other than those for the purpose of purchasing a primary residence.
Loans for the purpose of purchasing a primary residence will be permitted for a
term of 120 months.

Repayments: Beginning with the first payroll payment in October 1993, current
loans will be converted from monthly to weekly paycheck deductions, totalling
the prior monthly amount. Repayments for loans obtained by Employees beginning
October 1993 will be deducted from the Employee's weekly paycheck. If a paycheck
is insufficient to cover the full amount of the loan repayment, no deduction
will be made, and the repayment will be deducted from the Employee's next weekly
paycheck. Loan repayment schedules for parties in interest who are not Employees
will be developed on an individual basis, but parallelling as closely as
possible the loan repayment schedules for Employees.

Prepayments: Subject to the limitations described in this paragraph, a
Participant may prepay at any time the full unpaid balance of his loan. Partial
prepayments in excess of scheduled payroll deductions will not be accepted. No
prepayments will be accepted within twelve (12) months

                                       53
<PAGE>   54
after the date of the loan unless the borrower is an Employee and terminates
employment within such twelve (12) month period, in which case prepayment may be
made at any time following the date written notice is given to him by the
Company or an Affiliated Company or by him to the Company or an Affiliated
Company and prior to his date of termination.

Missed Payments: If a payment is not made in any month, interest will continue
to accrue on such missed payment and subsequent payments will be applied first
to accrued and unpaid interest and then to principal. A notice will be mailed to
the last known address of the Participant on each occasion of a missed payment
(until three (3) consecutive monthly payments have been missed) stating the
amount of the missed payment(s), that the missed payment(s) will be deducted
from his next paycheck, that if three (3) consecutive monthly payments are
missed the loan will be considered in default, and that, upon default, the
unpaid balance of the loan and all accrued and unpaid interest will be
considered as taxable income.

Termination of Employment: If an Employee or other party in interest terminates
employment so that payroll deductions may no longer be made to effect loan
repayments, such person may continue to make loan repayments by personal check
to Savings Plan Loan Administration, Rockwell International Corporation,
Department LA 21089S, Pasadena, California 91185. In the event that three (3)
consecutive monthly payments are missed, the loan will be deemed to be default.

Default: A loan will be considered in default after three (3) consecutive
monthly payments have been missed during the term of the loan or when a
Participant effectively revokes a payroll deduction authorization. When a loan
is in default, all accrued and unpaid interest will be capitalized, and a
taxable distribution for the purposes of section 72(p) of the Code only will be
deemed to have occurred, and a notice will be sent to the Participant advising
him of the default and the tax implications thereof. If an event permitting
distribution of the Account of the Participant has occurred (whether or not
distribution of the Account will actually be made concurrently therewith or has
been deferred pursuant to applicable provisions of the Plan, the unpaid balance
of the loan, including capitalized interest, will be charged off against such
person's Account. If no distributable event has occurred, the unpaid balance of
the loan, including capitalized interest, will be retained in the Account and
will continue to bear interest until such time as distribution is permitted
under section 401(k) of the Code, at which time the unpaid balance of the loan,
including all accrued and unpaid interest, will be charged off, and the
Participant's promissory note will be marked "Charged in Full Against Account"
and returned to the Participant. An appropriate form, as is from time to time
required by the applicable taxing authority, reflecting the Participant's
taxable income (in the year of default, the unpaid balance of the loan plus
capitalized interest and interest accrued and unpaid thereafter; in each
subsequent year, interest accrued and unpaid on the loan) will be issued to the
Participant as soon as practicable after the end of each calendar year during
any part of which a defaulted loan is retained in a Participant's Account.


                                       54
<PAGE>   55
Procedure upon Payment in Full or Charge-Off of Loan: Upon receipt of the final,
scheduled repayment paying the loan in full, the Participant's promissory note
will be marked "Paid In Full" and returned to the Participant. If, as a result
of missed payments, the loan has not been paid in full at such time, the
Participant will be billed for the remaining balance. If payment of the
remaining balance and all accrued and unpaid interest is not received within
three (3) months thereafter, the loan will be considered to be in default.

Approved,         October 1          ,1993


By     /s/ A. J. Spigarelli
       --------------------------
           A. J. Spigarelli
          Plan Administrator

                                       55


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission